Contacts
EuropeAustralia, New Zealand and South Africa

Bosch Engineering GmbH
Motorsport
Robert-Bosch-Allee 174232 AbstattGermany
Tel. +49 7062 911 9101
Fax +49 7062 911 79104
motorsport@bosch.de

Robert Bosch Pty. Ltd
Motorsport
1555 Centre Road
Clayton, Victoria, 3168
Australia
Tel. +61 (3) 9541 3901
motor.sport@au.bosch.com

United Kingdom
Robert Bosch Ltd
Motorsport
Units 5 & 6 NW03
MIRA Technology Park
Mira Drive
Nuneaton CV13 6DE
United Kingdom
motorsport@uk.bosch.com
FranceRobert Bosch France S.A.S.
Motorsport
32, avenue Michelet
B.P. 170
F – 93404 Saint-Ouen Cedex
FranceTel. +33 1 40 10 77 14
Fax +33 1 40 10 76 88
North America
Bosch Engineering North America
Motorsport
38000 Hills Tech Drive
Farmington Hills, MI 48331-3417
United States of America
Tel. +1 248 876 2977
Fax +1 248 876 7373
BoschMotorsport@us.bosch.com
Latin America
Robert Bosch Ltda
Av Juscelino Kubitscheck de Oliveira 11800
Zip code 81460-900
Curitiba - Paraná
BrazilTel. +55 41 3341 2239
Fax +55 41 3341 2779
Asia Pacific
Bosch Engineering K.K.
Motorsport
18F Queen’s Tower C, 2-3-5- Minato Mirai
Nishi-ku, Yokohama-shi
Kanagawa 220-6218
Japan
Tel. +81 45 650 5610
Fax +81 45 650 5611

For more and latest information, please visit
www.bosch-motorsport.com or send an email tomotorsport@bosch.com© Bosch Engineering GmbH, 2017
Modifications reserved.
Note: The use of Bosch Motorsport products on publicroads is prohibited. Please use our products exclusively on
closed-course racetracks.

01 Engine Control Units

1

02 Displays

2

03 Electronics

3

04 Injection and Ignition

4

05 Actuators

5

06 Sensors

6

07 Brake Control

7

08 Software

8

09 Accessories

9

10 Appendix

10

Table of contents | 5

01 Engine Control Units

9

Telemetry

93

Gasoline Engine Control Units

10

Engine Control Unit MS 3 Sport GT3 Cup
Engine Control Unit MS 6.1
Engine Control Unit MS 6.2
Engine Control Unit MS 6.3
Engine Control Unit MS 6.4
Engine Control Unit MS 7.4

11
13
16
19
22
25

Online Telemetry System Overview
Telemetry Unit FM 40
Pit Receiver Box
Pit Receiver Package

93
95
96
97

Test System

98µLC Test System

98

Diesel Engine Control Units

28

04 Injection and Ignition

101

Engine Control Unit MS 15.1
Engine Control Unit MS 15.2
Engine Control Unit MS 25 Sport

29
31
33

Diesel System Components

102

Diesel System Components

102

02 Displays

35

Injection Valves104

Displays

36

Display DDU 9
Display DDU 10

37
41

Injection Valve EV 14
HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2
HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2 LC

104
109
111

Fuel Pumps

113
114
116
118
121
123

03 Electronics

45

Collision Avoidance Systems

46

Collision Avoidance System CAS-M light
Collision Avoidance System CAS-M 3

46
48

Fuel Pump FP 165
Fuel Pump FP 200
Fuel Pump LPx-F1
HP Fuel Pump HDP 5
HP Fuel Pump HDP 5-LW

Data Loggers

53

Fuel Pressure Regulators

125

Data Logger C 60
Data Logger C 70
USB Upgrade Kit

54
56
59

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 2
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 5
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini A
FPR Adaptor light

126
128
131
133

Injection Power Stages

61

HPI 5
HPI 5-M 4C
HPI 5-M 8C

61
62
64

Ignition Coils

135

Lap Trigger Systems

67

Lap Trigger HF 58 Receiver
Lap Trigger HF 58 Transmitter
Lap Trigger IR-02 Receiver
Lap Trigger IR-02 Transmitter

67
69
70
71

PowerBoxes

72

PowerBox PBX 90
PowerBox PBX 190

73
76

Ignition Coil C75
Ignition Coil C75-E8
Ignition Coil C90i-E8
Ignition Coil C90i-E10
Ignition Coil C90i-pro
Ignition Coil C90i-pro evo
Ignition Coil C90i-WG
Ignition Coil P50/P50-M
Ignition Coil P65
Ignition Coil P65-T
Ignition Coil P65-TWG
Ignition Coil P65-WG
Ignition Coil P65-WS
Ignition Coil PS-T

136
139
142
145
148
151
154
157
160
162
165
168
171
174

Sensor Interfaces

80

Ignition Modules

177

Lambdatronic LT4
Lambdatronic LT4 ADV
Modular Sensor Interface M 60
Modular Sensor Interface MSI 60
Wheel Speed Signal Splitter

80
83
86
88
90

Ignition Module IM 3.2
Ignition Module IM 4

178
180

6 | Table of contents

05 Actuators

183

Pressure Sensors Fluid

252

Alternators

184

Alternator B3
Alternator B3 LIN
Alternator GCM1

184
187
190

Electric Coolant Pump

194

Electric Coolant Pump ECP 160

194

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-260
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10R
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-100R
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-250R
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-260

253
255
257
260
262
264
266
268

Electronic Throttle Body

198

Pressure Sensors Combined

270

Electronic Throttle Body

198

Pressure Sensor Combined PSM-SAT
Pressure Sensor Combined PST-F 1

271
274

Starter

201

Rotary Position Sensors

277

Starter 1.7 kW

201Wiper Motor

203

Wiper Direct Actuator WDA

203

06 Sensors

207

Rotary Position Sensor RP 40-H red
Rotary Position Sensor Mini-RP 100-M
Rotary Position Sensor RP 100/130/308
Rotary Position Sensor RP 100-H red
Rotary Position Sensor RP 100 twin
Rotary Position Sensor RP 360-H

278
280
282
284
286
289

Gear Shift Sensor

208

Speed Sensors

292

Gear Shift Sensor GSS-2

208

Knock Sensors

211

Knock Sensor KS4-P
Knock Sensor KS4-R
Knock Sensor KS4-R2

212
214
216

Lambda Sensors

218

Lambda Sensor LSU 4.2
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9
Lambda Sensor LSU ADV/ADV pre Turbo
Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9

219
222
225
229

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-D 90
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-Di
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-M
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-N
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-P
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-P2
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor Mini-HA-P
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor Mini-HA-P sealed
Inductive Speed Sensor IA
Inductive Speed Sensor IA-C
Inductive Speed Sensor IS

293
296
300
303
306
308
311
315
319
322
324

Temperature Sensors

327

Linear Position Sensors

232

Linear Position Sensor LP 25-H
Linear Position Sensor LP 75
Linear Position Sensor LP 100
Linear Position Sensor LP 100-H
Linear Position Sensor LP 150

233
235
237
239
241

Temperature Sensor NTC M5-HS
Temperature Sensor NTC M6-HS
Temperature Sensor NTC M8-HS
Temperature Sensor NTC M12
Temperature Sensor NTC M12-H
Temperature Sensor NTC M12-L

328
331
334
337
339
341

Thermocouple Probes

343

Pressure Sensors Air

243

Pressure Sensor Air PSA-N
Pressure Sensor Air PSB-4
Pressure Sensor Air PSP

244
246
249

Thermocouple Probe TCP K
Thermocouple Probe TCP KA
Thermocouple Probe TCP KC
Thermocouple Probe TCP KN 2

344
347
350
353

Vehicle Dynamics Sensors

356

Acceleration Sensor MM5.10
Acceleration Sensor MM5.10-R

356
359

Table of contents | 7

07 Brake Control363

Vibration Profiles

393

ABS

364

ABS M4 Kit Porsche Cup
ABS M5 Kit
ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

365
367
369

Vibration Profile 1
Vibration Profile 2
Vibration Profile 3

393
394
395

08 Software

371

Calibration

372

Modas Sport
RaceCon372
373

Simulation

374

LapSim374

Analysis376

WinDarab V7

376

Customer Code Area

378

Customer Code Area CCA

378

09 Accessories

379

Breakout Boxes

380

Breakout Box BOB 66-pole
Breakout Box BOB MS 6
Breakout Box BOB MS 7
Breakout Box BOB PBX 90
Breakout Box BOB PBX 190

380
381
382
383
384

Communication Interface

385

MSA-Box II

385

Connector Opening Tool

386

Connector Opening Tool for AS series

386

Connectors

387

Connectors

387

Switches388

Switches

388

Wiring Harnesses

389

Customized Wiring Harnesses

389

10 Appendix

391

General Information

392

General Information392

8 | Table of contents

01 Engine Control Units

1

Gasoline Engine Control Units

10

Diesel Engine Control Units28

10 | 01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units

Gasoline Engine Control Units Overview

1

Type

Engine Control Unit
MS 3 Sport GT3 Cup

Engine Control Unit
MS 6.1Engine Control Unit
MS 6.2Engine Control Unit
MS 6.3Engine Control Unit
MS 6.4

Low pressure

+

+

+

+

+

High pressure

-

-

-

+

+

HP package for 2nd
bank

-

-

-

Opt.

+

Cam ctrl, El. throttle
ctrl, Turbo ctrl

El. throttle ctrl

Opt

+

+

+

Launch ctrl, Traction
ctrl

Traction ctrl

Opt

+

+

+

21

41

21

41

Analogue inputs
Max. cyl./bank

22

12/2

12/2

12/1 (2 with HP
package)

12/2

Lambda ctrl

Dual

Dual

Dual

Dual

Dual

Knock ctrl

+

+

+

+

+

Internal logger

-

+

+

+

+

Type

Engine Control Unit
MS 7.4

Engine Control Unit
MS 7.4 RX

Low pressure++

High pressure++

HP package for 2nd
bank

+

+

Cam ctrl, El. throttle
ctrl, Turbo ctrl++

Launch ctrl, Traction
ctrl+

FIA Homologation
WRX

Analogue inputs

41

41

Max. cyl./bank

12/2

12/2

Lambda ctrl

Dual

Dual

Knock ctrl++

Internal logger++

01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 11

Engine Control Unit MS 3
Sport GT3 Cup

Support of 60-2 and 36-2 ignition trigger wheels
Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 3 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Extremely small and flat aluminum pressure casting housing
4 mounting points on housing
2 connectors with high pin density
Extremely shock and vibration proof hybrid technology

FeaturesSize

120 x 90 x 40 mm

Weight

250 g

Temperature range-40 to 125°C

Electrical DatauFree and full access to the ECU

Max. power consumptionu

No wiring changes necessary

Power supplyu

Support for 3rd party displays via CAN

Full operation

9 to 16 VuPlug and play with base “safe” calibration

Recommended

11 to 14 VuPre-configured workbases for free Bosch Motorsport calibration tools

InputsThe MS 3 Sport GT3 Cup motorsport ECU enables you
to optimize the software of Ex-Porsche GT3 Cup cars
(996 GT3 Cup; 997 GT3 Cup) by getting full access to
the ECU, allowing you to adapt it to any engine hardware changes. The software offers additional featuresand comes with a base calibration.

10 W at 14 V

2 lambda interfaces LSU
4 inputs for Hall-effect wheel speed sensors
1 input for inductive crankshaft sensor
1 input for Hall-effect camshaft sensor
22 analog inputs 0 to 5 V

Application
Compatible Porsche type series

996 GT3 Cup; 997 GT3 Cup

Engine layout

Max. 6 cyl., 2 bankControl strategy

Alpha/nLambda control

Dual

2 knock sensor inputs

Outputs
6 injection power stages
6 ignition power stages (7.5 to 8.0 A)
8 power stages (1 A/2 A; low side; PWM)

Speed limiter2 power stages for lambda heater

Gear cut for sequential gear box
Map switch corresponds to 3 different target lambda and spark maps.

1 H-bridge (5 A)
2 sensor supplies 5 V/100 mA

Fuel cut off
Sequential fuel injection

Software Tools

Asymmetric injection timing

Modas Sport Calibration Software

Inclusive

WinDarab Analysis Software

On request

Asymmetric ignition timing
Knock control

Inclusive

Traction control

Inclusive

Interface to Bosch Motorsport ABS M4 kit

1

12 | 01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units

Environment (not included)1

Programming interface MSABox II

F 02U V00 327-03

Data logger C 70

F 02U V02 300-02

Display DDU 9

F 02U V02 302-01

12 steps switch for Traction
Control

F 02U V01 921-01

Switch Position

Resistance [Ohm]

0

9.3

1

30.7

2

56.1

3

88.6

4

129.9

5

181.7

6

253.7

7

354.8

8

522.5

9

823.5

10

1,500.7

11

4,988.0

Mating Connectors (not included)
Mating Connector I

D 261 205 139-01

Mating Connector II

D 261 205 140-01

Communication
1 K-line serial interface
1 CAN interface

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 3 Sport GT3 Cup
Delivery with Porsche GT3 specific base calibration
Order number F 02U V0U 082-01

01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 13

Engine Control Unit MS 6.1

Traction control

Optional

Launch control

Optional

Internal logger

Partition 1, 1 GB memory,
diagnostic channels,
50 free configurable channels,
fastest sampling 50 Hz,
digital filter respecting sampling
theorem

Logger options

See Software Options (not included)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
2 Bosch connectors, 196 pins in total

FeaturesSize

226 x 181 x 44 mm

uOptimized for low pressure injection

Weight

1,086 gu

Basic number of low pressure control functions

Protection Classification

IP54

u

Basic number of engine functions
Measurement with 21 analog inputs

Temp. range (at internal sensors)-20 to 80°CuuMultiple Software options available

Electrical Data

The MS 6.1 engine control unit manages gasoline engines up to 12 cylinders. As a member of our MS 6 family it features a powerful digital processing core withfloating point arithmetic and a high-end FPGA for ultimate performance and flexibility. The MS 6 family utilizes a new software development process based on
MATLAB/Simulink which significantly speeds algorithm
development by using automatic code and documentation generation. Custom functions can be quickly andeasily generated. The flexible hardware design allows
the MS 6.1 to support complex or unusual engine orchassis configurations.

6 to 18 V

CPU

Dual Core 667 MHz, FPGA

Communication
2 Ethernet
3 CAN
1 LIN
1 USB
1 RS232

Application
Low pressure injection

Power supply

Max. 12 cylinders up to
12,500 rpm, high impedance injectors only

Physical engine model for fast application• determine engine load by throttle position or air pressure signals• mixture control and basic ignition guided by main signal relative load rl• Subsystems pit speed-, launch-, rpm-limiter and ASR are integrated inside torque control• Separated power cut functions to assist several gear cut systems• Diagnostics• Integrated safety strategy for 2 electronic throttle controls
Integrated support of manual gearshift
Electronic throttle control

Optional

VVT

Optional

Turbo control

Optional

1 Time sync synchronization Ethernet
3 Network screens

InputsAnalog inputs

21 (41 opt.)

Internal measurement

1 triax acceleration
1 ambient pressure
2 ECU temperature
2 ECU voltage

Thermocouple

2 K-type

Lambda2 LSU 4.9

Knock

4

Digital inputs

91

14 | 01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units

1

Digital switch Engine ON/OFF

1

Power supplies

4 sensor supplies 5 V, 50 mA
3 sensor supplies 5 V, 150 mA
7 sensor grounds
2 sensor screens

Outputs
Low pressure injection

Max. 12 cylinders up to
12,500 rpm, high impedance injectors only

IgnitionMax. 12 cylinders, coils with integrated amplifier

Further outputs

2 x 4 amp pwm lowside switch
2 x 4 amp pwm lowside switch
for Lambda heater4 x 3 amp pwm lowside switch
8 x 2.2 amp pwm lowside switch
2 x 1 amp pwm lowside switch
2 x 1 amp pwm lowside switch
low dump resistant3 x 8,5 amp H-bridge (2 reserved for electronic throttle)
12 x low pressure injection forhigh impedance injectors
8 x high pressure injection formagnetic injectors
12 x ignition control

Outputs signals

Application

1 x flywheel
1 x trigger wheel
1 x engine rpm
Configurable flywheel- and trigger disc geometries
Selectable links between functions and in- or outputs

Function documentation

Automatically created duringcode generation

MatLab code generation

Support for customer own MatLab function development

Software Tools (free download)
Data Analysis tool WinDarab 7 Light

Logger Package I

Extension for Partition 1: up to
720 channels, fastest sampling
1,000 Hz or 1 synchro, (maxnumber of 1,080 channels to respect)

Logger Package II

Partition 2: 720 channels, 1 GB
memory, fastest sampling
1,000 Hz or 1 synchro, long-term
recording, own data protection
code (max number of 1,080 channels to respect)

Logger Package III

Copy data to USB data stick, USBport unlocked• Incl. rugged USB flash
drive• Incl. adapter cable to USBport• Incl. adapter for wiring
harness

Gear Control Package I

Gear control Mega-Line functionality, has to be used with MegaLine components

Gear Control Package II

Gear control Bosch Motorsport
functionality

Gear Control Package III

Gear control coordination to external GCU systems

Ethernet Telemetry

Communication via Ethernet Telemetry Modem

Innovation License Device

Activation of engine speed functions* per unit

Innovation Package Project

Activation of engine speed functions* per project version*Engine speed functions: second or backup engine speed sensor,
quick engine start, detection of engine reverse rotation

Installation Notes
Inspection services

Recommended after 220 h or
2 years, no components to replace

Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.

Data Application tool Modas Sport
System Configuration tool RaceCon

Mating Connectors (not included)

Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be ordered separately.

Mating Connector 91 pins

F 02U B00 711-01

Ordering Information

Mating Connector 105 pins

F 02U B00 712-01

Engine Control Unit MS 6.1
Order number F 02U V01 961-03

Software Options (not included)

Accessories

Engine Function Package I

Electronic throttle control, VVT,
Turbo control

Breakout Box BOB MS 6
Order number F 02U V02 294-01

Engine Function Package II

Traction and launch control

Measurement Package

Increase to 41 analog inputs

Software Options
Engine Function Package I
Order number F 02U V02 001-01

01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 15

Engine Function Package II
Order number F 02U V02 002-01
Measurement Package
Order number F 02U V02 000-01
Logger Package I
Order number F 02U V01 993-01
Logger Package II
Order number F 02U V01 998-01
Logger Package III
Order number F 02U V02 082-01
Gear Control Package I
Order number F 02U V02 107-01
Gear Control Package II
Order number F 02U V02 108-01
Gear Control Package III
Order number F 02U V02 109-01
Ethernet Telemetry
Order number F 02U V02 138-01
Innovation License Device
Order number F 02U V02 510-01
Innovation Package Project
Order number F 02U V02 511-01

1

16 | 01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control UnitsEngine Control Unit MS 6.2

Traction control
Launch control

1

Internal logger

Partition 1, 1 GB memory,
diagnostic channels,
50 free configurable channels,
fastest sampling 50 Hz,
digital filter respecting sampling
theorem

Logger options

See Software Options (not included)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
2 Bosch connectors, 196 pins in total

FeaturesSize

226 x 181 x 44 mm

uOptimized for low pressure injection

Weight

1,086 gu

Full number of low pressure control functions

Protection Classification

IP54

u

Full number of engine functions
Measurement with 41 analog inputs

Temp. range (at internal sensors)-20 to 80°CuuMultiple Software options available

Electrical Data

The MS 6.2 engine control unit manages gasoline engines up to 12 cylinders. As a member of our MS 6 family it features a powerful digital processing core withfloating point arithmetic and a high-end FPGA for ultimate performance and flexibility. The MS 6 family utilizes a new software development process based on
MATLAB/Simulink which significantly speeds algorithm
development by using automatic code and documentation generation. Custom functions can be quickly andeasily generated. The flexible hardware design allows
the MS 6.2 to support complex or unusual engine orchassis configurations.

Max. 12 cylinders up to
12,500 rpm, high impedance injectors only

Physical engine model for fast application• determine engine load by throttle position or air pressure signals• mixture control and basic ignition guided by main signal relative load rl• Subsystems pit speed-, launch-, rpm-limiter and ASR are integrated inside torque control• Separated power cut functions to assist several gear cut systems• Diagnostics• Integrated safety strategy for 2 electronic throttle controls
Integrated support of manual gearshift
Electronic throttle control
VVT
Turbo control

6 to 18 V

CPU

Dual Core 667 MHz, FPGA

Communication
2 Ethernet
3 CAN
1 LIN
1 USB
1 RS232

Application
Low pressure injection

Power supply

1 Time sync synchronization Ethernet
3 Network screens

InputsAnalog inputs

41Internal measurement

1 triax acceleration
1 ambient pressure
2 ECU temperature
2 ECU voltage

Thermocouple

2 K-type

Lambda2 LSU 4.9

Knock

4

Digital inputs

9

01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 17

Digital switch Engine ON/OFF

1

Power supplies

4 sensor supplies 5 V, 50 mA
3 sensor supplies 5 V, 150 mA
7 sensor grounds
2 sensor screens

Logger Package I

Extension for Partition 1: up to
720 channels, fastest sampling
1,000 Hz or 1 synchro, (maxnumber of 1,080 channels to respect)

Logger Package II

Partition 2: 720 channels, 1 GB
memory, fastest sampling
1,000 Hz or 1 synchro, longterm recording, own data protection code (max number of
1,080 channels to respect)

Logger Package III

Copy data to USB data stick,
USB-port unlocked• Incl. rugged USB flash
drive• Incl. adapter cable toUSB-port• Incl. adapter for wiring
harness

Gear Control Package I

Gear control Mega-Line functionality, has to be used with MegaLine components

Gear Control Package II

Gear control Bosch Motorsport
functionality

Gear Control Package III

1 x flywheel
1 x trigger wheel
1 x engine rpm

Gear control coordination to external GCU systems

Customer Code Area

Enable Customer Code Area

Configurable flywheel- and trigger disc geometries
Selectable links between functions and in- or outputs

Ethernet Telemetry

Communication via Ethernet
Telemetry Modem

Innovation License Device

Activation of engine speed functions* per unit
Activation of engine speed functions* per project version

Outputs
Low pressure injection

Max. 12 cylinders up to
12,500 rpm, high impedance injectors only

IgnitionMax. 12 cylinders, coils with integrated amplifier

Further outputs

2 x 4 amp pwm lowside switch
2 x 4 amp pwm lowside switch
for Lambda heater4 x 3 amp pwm lowside switch
8 x 2.2 amp pwm lowside switch
2 x 1 amp pwm lowside switch
2 x 1 amp pwm lowside switch
low dump resistant3 x 8,5 amp H-bridge (2 reserved for electronic throttle)
12 x low pressure injection forhigh impedance injectors
8 x high pressure injection formagnetic injectors
12 x ignition control

Outputs signals

Application

Software Options (not included)

Function documentation

Automatically created duringcode generation

Innovation Package Project

MatLab code generation

Support for customer own MatLab function development*Engine speed functions: second or backup engine speed sensor,
quick engine start, detection of engine reverse rotation

Software Tools (free download)

Installation Notes

Data Analysis tool WinDarab 7 Light

Inspection services

Data Application tool Modas Sport
System Configuration tool RaceCon

Mating Connectors (not included)
Mating Connector 91 pins

F 02U B00 711-01

Mating Connector 105 pins

F 02U B00 712-01

Recommended after 220 h or
2 years, no components to replace

Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.
Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be ordered separately.

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 6.2
Order number F 02U V01 867-06
Accessories
Breakout Box BOB MS 6
Order number F 02U V02 294-01

1

18 | 01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units

Software Options

1

Logger Package I
Order number F 02U V01 993-01
Logger Package II
Order number F 02U V01 998-01
Logger Package III
Order number F 02U V02 082-01
Gear Control Package I
Order number F 02U V02 107-01
Gear Control Package II
Order number F 02U V02 108-01
Gear Control Package III
Order number F 02U V02 109-01
Customer Code Area
Order number F 02U V02 137-01
Ethernet Telemetry
Order number F 02U V02 138-01
Innovation License Device
Order number F 02U V02 510-01
Innovation Package Project
Order number F 02U V02 511-01

01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 19

• Diagnostics• Integrated safety strategy for 2 electronic throttle controls

Engine Control Unit MS 6.3

Integrated support of manual gearshift
Electronic throttle control
VVT
Turbo control
Traction control
Launch control

Featuresu

Optimized for low and high pressure injectionu

HP package for flat and V-engines optionalu

Measurement with 21 analog inputsuMultiple Software options available

The MS 6.3 engine control unit manages gasoline engines up to 12 cylinders. As a member of our MS 6 family it features a powerful digital processing core withfloating point arithmetic and a high-end FPGA for ultimate performance and flexibility. The MS 6 family utilizes a new software development process based on
MATLAB/Simulink which significantly speeds algorithm
development by using automatic code and documentation generation. Custom functions can be quickly andeasily generated. The flexible hardware design allows
the MS 6.3 to support complex or unusual engine orchassis configurations.

Application
High pressure injection

Integrated power stages for theuse of:
4 cylinders up to 12,500 rpm
6 cylinders up to 9,500 rpm
8 cylinders up to 8,500 rpm (depending injection types andpressure ranges)

HP package for flat and V-engines optional (2nd Bank, MSV2, cylinder
7&8, external cylinder 9-12)
Low pressure injection

Max. 12 cylinders up to
12,500 rpm, high impedance injectors only

Physical engine model for fast application• determine engine load by throttle position or air pressure signals• mixture control and basic ignition guided by main signal relative load rl• Subsystems pit speed-, launch-, rpm-limiter and ASR are integrated inside torque control• Separated power cut functions to assist several gear cut systems

Internal logger

Partition 1, 1 GB memory,
diagnostic channels,
50 free configurable channels,
fastest sampling 50 Hz,
digital filter respecting sampling
theorem

Logger options

See Software Options (not included)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
2 Bosch connectors, 196 pins in totalSize

226 x 181 x 44 mm

Weight

1,086 gProtection Classification

IP54

Temp. range (at internal sensors)-20 to 80°C

Electrical Data
Power supply

6 to 18 V

CPU

Dual Core 667 MHz, FPGA

Communication
2 Ethernet
3 CAN
1 LIN
1 USB
1 RS232
1 Time sync synchronization Ethernet
3 Network screens

InputsAnalog inputs

21 (41 opt.)

Internal measurement

1 triax acceleration
1 ambient pressure
2 ECU temperature
2 ECU voltage

Thermocouple

2 K-type1

20 | 01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units

1

Software Tools (free download)

Lambda2 LSU 4.9

Knock

4

Data Analysis tool WinDarab 7 Light

Digital inputs

9

Data Application tool Modas Sport

Digital switch Engine ON/OFF

1

System Configuration tool RaceCon

Power supplies

4 sensor supplies 5 V, 50 mA
3 sensor supplies 5 V, 150 mA
7 sensor grounds
2 sensor screens

Mating Connectors (not included)

Outputs

Mating Connector 91 pins

F 02U B00 711-01

Mating Connector 105 pins

F 02U B00 712-01

Software Options (not included)

Low pressure injection

Max. 12 cylinders up to
12,500 rpm, high impedance injectors only

High Pressure Injection Package

For flat- and V-engines (2ndBank, MSV2, cylinder 7&8, external cylinder 9-12)High pressure injection

Integrated power stages for theuse of:
4 cylinders up to 12,500 rpm
6 cylinders up to. 9,500 rpm
8 cylinders up to 8,500 rpm(depending injection types andpressure ranges)

Measurement Package

Increase to 41 analog inputs

Logger Package I

Extension for Partition 1: up to
720 channels, fastest sampling
1,000 Hz or 1 synchro, (maxnumber of 1,080 channels to respect)

Booster extension (HPI5)

Application notes avl. for Bosch
HDP5- and Hitachi Gen3 pumps.
Hitachi Gen1 notes on request.
Additional booster connectableto support 9 to 12 cylinders or
to realize higher rpm

Logger Package II

Partition 2: 720 channels, 1 GB
memory, fastest sampling
1,000 Hz or 1 synchro, longterm recording, own data protection code (max number of
1,080 channels to respect)

IgnitionMax. 12 cylinders, coils with integrated amplifier

Logger Package III

Further outputs

2 x 4 amp pwm lowside switch
2 x 4 amp pwm lowside switch
for Lambda heater4 x 3 amp pwm lowside switch
8 x 2.2 amp pwm lowside switch
2 x 1 amp pwm lowside switch
2 x 1 amp pwm lowside switch
low dump resistant3 x 8,5 amp H-bridge (2 reserved for electronic throttle)
2 x high pressure pump with
MSV control
12 x low pressure injection forhigh impedance infectors
8 x high pressure injection formagnetic injectors
12 x ignition control

Copy data to USB data stick,
USB-port unlocked• Incl. rugged USB flash
drive• Incl. adapter cable toUSB-port• Incl. adapter for wiring
harness

Gear Control Package I

Gear control Mega-Line functionality, has to be used with MegaLine components

Gear Control Package II

Gear control Bosch Motorsport
functionality

Gear Control Package III

Gear control coordination to external GCU systems

Customer Code Area

Enable Customer Code Area

Ethernet Telemetry

Communication via Ethernet
Telemetry Modem

Innovation License Device

Activation of engine speed functions* per unit

Innovation Package Project

Activation of engine speed functions* per project version

Outputs signals

1 x flywheel
1 x trigger wheel
1 x engine rpm

Application

Configurable flywheel- and trigger disc geometries
Selectable links between functions and in- or outputs

Function documentation

Automatically created duringcode generation

MatLab code generation

Support for customer own MatLab function development*Engine speed functions: second or backup engine speed sensor,
quick engine start, detection of engine reverse rotation

01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 21

Installation Notes
Inspection services

Recommended after 220 h or
2 years, no components to replace

Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.
Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be ordered separately.

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 6.3
Order number F 02U V01 963-03
Accessories
Breakout Box BOB MS 6
Order number F 02U V02 294-01
Software Options
High Pressure Injection Package
Order number F 02U V01 999-01
Measurement Package
Order number F 02U V02 000-01
Logger Package I
Order number F 02U V01 993-01
Logger Package II
Order number F 02U V01 998-01
Logger Package III
Order number F 02U V02 082-01
Gear Control Package I
Order number F 02U V02 107-01
Gear Control Package II
Order number F 02U V02 108-01
Gear Control Package III
Order number F 02U V02 109-01
Customer Code Area
Order number F 02U V02 137-01
Ethernet Telemetry
Order number F 02U V02 138-01
Innovation License Device
Order number F 02U V02 510-01
Innovation Package Project
Order number F 02U V02 511-01

1

22 | 01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units• Diagnostics• Integrated safety strategy for 2 electronic throttle controls

Engine Control Unit MS 6.4
1

Integrated support of manual gearshift
Electronic throttle control
VVT
Turbo control
Traction control
Launch control

Featuresu

Optimized for low and high pressure injectionu

HP package for flat and V-engines inclusiveu

Measurement with 41 analog inputsuMultiple Software options available

The MS 6.4 engine control unit manages gasoline engines up to 12 cylinders. As a member of our MS 6 family it features a powerful digital processing core withfloating point arithmetic and a high-end FPGA for ultimate performance and flexibility. The MS 6 family utilizes a new software development process based on
MATLAB/Simulink which significantly speeds algorithm
development by using automatic code and documentation generation. Custom functions can be quickly andeasily generated. The flexible hardware design allows
the MS 6.4 to support complex or unusual engine orchassis configurations.

Application
High pressure injection

Integrated power stages for theuse of:
4 cylinders up to 12,500 rpm
6 cylinders up to 9,500 rpm
8 cylinders up to 8,500 rpm (depending injection types andpressure ranges)

Internal logger

Partition 1, 1 GB memory,
diagnostic channels,
50 free configurable channels,
fastest sampling 50 Hz,
digital filter respecting sampling
theorem

Logger options

See Software Options (not included)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
2 Bosch connectors, 196 pins in totalSize

226 x 181 x 44 mm

Weight

1,086 gProtection Classification

IP54

Temp. range (at internal sensors)-20 to 80°C

Electrical Data
Power supply

6 to 18 V

CPU

Dual Core 667 MHz, FPGA

Communication
2 Ethernet
3 CAN
1 LIN
1 USB

HP package for flat and V-engines inclusive (2nd Bank, MSV2, cylinder
7&8, external cylinder 9-12)

1 RS232

Low pressure injection

1 Time sync synchronization Ethernet

Max. 12 cylinders up to
12,500 rpm, high impedance injectors only

Physical engine model for fast application• determine engine load by throttle position or air pressure signals• mixture control and basic ignition guided by main signal relative load rl• Subsystems pit speed-, launch-, rpm-limiter and ASR are integrated inside torque control• Separated power cut functions to assist several gear cut systems

3 Network screens

InputsAnalog inputs

41Internal measurement

1 triax acceleration
1 ambient pressure
2 ECU temperature
2 ECU voltage

Thermocouple

2 K-type

01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 23

Software Tools (free download)

Lambda2 LSU 4.9

Knock

4

Data Analysis tool WinDarab 7 Light

Digital inputs

9

Data Application tool Modas Sport

Digital switch Engine ON/OFF

1

System Configuration tool RaceCon

Power supplies

4 sensor supplies 5 V, 50 mA
3 sensor supplies 5 V, 150 mA
7 sensor grounds
2 sensor screens

Mating Connectors (not included)

Outputs
Max. 12 cylinders up to
12,500 rpm, high impedance injectors only

High pressure injection

Integrated power stages for theuse of:
4 cylinders up to 12,500 rpm
6 cylinders up to. 9,500 rpm
8 cylinders up to 8,500 rpm(depending injection types andpressure ranges)
Application notes avl. for Bosch
HDP5- and Hitachi Gen3 pumps.
Hitachi Gen1 notes on request.
Additional booster connectableto support 9 to 12 cylinders or
to realize higher rpm

IgnitionMax. 12 cylinders, coils with integrated amplifier

Further outputs

2 x 4 amp pwm lowside switch
2 x 4 amp pwm lowside switch
for Lambda heater4 x 3 amp pwm lowside switch
8 x 2.2 amp pwm lowside switch
2 x 1 amp pwm lowside switch
2 x 1 amp pwm lowside switch
low dump resistant3 x 8,5 amp H-bridge (2 reserved for electronic throttle)
2 x high pressure pump with
MSV control
12 x low pressure injection forhigh impedance infectors
8 x high pressure injection formagnetic injectors
12 x ignition control

Outputs signals

Mating Connector 91 pins

F 02U B00 711-01

Mating Connector 105 pins

F 02U B00 712-01

Software Options (not included)

Low pressure injection

Booster extension (HPI5)

1

1 x flywheel
1 x trigger wheel
1 x engine rpm

Application

Configurable flywheel- and trigger disc geometries
Selectable links between functions and in- or outputs

Function documentation

Automatically created duringcode generation

MatLab code generation

Support for customer own MatLab function development

Logger Package I

Extension for Partition 1: up to
720 channels, fastest sampling
1,000 Hz or 1 synchro, (maxnumber of 1,080 channels to respect)

Logger Package II

Partition 2: 720 channels, 1 GB
memory, fastest sampling
1,000 Hz or 1 synchro, longterm recording, own data protection code (max number of
1,080 channels to respect)

Logger Package III

Copy data to USB data stick,
USB-port unlocked• Incl. rugged USB flash
drive• Incl. adapter cable toUSB-port• Incl. adapter for wiring
harness

Gear Control Package I

Gear control Mega-Line functionality, has to be used with MegaLine components

Gear Control Package II

Gear control Bosch Motorsport
functionality

Gear Control Package III

Gear control coordination to external GCU systems

Customer Code Area

Enable Customer Code Area

Ethernet Telemetry

Communication via Ethernet
Telemetry Modem

Innovation License Device

Activation of engine speed functions* per unit

Innovation Package Project

Activation of engine speed functions* per project version*Engine speed functions: second or backup engine speed sensor,
quick engine start, detection of engine reverse rotation

24 | 01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units

Installation Notes

1

Inspection services

Recommended after 220 h or
2 years, no components to replace

Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.
Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be ordered separately.

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 6.4
Order number F 02U V02 019-06
Accessories
Breakout Box BOB MS 6
Order number F 02U V02 294-01
Software Options
Logger Package I
Order number F 02U V01 993-01
Logger Package II
Order number F 02U V01 998-01
Logger Package III
Order number F 02U V02 082-01
Gear Control Package I
Order number F 02U V02 107-01
Gear Control Package II
Order number F 02U V02 108-01
Gear Control Package III
Order number F 02U V02 109-01
Customer Code Area
Order number F 02U V02 137-01
Ethernet Telemetry
Order number F 02U V02 138-01
Innovation License Device
Order number F 02U V02 510-01
Innovation Package Project
Order number F 02U V02 511-01

01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 25

• mixture control and basic ignition guided by main signal relative load rl• Subsystems pit speed-, launch-, rpm-limiter and ASR are integrated inside torque control• Separated power cut functions to assist several gear cut systems• Diagnostics• Integrated safety strategy for 2 electronic throttle controls

Engine Control Unit MS 7.4

Integrated support of manual gearshift
Electronic throttle control
VVT
Turbo control
Traction control
Launch control

FeaturesInternal loggeruOptimized for low and high pressure injectionuData logger includeduGearbox control optionally includeduGigabit data interfaceuFIA-homologated WRX-version available

2 partitions with 4 GB memory
each,diagnostic channels,
fastest sampling 1 kHz,
digital filter respecting sampling
theorem,use of 4 GB USB data stick

Technical Specifications
Versions

The MS 7.4 engine control unit manages gasoline engines up to 12 cylinders. Our new MS 7 line features a
powerful digital processing core with floating point
arithmetic and a high-end FPGA for ultimate performance and flexibility. The MS 7 line utilizes a software development process based on MATLAB/Simulink whichsignificantly speeds up algorithm development by using
automatic code and documentation generation. Custom
functions can be generated quickly and easily. The flexible hardware design allows the MS 7.4 to support complex or unusual engine or chassis configurations.

Milled aluminum housing

Application

4 motorsport connectors, 264 pins in total

High pressure injection

Integrated power stages for triple injection and use of:
4 cylinders up to 14,600 rpm
6 cylinders up to 9,700 rpm
8 cylinders up to 7,300 rpm(depending injection types andpressure ranges)

HP package for flat and V-engines inclusive (2nd Bank, MSV2, external
cylinder 9-12)
Low pressure injection

Max. 12 cylinders up to
16,000 rpm, high impedance injectors only

Ignition

8 integrated power stages up to
20 A,
alternatively up to 12 drivers foruse with external power stages

Physical engine model for fast application• determine engine load by throttle position or air pressure signals

WRX Specials
FIA homologated MS 7-programms
RX-Antilag
RX-Launch

Mechanical Data

Size without connectors

198 x 180 x 42 mm

Weight1,610 gProtection Classification

IP67

Temp. range (at internal sensors)-20 to 85°C

Max. Vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Electrical Data
Power supply

6 to 18 V

CPU

Dual Core 1,000 MHz, FPGA

Communication
1 Ethernet 1 Gbit
2 Ethernet 100 Mbit
2 Realtime Ethernet1

26 | 01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units

3 CAN

1

IgnitionMax. 12 cylinders and coils withintegrated power stage, or max.
8 cylinders and coils without integrated power stage, 20 A

Further outputs

2 x 4 amp pwm lowside switch
2 x 3 amp pwm lowside switch
for Lambda heater
6 x 3 amp pwm lowside switch
4 x 2.2 amp pwm lowside switch
2 x 1 amp pwm lowside switch
low dump resistant3 x 8.5 amp H-bridge (2 reserved for electronic throttle)
2 x high pressure pump with
MSV control
4 x 12 mA for control of Moog
valves

Outputs signals

5 x MUX outputs for internal signals like flywheel, knock signals,
cylinder pressure

1 LIN
1 USB
1 RS232
1 Time sync synchronization Ethernet
2 Network screens

InputsAnalog inputs

41

Combustion chamber pressure
input

8

Selectable dig/ana inputs

8

Thermocouple

2 K-type

Lambda2 LSU 4.9

Knock

4

Digital inputs

10

Digital switch Engine ON/OFF

1

Laptrigger input

1

Internal measurement

Power supplies

Configuration

Configurable flywheel- and trigger disc geometries
Selectable links between functions and in- or outputs

1 triax acceleration
1 ambient pressure
3 ECU temperature
10 ECU voltage (e.g. sensor supply)
6 ECU current (e.g. sensor supply)

Function documentation

Automatically created duringcode generation

MatLab code generation

Support for customer own MatLab function development

4 sensor supplies 5 V, 50 mA
3 sensor supplies 5 V, 400 mA
1 sensor supply ubat, 250 mA
9 sensor grounds
2 sensor screens

Data Analysis tool WinDarab 7 LightHigh pressure injection

Booster extension (HPI5)

Software Tools (free download)

Data Application tool Modas Sport
System Configuration tool RaceCon

Environment (not included)

Outputs
Low pressure injection

Adaptation and Documentation

Max. 12 cylinders up to
16,000 rpm, high impedance injectors only.
Outputs can be used alternatively as low side switches 2.2 A
without freewheeling
Integrated power stages for triple injection and use of:
4 cylinders up to 14,600 rpm
6 cylinders up to. 9,700 rpm
8 cylinders up to 7,300 rpm(for supply voltages >10 V, depending injection types andpressure ranges)
Application notes avl. for Bosch
HDP5- and Hitachi Gen3 pumps.
Hitachi Gen1 notes on request.
Additional booster connectableto support 9 to 12 cylinders or
to realize higher rpm.

Programming interface cable

F 02U V02 327-01

USB flash drive

F 02U V01 342-02

USB connector cable to flash
drive

F 02U V01 343-01

Mating Connectors (not included)
Life (red)AS-6-18-35SN

Actuator (blue)

AS-6-18-35SB

Combined (orange)

AS-6-18-35SC

Sensor (yellow)

AS 6-18-35SA

Software Options (not included)
Gear Control Package I

Gear control Mega-Line functionality, has to be used with MegaLine components

Gear Control Package II

Gear control Bosch Motorsport
functionality

01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 27

Gear Control Package III

Gear control coordination to external GCU systems

Combustion chamber pressure
determination

On request

Knock detection and control
based on combustion chamberpressure

On request

Installation Notes
Inspection services

Recommended after 250 h or
2 years, internal battery to be replaced during service

Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.
Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface cable are not included and must be ordered separately.

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 7.4
Order number F 02U V02 514-01
Engine Control Unit MS 7.4 RX
FIA-homologated version for WRX ChampionshipOrder number F 02U V02 568
Conversion MS 7.4 to MS 7.4 RX
Order number F 02U V02 569
Accessories
Breakout Box BOB 66-pole, Connector code blue
Order number F 02U V02 295-01
Breakout Box BOB 66-pole, Connector code orange
Order number F 02U V02 296-01
Breakout Box BOB 66-pole, Connector code yellow
Order number F 02U V02 298-01
Breakout Box BOB MS 7, Life-Connector code red
Order number F 02U V02 293-01
Software Options
Gear Control Package I
Order number F 02U V02 263-01
Gear Control Package II
Order number F 02U V02 264-01
Gear Control Package III
Order number F 02U V02 265-01
Cylinder pressure detection base package
Order number Available on request
Knock detection via cylinder pressure evaluation
Order number Available on request
Ethernet Telemetry
Order number F 02U V02 138-01

1

28 | 01 Engine Control Units | Diesel Engine Control Units

Diesel Engine Control Units Overview

1

Type

Engine Control Unit MS 15.1

Engine Control Unit MS 15.2

Engine Control Unit MS 25 Sport

Max. Cyl.

8

6

12

Injector types

Solenoid injectors

Piezo injectors

Solenoid injectors

Control strategy

Quantity based

Quantity based

Quantity based

Injections

Max. 5Max. 4Max. 5

Inputs/Outputs

60/32

60/30

53/30

Turbo boost control system

Single or twin turbo

Single or twin turbo

Single or twin turbo

Lambda measurement++

Optional

Traction control system

Optional

Optional

Optional

Weight1,780 g

1,780 g1,800 g

01 Engine Control Units | Diesel Engine Control Units | 29

Engine Control Unit MS 15.1

8 housing fixation points
Size

210 x 199 x 36 mm

Protection Classification

IP67 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 2008

Weight1,780 gTemperature range-20 to 85°C

Electrical Data
Power consumption w/o inj.

Approx. 5 W at 14 V

Power consumption

Approx. 140 W at 14 V

Inputs2 inputs for thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors

Features2 lambda interfaces LSUu

8 injection output stages

4 inputs for wheel speed sensors; basic design for inductive sensorsu

For solenoid injectors

4 inputs for turbo speed sensors; basic design for inductive sensors

u

60 data inputs

1 input for inductive crankshaft sensor

The MS 15.1 is an ECU for Diesel engines with up to 8
cylinders. It is developed for use with Bosch solenoid injectors.

1 input for Hall-effect camshaft sensor

Application

13 universal inputs 0 to 5 V, fixed pull-up

3 system inputs 0 to 5 V

27 universal inputs 0 to 5 V, switchable pull-up

Engines with the following numbers of cylinders are supported:

3, 4, 5, 6, 8, <3 on request

Injector type

Solenoid injectors

Outputs

Control strategy

Quantity based

8 injection power stages

Injection timing

2 pilot injections
2 main injections
1 post injection

12 power stages (low side)

Single or Bi-Turbo

2 H-bridges

Turbo boost control

3 digital inputs

Lambda measurement
Traction control

2 power stages for lambda heater

2 sensor supplies 5 V/system use
Optional

3 sensor supplies 5 V/300 mA

Gear cut for sequential gearbox

3 sensor supplies 10 V/100 mA

Speed limiter

Software Tools

Optional function packages available

Modas Sport Calibration Software

Inclusive

Interface to Bosch Data Logging System
Max. vibration

WinDarab Analysis Software

On request

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
4 connectors in motorsport technology with high pin density,
187 pins
Vibration damped circuit boards

Optional Functionality
Traction control SW upgrade

F 02U V00 778-01

Chassis SW upgrade

F 02U V00 779-01

Two bank hydraulic control SW
upgradeF 02U V00 949-01

1

30 | 01 Engine Control Units | Diesel Engine Control Units

Environment (not included)1

Programming interface MSABox II

F 02U V00 327-03

Data logger C 70

F 02U V02 302-01

Display DDU 9

F 02U V02 300-02

Display DDU 8

F 02U V00 873-05

Mating Connectors (not included)
Mating Connector I
AS 6-16-35 SN

F 02U 000 466-01

Mating Connector II
AS 6-16-35 SB

F 02U 000 468-01

Mating Connector III
AS 6-16-35 SC

F 02U 000 469-01

Mating Connector IV
AS 6-12-35 SD

F 02U 000 445-01

Installation Notes
Internal battery for data preservation included.
Required service interval 12 months (internal battery is replaced).
Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.
Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be ordered separately.

Communication
3 CAN interfaces (dash, application, customer use)
2 FireWire interfaces for external communication

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 15.1
Order number F 01T A20 022-01
Software Options
SW Upgrade Traction Control
Order number F 02U V00 778-01
SW Upgrade Chassis
Order number F 02U V00 779-01
SW Upgrade Two Bank Hydraulic Control
Order number F 02U V00 949-01

01 Engine Control Units | Diesel Engine Control Units | 31

Engine Control Unit MS 15.2

8 housing fixation points
Size

210 x 199 x 36 mm

Protection Classification

IP67 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 2008

Weight1,780 gTemperature range-20 to 85°C

Electrical Data
Power consumption w/o inj.

Approx. 5 W at 14 V

Power consumption

Approx. 140 W at 14 V

Inputs2 inputs for thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors

Features2 lambda interfaces LSUu

6 injection output stages

4 inputs for wheel speed sensors; basic design for inductive sensorsu

For Piezo injectors

4 inputs for turbo speed sensors; basic design for inductive sensors

u

60 data inputs

1 input for inductive crankshaft sensor

The MS 15.2 is an ECU for Diesel engines with up to 6
cylinders. It is developed for use with Bosch Piezo injectors.

1 input for Hall-effect camshaft sensor

Application

13 universal inputs 0 to 5 V, fixed pull-up

3 system inputs 0 to 5 V

27 universal inputs 0 to 5 V, switchable pull-up

Engines with the following numbers of cylinders are supported:

3, 4, 5 ,6, < 3 on request

Injector type

Piezo injectors

Outputs

Control strategy

Quantity based

6 injection power stages

Injection timing

2 pilot injections
1 main injection
1 post injection

12 power stages (low side)

Single or Bi-Turbo

2 H-bridges

Turbo boost control

3 digital inputs

Lambda measurement
Traction control

2 power stages for lambda heater

2 sensor supplies 5 V/system use
Optional

3 sensor supplies 5 V/300 mA

Gear cut for sequential gearbox

3 sensor supplies 10 V/100 mA

Speed limiter

Software Tools

Optional function packages available

Modas Sport Calibration Software

Inclusive

Interface to Bosch Data Logging System
Max. vibration

WinDarab Analysis Software

On request

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
4 connectors in motorsport technology with high pin density,
187 pins
Vibration damped circuit boards

Optional Functionality
Traction control SW upgrade

F 02U V00 778-01

Chassis SW upgrade

F 02U V00 779-01

Two bank hydraulic control SW
upgradeF 02U V00 949-01

1

32 | 01 Engine Control Units | Diesel Engine Control Units

1

Environment (not included)

Communication

Programming interface MSABox II

F 02U V00 327-03

3 CAN interfaces (dash, application, customer use)

Data logger C 70

F 02U V02 302-01

Display DDU 9

F 02U V02 300-02

Ordering Information

Display DDU 8

F 02U V00 873-05

Engine Control Unit MS 15.2
Order number F 01T A20 023-03

Mating Connectors (not included)

2 FireWire interfaces for external communication

Software Options

Mating Connector I
AS 6-16-35 SA

F 02U 000 467-01

SW Upgrade Traction Control
Order number F 02U V00 778-01

Mating Connector II
AS 6-16-35 SB

F 02U 000 468-01

SW Upgrade Chassis
Order number F 02U V00 779-01

Mating Connector III
AS 6-16-35 SC

F 02U 000 469-01

SW Upgrade Two Bank Hydraulic Control
Order number F 02U V00 949-01

Mating Connector IV
AS 6-12-35 SD

F 02U 000 445-01

Piezo Specific Functions
Voltage Control
Rail pressure dependent precontrol of the voltage difference between
cut off voltage and stationary actuator voltage.
Closed-loop voltage control, injector individual.
Voltage precontrol to improve dynamic behavior.
Discharging Time Control
Voltage dependent precontrol of discharging current.
Closed-loop discharging time control, injector individual.
Discharging time precontrol to improve dynamic behavior.
IVA Injector Voltage Adjustment
Determination of injector voltage demand at reference rail pressureduring injector inspection in plant before IQA-measurement.
Injector assignment of voltage setpoint curves within the ECU according to injector’s IVA class.
Temperature Compensation
Determination of the temperature dependent changes of voltage demand.
Definition of a temperature dependent correction factor.
Multiplicative correction of the voltage setpoint.

Installation Notes
Internal battery for data preservation included.
Required service interval 12 months (internal battery is replaced).
Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.
Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be ordered separately.

01 Engine Control Units | Diesel Engine Control Units | 33

Engine Control Unit MS 25
Sport

Optional function packages
available
Calibration interface

CCP via CAN

Interface to Bosch Data Logging
System

3 CAN interfaces

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (seewww.bosch-motorsport.com)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Base plate with fluid cooling incl.
pressure compensation element(PCE)

2 production type connectors
with 192 pins

Separate coding each (192 x 1.2
mm pins)

Vibration damped circuit boards

Engine mountable with additional dampers

8 housing fixation points

Featuresu

8 injection output stagesu

For solenoid injectors

u96 data inputsuSoftware options available

The MS 25 Sport is an ECU for Diesel engines with up to
8 cylinders. It is developed for use with Bosch solenoid
injectors. The MS 25 Sport utilizes a software development process based on MATLAB® & Simulink®.
The MS 25 Sport is able to operate in 12 V or 24 V systems. The base SW is able to control one hydraulic bankconfiguration with Fuel Metering Unit (FMU) and Pressure Control Valve (PCV).

Application
Engine layout

3, 4, 5, 6, 8, <3 on request

Injector type

Solenoid valve injectors

Control strategy

Quantity based

Hydraulic system

Fuel metering unit + Pressure
control valve (2 bank optional)

Injection timing

2 pilot injections
1 main injection
2 post injections

Turbo boost control

Single or Bi-Turbo

Lambda measurement

Optional controls on request

Two bank hydraulic control

Optional

Traction control
Gear cut for sequential gearbox
Speed limiter

Aluminum product housing

Size

260 x 250 x 81 mm

Protection classification

IP x 6k and IP x 9K

Weight1,800 gTemperature range-40 to 85°C

Electrical Data
Power supply

12 or 24 V

1 internal atmospheric pressure sensor
1 internal ECU temperature sensor for max. temperature

Inputs1 lambda interface LSU

LSU 4.9

7 general frequency inputs

4 wheel speed and one vehicle
speed hall effect sensor inputs
and 2 inductive turbo speed

1 input for inductive crankshaft
sensor

Hall optional

1 input for Hall-effect camshaft
sensorInductive optional

29 analog inputs
14 digital inputs

Outputs
8 injection power stages

3 banks for 8 cylinders
2 bank system optional

Optional

2 Fuel Metering Unit (High Pressure Pump)

Optional

2 Pressure Control Valve (Rail)

2 bank system optional

12 power stages (low side)
1 power stage for lambda heater1

34 | 01 Engine Control Units | Diesel Engine Control Units

2 H-bridges

1

3 sensor supply 5 V

Software
RaceCon Calibration Software

free download

WinDarab Analysis Software

free download

Optional Functionality
Traction control SW upgrade
2 bank hydraulic control SW upgrade

Environment (not included)
Programming interface MSABoxIIF 02U V00 327-03

Data logger C 70

F 02U V02 302-01

Display DDU 9

F 02U V02 300-02

Display DDU 8

F 02U V00 873-05

Mating connectors (not included)
Mating connector I
CONNECTOR KIT; MS 25 SPORT- X1 (Vehicle)

F 02U V0U 147-01

Mating connector II
CONNECTOR KIT; MS 25 SPORT- X2 (Engine)

F 02U V0U 148-01

Installation Notes
Depending on your experiences with calibration of Diesel ECUs werecommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.
Please remember that mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be ordered separately.

Communication
3 CAN interfaces (dash, application, customer use)

J1939 optional

1 LIN

Optional

1 SENT

Optional

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 25 Sport
Order number F 02U V0U 800-02

02 Displays

2

Displays36

36 | 02 Displays | Displays

Displays Overview
Display DDU 9

Display DDU 10

Display

5.7” trans-reflective color display

7” high brightness color display

Resolution

800 x 480 pixel

Storage capacity

Up to 4 GB internal storage capacity

Logging rate

Max. 300 kB/s

USB flash drive recording

Opt.

Processor

667 MHz Dual Core

866 MHz Dual Core

Housing material

Synthetic material housing

Aluminum housing with motorsport connectors

LEDs

10 multicolor freely configurable (RGB) LEDs

20 fully configurable LEDs

Analogue inputs

4 standard, additional 12 optional

Up to 16 analogue inputs

USB

Recording on USB flash drive optionally included

1 x USBCAN

2

3

Ethernet

2

3

2

Data logger optional

Page change based on events possible
Supports GPS lap trigger, pre-dated lap timeetc.
New library of graphical elements

02 Displays | Displays | 37

Display DDU 9

Converters

8 kHz AD converters with digital
low pass filter

Internal power source

Li/Ion capacitor

Configurable math channels
User configurable CAN in/out messages
Sampling rate

50 ms (standard),
max. 1 ms (optional)

Online data compression
Logging rate

Max. 600 kB/s

Recording channels

100 channels (standard),
up to 1,040 in total (optional)

Logged data download speed

Max. 1,000 kB/s

Internal storage capacity

3 GB (standard),
plus 1 GB (optional)

LTE Ethernet telemetry support, GSM telemetry support

Features

RS232 for GPS and telemetryu

Cutting-edge 667 MHz Dual Core ProcessoruLarge trans-reflective color displayu

Recording on USB flash drive (opt.)u

Supports GPS laptrigger, pre-dated lap time etc.

uPage change based on events possible

The display DDU 9 integrates a programmable full color
dashboard display with a data logging system for motorsport applications for a very competitive price. Additional input devices can be connected via Ethernet and CAN
buses.
Data Analysis Software WinDarab is available free ofcharge as “WinDarab V7 free” on our website. A basic
logging function of 100 channels with recording of 50
ms (3 GB) is always included. The logger can be upgraded to full logging performance (max. 1 ms). In additiona 2nd logging partition of 1 GB (e.g. for long term recording) can be activated.
Customers can implement own graphics, pictures etc.
on the 12 freely configurable display pages. For quick
data transfer from the car e.g. during pit stop, data copy
to a USB stick is available as an option. The stick is connected to the wiring harness for the DDU 9.
The device comes with 4 analogue and 4 speed inputs
as standard; further 12 analogue inputs are available asoptional upgrade.

Application
Display• 5.7” graphic color display• 12 user configurable display pages• 10 multicolor freely configurable (RGB) LEDs

Resolution

640 x 480 pixel

Supported image file formats

Bmp, gif, jpg, png, tif

Processor

667 MHz Dual Core

CCP-Master, data acquisition from ECU that support CAN calibration
protocol (optional)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical DataSize

151 x 126 x 33.5 mm

Weight540 g

Protection Classification

IP54 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 2008

Operating temperature internal-20 to 85°C

Operating temperature Display-20 to 70°C

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

5 to 18 V

InputsAnalog channels

4 standard, additional 12 optional

Input range

0 to 5 V

Resolution

12 bitSwitchable pull up resistor

For all ANA_IN

Wheel speed inputs

4 Hall-effect or DF11, switchable2

38 | 02 Displays | Displays

Outputs

2

Pin

Name

Comment

Status4

Rev_In_3

Hall or DF11 switchable

Incl.

5

Rev_In_1

Hall or DF11 switchable

Incl.

6

KL_31

Sensor supply 5 V ± 1 % (250mA)

2

Sensor supply 10 V ± 1 % (250mA)

1

Sensor supply U_Bat 250 mA

1

7

CAN_2_L

Sensor ground4

8

Ethernet_2_TXP

Incl.

9

Ethernet_2_TXN

Incl.

10

Sens_Power_12V

over current protected

Incl.

11

Rev_In_4

Hall or DF11 switchable

Incl.

12

Rev_In_2

Hall or DF11 switchable

Incl.

13

Laptrigger_In

14

CAN_2_H

CAN speed selectable

Incl.

15

CAN_1_H

CAN speed selectable

Incl.

16

Ethernet_2_RXP

17

Sens_Gnd_4

fused

Incl.

18

Sens_Power 5V

over current protected

Incl.

19

ANA_IN_3

3.01 kOhm switchable

Incl.

20

ANA_IN_4

3.01 kOhm switchable

Incl.

Environment
External switch for page selection, 12 steps

B 261 209 658-01

External switch for brightness adjustment or page selection, 6
steps

B 261 209 659-01

Optional Upgrades

Incl.
CAN speed selectable

Incl.

Incl.

USB_DATA
USB-Port unlocked (Rugged USB
flash drive Bosch File System(BFS) format included, works
with Bosch File System (BFS)
preformatted USB Flash drive only)

F 02U V02 214-01

Adapter cable to USB-Port (included in Upgrade USB_DATA)F 02U V01 343-01

Adapter for wiring harness (included in Upgrade USB_DATA)F 02U 002 996-01

21

Time_Sync

connection to Bosch
ECU

Incl.

CCP_MASTER
CCP-Master (ASAP2 file from
ECU manufacturer required)

F 02U V02 213-01

22

CAN_1_LCAN speed selectable

Incl.

23

Ethernet_screen

Incl.

ETHER_TELE
LTE Ethernet Telemetry

F 02U V02 138-01

24

Ethernet_2_RXN

Incl.

25

Sens_Gnd_3

fused

Incl.

FULL_LOG_1
Enable full logging performance of
3 GB partition 1

F 02U V02 304-01

26

Sens_Power 5V

over current protected

Incl.

27

ANA_IN_7

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

FULL_LOG_2
Enable full logging performance of
1 GB partition 2

F 02U V02 305-01

28

ANA_IN_1

3.01 kOhm switchable

Incl.

29

USB_Device_DP

to Bosch USB stickOpt.

I_O EXTENSEnable additional 12 analog input
channels

F 02U V02 205-01

30

RS232_TX_Telemetry

Incl.

31

Ethernet_1_TXP

Incl.

32

Sens_Gnd_2

fused

Incl.

33

Sens_Power_10V

over current protected

Incl.

34

ANA_IN_8

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

35

ANA_IN_10

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

36

USB_Device_Gnd

to Bosch USB stick

Opt.

37

USB_Device_DN

to Bosch USB stick

Opt.

38

RS232_RX_Telemetrye.g. GSM telemetry

Incl.

39

Ethernet_1_TXN

Connectors and Wires
Motorsport connector on Display
AS-216-35 PN

F 02U E01 659-01

Mating connector
AS-616-35 SN

F 02U 000 466-01

Pin Configuration
Pin

Name

Comment

Status

1

KL_31

Incl.

2

KL_15

Incl.

3

KL_30

Incl.

Incl.

Incl.

02 Displays | Displays | 39

Pin

Name

Comment

Status40

Sens_Gnd_1

fused

Incl.

41

ANA_IN_11

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

42

ANA_IN_9

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

43

RS232_TX_GPS

44

ANA_IN_16

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

45

USB_Device_Powerto Bosch USB stick

Opt.

46

Ethernet_1_RXP

47

ANA_IN_12

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

48

ANA_IN_6

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

49

ANA_IN_2

3.01 kOhm switchable

Incl.

50

ANA_IN_13

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

51

ANA_IN_15

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

52

Ethernet_1_RXN

53

ANA_IN_5

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

54

RS232_RX_GPS

for GPS sensor input

Incl.

55

ANA_IN_14

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

Incl.

Incl.

Incl.

Installation Notes
Inspection services

Recommended after 220 h or
2 years, no components to replace

Communication
CAN interfaces

2

Ethernet 100BaseT

2

Laptrigger input

1

RS232

Telemetry, GPS

Configuration via RaceCon

Over Ethernet or MSA-Box II

Ordering Information
Display DDU 9
Order number F 02U V02 300-022

40 | 02 Displays | Displays

Dimensions2

02 Displays | Displays | 41

Display DDU 10

Converters

8 kHz AD converters with digital
low pass filter

Internal power source

Li/Ion capacitor

Configurable math channels
User configurable CAN in/out
messages

Up to 256 IDs (128 in and out)

Sampling rate

50 ms standard,max. 1 ms optional

Online data compression

Features

Logging rate

Max. 600 kB/s

Recording channels

100 channels standard,
up to 1,040 in total optional

Logged data download speed

Max. 1,000 kB/s

Internal storage capacity

3 GB standard,plus 1 GB optionalu

Features new user interaction menu

Ambient light sensoruAll new display element design generator

LTE Ethernet telemetry support, GSM telemetry supportu

10 additional LEDs on both sides of the device

RS232 for GPS and telemetryuSupports GPS laptrigger, pre-dated lap time etc.

uPage change based on events possible

CCP-Master, data acquisition from ECU that support CAN calibration
protocol (optional)

The display DDU 10 integrates a programmable full color
dashboard display with a data logging system for motorsport applications. Additional input devices can be connected via Ethernet, CAN buses and RS 232.
Data Analysis Software WinDarab is available free ofcharge as “WinDarab V7 free” on our website. A basic
logging function of 100 channels with recording of 50
ms (3 GB) is always included. The logger can be upgraded to full logging performance (max. 1 ms). In additiona 2nd logging partition of 1 GB can be activated.
With the DDU 10, a completely new library of graphicalelements for the individual design of display pages was
implemented and an all-new user interaction menu has
been developed for the device. A configurable input activates the menu structure and the user can reset for example laptime, fuel consumption and many more, without having to connect a laptop to the DDU. The user canalso install own graphics, pictures etc. on the 12 freely
configurable display pages. For quick data transfer fromthe car, e.g. during pit stop, data copy to a USB stick isavailable as an option.

Application
Display• 7” graphic color display• 12 user configurable
display pages• 20 multicolor freely
configurable (RGB)
LEDs

Resolution

800 x 480 pixel

Supported image file formats

PNG, BMP, JPG, GIF

Processor

667 MHz Dual CoreTechnical Specifications
Mechanical DataSize

198 x 134 x 35 mm

Weight875 g

Protection classification

IP67

Operating temperature internal-20 to 85°C

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

6 to 18 V

Current consumption (without
sensor supply)

2 A (at 12 V)

InputsAnalog channels

4 standard,plus 12 optional

Input range

0 to 5 V

Resolution

12 bitSwitchable pull up resistor

For all analog inputs

Wheel speed inputs

4 Hall-effect or DF11, switchable2

42 | 02 Displays | Displays

Pin Configuration

Outputs2

Sensor supply 5 V ± 1 % (250mA)

2

Sensor supply 10 V ± 1 % (250mA)

1

Sensor supply U_Bat (250 mA)

1

Sensor ground4

Environment
External switch for page selection, 12 steps

B 261 209 658-01

External switch for brightness adjustment or page selection, 6
steps

B 261 209 659-01

Optional Upgrades
USB_DATA
USB-Port unlocked (Rugged USB
flash drive Bosch File System(BFS) format included, works
with Bosch File System (BFS)
preformatted USB Flash drive only)

F 02U V02 214-01

Adapter cable to USB-Port (included in Upgrade USB_DATA)F 02U V01 343-01

Adapter for wiring harness (included in Upgrade USB_DATA)F 02U 002 996-01

CCP_MASTER
CCP-Master (ASAP2 file from
ECU manufacturer required)

F 02U V02 213-01

ETHER_TELE
LTE Ethernet Telemetry

F 02U V02 138-01

FULL_LOG_1
Enable full logging performance of
3 GB partition 1

F 02U V02 304-01

FULL_LOG_2
Enable full logging performance of
1 GB partition 2

F 02U V02 305-01

I_O EXTENSEnable additional 12 analog input
and 2 CAN channels

F 02U V02 205-01

Connectors and Wires
Life connector
AS-2-16-35 PN
Mating connector
AS-6-16-35 SN

F 02U 000 466-01

Auxiliary connector
AS-2-12-35 PN
Mating connector
AS-6-12-35 SN

F 02U 000 443-01

Life connector
Pin

Name

Comment

Status

1

KL_31

Incl.

2

KL_15

Incl.

3

KL_30

Incl.

4

Rev_In_3

Hall or DF11 switchable

Incl.

5

Rev_In_1

Hall or DF11 switchable

Incl.

6

KL_31

7

CAN_2_L

8

Ethernet_2_TXP

Incl.

9

Ethernet_2_TXN

Incl.

10

Sens_Power_12V

over current protected

Incl.

11

Rev_In_4

Hall or DF11 switchable

Incl.

12

Rev_In_2

Hall or DF11 switchable

Incl.

13

Laptrigger_In

14

CAN_2_H

CAN speed selectable

Incl.

15

CAN_1_H

CAN speed selectable

Incl.

16

Ethernet_2_RXP

17

Sens_Gnd_4

fused

Incl.

18

Sens_Power 5V

over current protected

Incl.

19

ANA_IN_3

3.01 kOhm switchable

Incl.

20

ANA_IN_4

3.01 kOhm switchable

Incl.

21

Time_Sync

connection to Bosch
ECU

Incl.

22

CAN_1_LCAN speed selectable

Incl.

23

Ethernet_screen

Incl.

24

Ethernet_2_RXN

Incl.

25

Sens_Gnd_3

fused

Incl.

26

Sens_Power 5V

over current protected

Incl.

27

ANA_IN_7

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

28

ANA_IN_1

3.01 kOhm switchable

Incl.

29

USB_Device_DP

to Bosch USB stick

Opt.

30

RS232_TX_Telemetry

Incl.

31

Ethernet_1_TXP

Incl.

32

Sens_Gnd_2

fused

Incl.

33

Sens_Power_10V

over current protected

Incl.

34

ANA_IN_8

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

35

ANA_IN_10

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

Incl.
CAN speed selectable

Incl.

Incl.

Incl.

02 Displays | Displays | 43

Auxiliary connector

Life connector
36

USB_Device_Gnd

to Bosch USB stick

Opt.

16

Unused37

USB_Device_DN

to Bosch USB stick

Opt.

17

Unused38

RS232_RX_Telemetrye.g. GSM telemetry

Incl.

18

Ethernet_screen

Incl.

19

Ethernet_3_TXN

Incl.

20

CAN_4_L

Opt.

21

CAN_3_H

Opt.

22

CAN_3_L

Opt.

39

Ethernet_1_TXN

Incl.

40

Sens_Gnd_1

fused

Incl.

41

ANA_IN_11

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

42

ANA_IN_9

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

43

RS232_TX_GPS

44

ANA_IN_16

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

45

USB_Device_Powerto Bosch USB stick

Opt.

46

Ethernet_1_RXP

47

ANA_IN_12

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

48

ANA_IN_6

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

Communication

49

ANA_IN_2

3.01 kOhm switchable

Incl.

CAN interfaces

50

ANA_IN_13

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

2 standard,plus 2 optional

51

ANA_IN_15

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

Ethernet 100BaseT

3

52

Ethernet_1_RXN

Laptrigger input

1

53

ANA_IN_5

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

RS232

Telemetry, GPS

54

RS232_RX_GPS

for GPS sensor input

Incl.

Configuration via RaceCon

Over Ethernet or MSA-Box II

55

ANA_IN_14

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

Incl.

Incl.

Incl.

Auxiliary connector
Pin

Name

Comment

1

Unused2

Unused3

Unused4

Unused5

Unused6

Unused7

Unused8

UnusedStatus9

Ethernet_3_TXP

Incl.

10

Ethernet_3_RXP

Incl.

11

Ethernet_3_RXN

Incl.

12

CAN_4_H

Opt.

13

Unused14

Unused15

UnusedInstallation Notes
Inspection services

Recommended after 220 h or 2
years, no components to replace.

This product may contain open source software. Information about license terms and other obligations is given in the manual.

Ordering Information
Display DDU 10
Order number F 02U V02 659-01

2

44 | 02 Displays | Displays

Dimensions2

03 Electronics

3

Collision Avoidance Systems

46

Data Loggers

53

Injection Power Stages

61

Lap Trigger Systems

67

PowerBoxes

72

Sensor Interfaces

80

Telemetry

93

Test System98

46 | 03 Electronics | Collision Avoidance Systems

Collision Avoidance System
CAS-M light3

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight of radar sensor MRR

199 g

Size

60x70x32 mm

Vibration

Randome vibration aeff = 30.8
m/s², 3x8 h (according ISO/DIS
16750-3)

Protection Classification

IP 6K6K (DIN 40 050) IP 6K7(DIN 40 050)

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

6.5 to 18 V

An external fuse has to be provided (rec. 10 A).
External overvoltage protection
is required (internal overvoltage
protection up to 35 V).
Reverse polarity voltage protection

Featuresu

Radar sensor with integrated logicuWarning for overtake situationsuEasy system adaptationu

Universal CAN interface for various displaysuVisualization via display LEDs

The collision avoidance system CAS-M light helps thedriver to focus on the track and warns him if a car is approaching from behind. The system provides information about relative speed and distance of the closest vehicle on the CAN bus. An additional display with CAN
bus interface is required (e.g. DDU 9).
The information is based on a Bosch radar sensor whichcontains a FMCW radar transceiver operating in the
globally harmonized frequency range of 76.0 – 77.0 GHz.
Targets in front of the sensor are reflecting the radar
signal and the relative speed and distance is determined
via Doppler-effect and beat frequency.
The benefit is even more increased during darkness orin bad weather conditions. The system interface is very
intuitive and adaptable to the drivers liking.

Application
Operating temperature-40 to 85°C

Storage temperature-20 to 95°C

Range

150 m

Tracks1 Object (nearest)

InterfaceCAN

CAN rate

500 kBaud or 1 MBaud

CAN update rate

50 Hz

-14 V max. t ≤ 60 sec

Connectors and Wires
Mating connector

F 037 B00 168-01

Pin 1

GND

Pin 2

CAN-H

Pin 3

CAN-L

Pin 4

n.c.

Pin 5

n.c.

Pin 6

n.c.

Pin 7

n.c.

Pin 8

V+

Installation Notes
The system includes a radar sensor and a detailed user manual.
Ordering information for suitable wiring looms for the different CAS-M
light packages are specified in the user manual.
The system needs to be connected to the vehicle CAN bus (connection
to display needed) and supplied with 12 V from the supply system onboard.
See CAS-M light in action on http://youtu.be/EzpSy-eJRi4

Ordering Information
Collision Avoidance System CAS-M light (500 kBaud)Order number F 02U V02 021-01
Collision Avoidance System CAS-M light (1 MBaud)Order number F 02U V02 220-01
Collision Avoidance System CAS-M light incl. Display
DDU 9 (500 kBaud)Order number F02U V02 591-01

03 Electronics | Collision Avoidance Systems | 47

Collision Avoidance System CAS-M light incl. Display
DDU 9 (1 MBaud)Order number F 02U V02 592-01

Dimensions

3

Wiring schematic

48 | 03 Electronics | Collision Avoidance Systems

Collision Avoidance System
CAS-M 3

Display format

7’’

Display resolution

800 x 480 pixel

User configurable CAN in/out messages
User configurable LEDs

Technical Specifications

3

Mechanical Data
Display Unit

Features

Dimensions

198 x 134 x 35 mm

Weight830 guReal-time rearview display

Protection classification

IP67

u

Approaching vehicle tracking

Operating temperature internal-20 to 85°C

uLeft/right passing alerts

Max. vibrationu

Improves visibility of objects in rain, mist or darkness

Vibration profile 1 (See Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

uFull Bosch Motorsport tool integration

The Collision Avoidance System 3 (CAS-M 3) features a
Bosch mid-range radar sensor for a wider field of view inclose-up range, a high-performance Bosch Motorsport
display for fast video processing and a fast responsehigh definition camera.
The CAS-M 3 system provides real time visualization andwarns the driver about approaching or overtaking cars
via intuitive marking of the cars on the display. It helps
prevent the most common collisions and allows drivers
to focus on the race. With a momentary glance, the driver can tell how many cars are following and their classification depending on distance and relative speed. The
radar tracks up to 40 objects and marks up to 4 objects
on the display. In addition, bright flashing LEDs alert thedriver when any car attempts a passing maneuver. All ofthese features work at night or in the rain when visibility
is typically poor. Furthermore, the real time gap of amarked object is measured and can be provided over
CAN or Ethernet.
The CAS-M 3 system is fully integrated in the Bosch Motorsport Tool environment and can be configured with
RaceCon.

Application

Rear Module
Dimensions

120 x 150 x 115 mm

Weight

880 g

Protection classification

IP67

Operating temperature

0 to 70°C (rearview camera)

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (See Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Electrical Data
Supply voltage (Display and RearUnit)

6 to 18 V

Current consumption
Display Unit

2 A (at 12 V)

Rear Module

0.7 A (at 12 V)

Communication
Display Unit
CAN

1x private CAN for radar,
1x CAN

Ethernet

85° from 0 to 29 m
70° from 29 to 46 m
50° from 46 to 73 m
42° from 73 to 78 m
20° from 78 to 95 m

1x private 1GBase-T Ethernet
for camera,
1x 100Base-T Ethernet

Time sync synchronization
Ethernet

1

Camera78°

CAN

1x private CAN for radar

Number of tracked objects

Max. 40

Ethernet

Number of displayed classified
objects

Max. 4

1x private 1GBase-T Ethernet
for camera

Range

95 m

Horizontal field of view
Radar

Rear Module

03 Electronics | Collision Avoidance Systems | 49

Software Tools (free download)

Mating connector
AS-6-12-35SN

F 02U 000 443-01

Data analysis tool WinDarab 7 Light
System configuration tool RaceCon

Pin 1

GigEthernet_TR3_P (private Ethcamera)Connectors and Wires

Pin 2

GigEthernet_TR2_N (private Ethcamera)Pin 3

GigEthernet_TR2_P (private Ethcamera)Display Unit
Motorsport connector on device
AS-2-12-35 PN
Mating connector
AS-6-12-35 SN

F 02U 000 443-01

Pin 4

GigEthernet_TR1_N (private Ethcamera)Pin 1

GigEthernet_TR3_N (private Ethcamera)Pin 5

GigEthernet_TR1_P (private Ethcamera)Pin 2

GigEthernet_TR3_P (private Ethcamera)Pin 6

GigEthernet_TR0_N (private Ethcamera)Pin 3

GigEthernet_TR2_N (private Ethcamera)Pin 7

GigEthernet_TR0_P (private Ethcamera)Pin 4

GigEthernet_TR2_P (private Ethcamera)Pin 8+12 V Ubat

Pin 9

+12 V Ubat

Pin 5

GigEthernet_TR1_N (private Ethcamera)Pin 10+12 V Ubat (optional to display)

Pin 6

GigEthernet_TR1_P (private Ethcamera)Pin 11CAN High Radar (private CAN radar)

Pin 7

GigEthernet_TR0_N (private Ethcamera)Pin 12

CAN Low Radar (private CAN radar)

Pin 8

GigEthernet_TR0_P (private Ethcamera)Pin 13n.c.

Pin 14GigEthernet_TR3_N (private Ethcamera)Pin 15

GigEthernet Screen

Pin 16n.c.

Pin 17CAN Screen

Pin 18GND

Pin 19+12 V Ubat (optional to display)

Pin 20GND

Pin 21

GND (optional to display)

Pin 22

GND (optional to display)

Pin 9

Ethernet_TXP

Pin 10Ethernet_RXP

Pin 11

Ethernet_RXN

Pin 12

CAN_High_Vehicle

Pin 13+12 V KL30

Pin 14+12 V KL15

Pin 15

GND KL31

Pin 16

GND KL31

Pin 17

Time_Sync

Pin 18ETH_Screen

Installation Notes

Pin 19Ethernet_TXN

Pin 20CAN Low Vehicle

The rear unit must be mounted 90° to the vehicles vertical and horizontal axis and within ± 200 mm of the vehicle lateral centerline.

Pin 21CAN High Radar (private CAN radar)Pin 22
Rear Module
Motorsport connector on device
AS-2-12-35PN

CAN Low Radar (private CAN radar)

Mounting distance of radar over ground: 300 to 1,000 mm
An open mounting position for the radar sensor is recommended.
Consider the maximum vibration limits for the mounting position of
the rear module. The system is approved referred to vibration profile
1, see www.bosch-motorsport.com.

3

50 | 03 Electronics | Collision Avoidance Systems

Check the radar sensor for travel inside the radar bracket. In this case,remove the radar sensor and check the locking pins at both sides ofthe sensor. Due to vibrations, these pins can be deformed. Exceeding
travel of the sensor can damage the electric contacts.
The system needs yaw rate and vehicle speed information.
Cat 6 A standard for Gigabit Ethernet.

3

This product may contain open source software. Information about license terms and other obligations is given in the manual.

Safety Notes
It is not permitted to use the system as mirror replacement.

Ordering Information
Collision Avoidance System CAS-M 3
Order number F 02U V02 648-01
Accessories
Display Unit
Order number F 02U V02 660-01
Rear Module
Order number F 02U V02 630-01
Camera Unit
Order number F 02U V02 620-01
Radar Unit
Order number F 02U V02 647-01
Radar Bracket
Order number F 037 D00 084-01
Wiring Harness for Radar and Camera
Order number F 02U V02 634-02
Interface Module (Housing and Electronics)
Order number F 02U V02 639-01
Acceleration Sensor MM5.10
Without wire (1)Order number F 02U V01 511-02
Acceleration Sensor MM5.10
Wire with open end (2)Order number F 02U V01 511-91
Acceleration Sensor MM5.10
Wire with motorsport connector (3)Order number F 02U V01 512-02

03 Electronics | Collision Avoidance Systems | 51

Dimensions

3

Display52 | 03 Electronics | Collision Avoidance Systems

3

Rear Module

03 Electronics | Data Loggers | 53

Data Loggers Overview
Data Logger C 60

Data Logger C 70

Storage capacity

2 GB

3 GB (opt. 4 GB)

Logging rate

Max 300 kB/s

Max. 600 kB/s

Weight

495 g

450 g

3

54 | 03 Electronics | Data Loggers

Data Logger C 60

RS232 GPS input
CCP-Master, data acquisition from ECU that support CAN calibration
protocol (optional)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

3

Size

105 x 34.5 x 137.5 mm

Weight495 g

Protection Classification

IP67 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 2008

Operating temperature (internal)-20 to 65°C

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

FeaturesuCompact and light weight data logger

Electrical Datau

Aluminum housing

Supply voltage

8 to 18 Vu

Recording on USB flash drive (opt.)

10 W at 14 Vu

Two motorsport connectors

Max. power consumption (w/oloads)The data logger C 60 is a compact and light weight data
logging system for motorsport applications. This allows
for synchronized acquisition of engine data from the
ECU and chassis data from up to 26 analog and 4 digital
input channels. Additional input devices can be connected via Ethernet and CAN buses.
Recorded data from the 2 GB logger can be downloaded
via high speed Ethernet or via wireless connection with
the BT 60 burst telemetry system.
Software upgrades for the C 60 (field upgradable by entering a key) activate additional recording on USB flash
drive, CCP-master and additional input channels.

Application
Converters

8 kHz AD converters with digital
low pass filter

InputsAnalog channels

6

Input range

0 to 5 V

Resolution

12 bitSwitchable pull up resistor

3 kOhmOutputs
PWM outputs (low side switch 2
A each)4

Sensor supply 5 V ± 1 % (250mA)

1

Environment

Configurable math channels

Software Upgrade 1

User configurable CAN in/out messages

GPS input

Sampling rate

Additional analog channels

20

Rotational channels (input Hall/
inductive)

4

Max. 1,000 Hz for all channels

Online data compression
Logging rate

Max. 300 kB/s

Recording channels

Up to 720 per connected device

Additional sensor supply 5 V(250 mA each)3

Logged data download speed

Max. 1,000 kB/s

Sensor supply 10 V (250 mA)

1Internal storage capacity

2 GB

Sensor supply 12 V (1 A), nonregulated

1

RS232

GPS

3-port network switch
BT 60 WLAN burst telemetry support

F 02U V00 703-01

FM 40 long range telemetry support, GSM telemetry support
Software Upgrade 2

03 Electronics | Data Loggers | 55

CCP-Master (ASAP 2 file from
ECU manufacturer required)

F 02U V00 797-01

RS232

Telemetry

Lap trigger input

1

Software Upgrade 3
USB-Port unlocked (Rugged USB
flash drive 2 GB Bosch File System (BFS) format included,
works with Bosch File System(BFS) preformatted USB flash
drive only)

F 02U V00 872-02

Adapter cable to USB-Port (included in Upgrade)

F 02U V01 343-01

Adapter for wiring harness (included in Upgrade)

F 02U 002 996-01

Data Logger C 60
Order number F 02U V00 875-03
Software Options

Connectors and Wires
Motorsport connectors double
density2 x 41 pins

Mating connector I
AS-DD 6-12-41SN

F 02U 002 216-01

Mating connector II
AS-DD 6-12-41SA

F 02U 004 180-01

Installation Notes
Inspection services

Ordering Information

Recommended after 100 h

Depending on your experience calibrating Bosch ECU´s, we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.
Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA Box II are not included and must be ordered separately.
Not reverse polarity protected on supply or outputs.

Software
The required software (.pst file) for this device is available in thedownload area of our homepage www.bosch-motorsport.com.
Download data and save configurations before sending device as it will
be reset during service.

Accumulator Service
Internal accumulator for data preservation and clock included
Recommended service interval: 24 months (inclusive accumulator
change)Send device to Bosch dealer for service.
Charge accumulator for > 6 h after installation (supply with power).
Charge accumulator twice per year for > 6 h (supply with power).

Communication
Configuration via RaceCon over Ethernet or MSA-Box II
CAN interfaces

2

Ethernet 100BaseT

3

SW Upgrade 1
Order number F 02U V00 703-01
SW Upgrade 2
Order number F 02U V00 797-01
SW Upgrade 3
Order number F 02U V00 872-02

3

56 | 03 Electronics | Data Loggers

Data Logger C 70

Internal storage capacity

3 GB (standard), plus 1 GB (optional)

LTE Ethernet telemetry support, GSM telemetry support
RS232 for GPS and telemetry
CCP-Master, data acquisition from ECU that support CAN calibration
protocol (optional)

3

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

FeaturesSize

151 x 126 x 25.5 mm

Weight450 gProtection Classification

IP54 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 2008

Operating temperature internal-20 to 85°C

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

uCutting-edge 667 MHz Dual Core ProcessoruRecording on USB flash drive (opt.)u

Supports GPS lap trigger, pre-dated lap time etc.

Supply voltageuHigh programming flexibility using mathematical
functions and conditional channels

InputsThe data logger C 70 integrates a programmable data
logging system for motorsport applications for a very
competitive price. Additional input devices can be connected via Ethernet and CAN buses.
Data Analysis Software WinDarab is available free ofcharge as “WinDarab V7 free” on our website. The logger can be upgraded to a 2nd logging partition of 1 GB
(e.g. for long term recording).
For quick data transfer from the car e.g. during pit stop,
data copy to a USB stick is available as an option. The
stick is connected to the wiring harness for the C 70.
The device comes with 4 analogue and 4 speed inputs
as standard; further 12 analogue inputs are available asoptional upgrade.

Application

Electrical Data
5 to 18 V

Analog channels

4 standard, additional 12 optional

Input range

0 to 5 V

Resolution

12 bitSwitchable pull up resistor

For all ANA_IN

Wheel speed inputs

4 Hall-effect or DF11, switchable

Outputs
Sensor supply 5 V ± 1 % (250mA)

2

Sensor supply 10 V ± 1 % (250mA)

1Processor

667 MHz Dual Core

Sensor supply U_Bat 250 mA

1

Converters

8 kHz AD converters with digital
low pass filter

Sensor ground

4

Internal power source

Li/Ion capacitor

Configurable math channels
User configurable CAN in/out messages
Sampling rate

Max. 1 ms

Online data compression
Logging rate

Max. 600 kB/s

Recording channels

1,040

Logged data download speed

Max. 1,000 kB/s

Optional Upgrades
USB_DATA
USB-Port unlocked (Rugged USB
flash drive Bosch File System(BFS) format included, works
with Bosch File System (BFS)
preformatted USB Flash drive only)

F 02U V02 214-01

Adapter cable to USB-Port (included in Upgrade USB_DATA)F 02U V01 343-01

Adapter for wiring harness (included in Upgrade USB_DATA)F 02U 002 996-01

03 Electronics | Data Loggers | 57

CCP_MASTER
CCP-Master (ASAP2 file from
ECU manufacturer required)

F 02U V02 213-01

ETHER_TELE
LTE Ethernet Telemetry

F 02U V02 138-01

FULL_LOG_2
Enable full logging performance of
1 GB partition 2

F 02U V02 305-01

I_O EXTENSEnable additional 12 analog input
channels

F 02U V02 205-01

Pin

Name

24

Ethernet_2_RXN

25

Sens_Gnd_3

fused

Incl.

26

Sens_Power 5V

over current protected

Incl.

27

ANA_IN_7

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

28

ANA_IN_1

3.01 kOhm switchable

Incl.

29

USB_Device_DP

to Bosch USB stick

Opt.

30

RS232_TX_Telemetry

Incl.

31

Ethernet_1_TXP

Incl.

32

Sens_Gnd_2

fused

Incl.

33

Sens_Power_10V

over current protected

Incl.

34

ANA_IN_8

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

35

ANA_IN_10

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

Status36

USB_Device_Gnd

to Bosch USB stick

Opt.

Connectors and Wires
Motorsport connector on logger
AS-216-35 PN

F 02U E01 659-01

Mating connector
AS-616-35 SN

F 02U 000 466-01

Pin Configuration
Comment

Comment

Status
Incl.

Pin

Name

1

KL_31

Incl.

37

USB_Device_DN

to Bosch USB stick

Opt.

2

KL_15

Incl.

38

e.g. GSM telemetry

Incl.

3

KL_30

Incl.

RS232_RX_Telemetry

4

Rev_In_3

Hall or DF11 switchable

Incl.

39

Ethernet_1_TXN

5

Rev_In_1

Hall or DF11 switchable

Incl.

40

Sens_Gnd_1

fused

Incl.

6

KL_31

41

ANA_IN_11

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

7

CAN_2_L

42

ANA_IN_9

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

8

Ethernet_2_TXP

Incl.

43

RS232_TX_GPS

9

Ethernet_2_TXN

Incl.

44

ANA_IN_16

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

10

Sens_Power_12V

over current protected

Incl.

45

USB_Device_Powerto Bosch USB stick

Opt.

11

Rev_In_4

Hall or DF11 switchable

Incl.

46

Ethernet_1_RXP

12

Rev_In_2

Hall or DF11 switchable

Incl.

47

ANA_IN_12

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

13

Laptrigger_In

48

ANA_IN_6

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

14

CAN_2_H

CAN speed selectable

Incl.

49

ANA_IN_2

3.01 kOhm switchable

Incl.

15

CAN_1_H

CAN speed selectable

Incl.

50

ANA_IN_13

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

16

Ethernet_2_RXP

51

ANA_IN_15

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

17

Sens_Gnd_4

fused

Incl.

52

Ethernet_1_RXN

18

Sens_Power 5V

over current protected

Incl.

53

ANA_IN_5

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

19

ANA_IN_3

3.01 kOhm switchable

Incl.

54

RS232_RX_GPS

for GPS sensor input

Incl.

20

ANA_IN_4

3.01 kOhm switchable

Incl.

55

ANA_IN_14

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

21

Time_Sync

connection to Bosch
ECU

Incl.

22

CAN_1_LCAN speed selectable

Incl.

23

Com_screen

Ethernet and USB
screen

Incl.

Incl.
CAN speed selectable

Incl.

Incl.

Incl.

Incl.

Incl.

Incl.

Incl.

Installation Notes
Inspection services

Recommended after 220 h or
2 years, no components to replace3

58 | 03 Electronics | Data Loggers

Communication

3

CAN interfaces

2

Ethernet 100BaseT

2

Laptrigger input

1

RS232

Telemetry, GPS

Configuration via RaceCon

Over Ethernet or MSA-Box II

Ordering Information
Data Logger C 70
Order number F 02U V02 302-01

Dimensions

03 Electronics | Data Loggers | 59

USB Upgrade Kit

Electrical Data
Capacity

2 GB

Specification

USB 1.1/2.0

Data rate

USB 2.0 up to 480 MBit/s

Connectors and Wires
Pin layout for connection to vehicle loom (see also Dimensions)
Pin 1

Data -

Pin 2

+5V

Pin 3

GND

Pin 4

Data +

Installation Notes
Features

The USB flash drive should be fixed on a soft surface to reduce thestress on the USB flash drive.

u

Capacity 2 GBu

Robust brass housinguHigh performance push-pull connector

Ordering Information

The Software Upgrade USB enables your DDU or datalogger to store data on a USB flash drive. The required
hardware is part of the Upgrade and includes an adapter
cable to USB-port, a connection socket to the wiring
harness and a rugged USB flash drive.
The rugged USB flash drive is securely mounted within arugged brass housing designed to provide full protection against extreme environmental conditions. It is IP68
protected and resistant to extreme operating temperatures (-30 to 85°C). The USB flash drive is equippedwith a rugged protection cap.

SW Upgrade USB for DDU 7
Order number F 02U V01 133-02
SW Upgrade USB for DDU 8
Order number F 02U V00 871-02
SW Upgrade USB for C 50
Order number F 02U V01 133-02
SW Upgrade USB for C 60
Order number F 02U V00 872-02
SW Upgrade USB for MS 6
Order number F 02U V01 993-01
Accessories

Application
Operating temperature range-30 to 85°C

Protection class

IP68

Tightening torque of Backnut forconnection socket

1.5 to 2.0 Nm

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 3 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Housing material

Brass

Weight42 gLength72 mmBore diameter

15.5 mmRugged USB flash drive (included in SW Upgrade)
Order number F 02U V01 342-02
Adapter cable to USB-Port (included in SW Upgrade)
Order number F 02U V01 343-01
Adapter for wiring harness (included in SW Upgrade)
Order number F 02U 002 996-01

3

60 | 03 Electronics | Data Loggers

Dimensions3

03 Electronics | Injection Power Stages | 61

Electrical Data

HPI 5

Voltage supply

14 V

Operating voltage

10 to 16 V

Operation voltage (engine start)

6.5 to 16 V

Nominal voltage

14 V

Connectors and Wires
Mating connector

D 261 205 353-01

Communication
1 CAN (1 MBaud)Ordering Information
HPI 5
Optimized for Bosch HDP 5
Order number F 02U V00 929-02

FeaturesuMax. 8 cylindersuMax. 14,000 rpm (4 cyl. operation)

u

550 g

The injector power stage HPI 5 is a device for driving injectors and high pressure pumps for gasoline direct injection. Combined with a suitable ECU up to 8 injectors
can be driven. The injectors are gathered in 4 groups of
2 injectors each. Within a group only one injector can beswitched on at the same time. The 4 groups are totally
independent, so that overlapping injection of injectorsof different groups is possible. The HPI 5 is mainly designed to drive the Bosch high pressure pump HDP 5,
but there are also variations for Hitachi HDP available.
Communication between main ECU and the HPI 5 is realized via CAN interface.

Application
Max. number of cylinders

8Max. rpm (8 cyl. operation)

7,000

Max. rpm (4 cyl. operation)

14,000Optimized for Bosch high pressure injection valve HDEV 5 and Boschhigh pressure pump HDP 5
Hitachi HDP Gen 1 variation available
Further HDEV and HDP on request

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
Each connector pin individually filtered
Housing temperature-25 to 85°C

Size (incl. connectors)

190 x 123 x 36 mm

Weight

550 g

HPI 5
Optimized for Hitachi HDP Gen 1
Order number F 02U V01 055-02

3

62 | 03 Electronics | Injection Power Stages

Electrical Data

HPI 5-M 4C

Voltage supply

14 V

Operating voltage

12 to 16 V

Operation voltage (engine start)

6.5 to 16 V

Nominal voltage

14 V

Connectors and Wires

3

Mating connector

AS 616-26SN

Communication
1 CAN (1 MBaud)Ordering Information
HPI 5-M 4C
Order number F 02U V01 629-01

FeaturesuMax. 4 cylindersuMax. 15,000 rpm (4 cyl. operation)

u

400 g

The injector power stage HPI 5-M 4C is a device for driving injectors and high pressure pumps for gasoline direct injection. Combined with a suitable ECU up to 4 injectors can be driven. Overlapping injection of injectors
is possible. The HPI 5-M is mainly designed to drive the
Bosch high pressure pump HDP 5. Communication between main ECU and the HPI 5-M is realized via CAN interface.

Application
Max. number of cylinders

4

Max. rpm (4 cyl. operation)

15,000Optimized for Bosch high pressure injection valve HDEV 5 and Boschhigh pressure pump HDP 5

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
Each connector pin individually filtered
Housing temperature-25 to 100°C

Size (incl. connectors)

167 x 97 x 39 mm

Protection Classification

IP67 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 2008

Weight400 g

03 Electronics | Injection Power Stages | 63

Dimensions3

64 | 03 Electronics | Injection Power Stages

Electrical Data

HPI 5-M 8C

Voltage supply

14 V

Operating voltage

12 to 16 V

Operation voltage (engine start)

6.5 to 16 V

Nominal voltage

14 V

Connectors and Wires

3

Mating connector

AS 616-26SN
AS 614-19SN

Pin Configuration
16-26 (size 16) 26#20 7,5 A

Features

Pin

Name

Comment

A

O_P_FSCVL1

Flow control valve #1 output low
side

B

V_V_BAT_R

Battery plus

C

V_V_BAT_R

Battery plusuMax. 8 cylinders

D

G_G_BAT

Battery minusuMax. 8,000 rpm (8 cyl. operation)

E

G_G_BAT

Battery minus

u

440 g

F

O_P_BANK2_LS4_LS
6

Injector control output, Low side of
HDEV Injector #4 (6-cyl. engine: #6)

G

O_P_BANK2_HS4_H
S6

Injector control output, High side of
HDEV Injector #4 (6-cyl. engine: #6)

H

O_P_BANK1_HS2_H
S2

Injector control output, High side of
HDEV Injector #2 (6-cyl. engine: #2)

I

O_P_BANK1_LS2_LS
2

Injector control output, Low side of
HDEV Injector #2 (6-cyl. engine: #2)

K

O_P_BANK2_LS3_LS
3

Injector control output, Low side of
HDEV Injector #3 (6-cyl. engine: #3)

L

O_P_BANK2_HS3_H
S3

Injector control output, High side of
HDEV Injector #3 (6-cyl. engine: #3)

M

O_P_BANK1_HS1_H
S1

Injector control output, High side of
HDEV Injector #1 (6-cyl. engine: #1)

N

O_P_BANK1_LS1_LS
1

Injector control output, Low side of
HDEV Injector #1 (6-cyl. engine: #1)

Optimized for Bosch high pressure injection valve HDEV 5 and Boschhigh pressure pump HDP 5

P

I_P_HPINJD1_D1

Injector control, input signal for injector #1 (6-cyl. engine: #1)

Technical SpecificationsR

O_P_FSCVH1

Flow control valve #1 output highside

S

I_P_HPINJD2_D2

Injector control, input signal for injector #2 (6-cyl. engine: #2)

Each connector pin individually filtered

T

V_V_BAT_R

Battery plus

Housing temperature-25 to 100°CU

G_G_BAT

Battery minus

Size (incl. connectors)

167 x 97 x 39 mm

V

I_P_1SEL1

Protection Classification

IP67 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 2008

Flow control valve #1, input signal"SEL1"W

I_P_HPINJD4_D6

Weight

440 g

Injector control, input signal for injector #4 (6-cyl. engine: #6)

The injector power stage HPI 5-M 8C is a device for driving injectors and high pressure pumps for gasoline direct injection. Combined with a suitable ECU up to 8 injectors can be driven. The injectors are gathered in 4
groups of 2 injectors each. Within a group only one injector can be switched on at the same time. The 4
groups are totally independent, so that overlapping injection of injectors of different groups is possible. The
HPI 5-M is mainly designed to drive the Bosch high pressure pump HDP 5. Communication between main ECU
and the HPI 5-M is realized via CAN interface.

Application
Max. number of cylinders

8Max. rpm (8 cyl. operation)

8,000

Max. rpm (6 cyl. operation)

9,500

Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing

03 Electronics | Injection Power Stages | 65

14-19 (size 14) 19#20 7,5 A

16-26 (size 16) 26#20 7,5 A
X

I_S_T15

Input "Terminal 15" (Ignition switch)

T

G_G_BAT

Battery minusY

B_D_CANLCAN Interface, Signal "CAN Low"U

I_P_2ONZ

B_D_CANHCAN Interface, Signal "CAN High"

Flow control valve #2, input signal"ON"a

I_P_HPINJD3_D3

Injector control, input signal for injector #3 (6-cyl. engine: #3)

V

I_P_HPINJD5_D4

Injector control, input signal for injector #5 (6-cyl. engine: #4)b

I_P_1SEL0

Flow control valve #1, input signal"SEL0"c

I_P_1ON

Flow control valve #1, input signal"ON"

14-19 (size 14) 19#20 7,5 A
Pin

Name

Comment

A

I_P_HPINJD6_D5

Injector control, input signal for injector #6 (6-cyl. engine: #5)

B

O_P_BANK1_LS5_LS
4

Injector control output, Low side of
HDEV Injector #5 (6-cyl. engine: #4)

C

O_P_BANK1_HS5_H
S4

Injector control output, High side of
HDEV Injector #5 (6-cyl. engine: #4)

D

O_P_BANK2_HS7

Injector control output, High side of
HDEV Injector #7 (6-cyl. engine: not
used)

E

O_P_BANK2_LS7

Injector control output, Low side of
HDEV Injector #7 (6-cyl. engine: not
used)

F

O_P_BANK1_LS6_LS
5

Injector control output, Low side of
HDEV Injector #6 (6-cyl. engine: #5)

G

O_P_BANK1_HS6_H
S5

Injector control output, High side of
HDEV Injector #6 (6-cyl. engine: #5)

H

O_P_BANK2_HS8

Injector control output, High side of
HDEV Injector #8 (6-cyl. engine: not
used)

I

O_P_BANK2_LS8

Injector control output, Low side of
HDEV Injector #8 (6-cyl. engine: not
used)

K

I_P_HPINJD8

Injector control output, Low side of
HDEV Injector #8 (6-cyl. engine: not
used)

L

G_G_BAT

Battery minus

M

O_P_FSCVH2

Flow control valve #2 output highsideN

I_P_2SEL0

Flow control valve #2, input signal"SEL0"P

I_P_HPINJD7

Injector control, input signal for injector #7 (6-cyl. engine: not used)

R

I_P_2SEL1

Flow control valve #2, input signal"SEL1"S

O_P_FSCVL2

Flow control valve #2 output low
side

Communication
1 CAN (1 MBaud)Ordering Information
HPI 5-M 8C
Order number F 02U V01 630-013

66 | 03 Electronics | Injection Power Stages

Dimensions3

03 Electronics | Lap Trigger Systems | 67

Lap Trigger HF 58 Receiver

nal parameters. If the trigger condition is detected, thereceiver generates the appropriate output signal(main/sub trigger).
The trigger point is located at broadside of the transmitter antenna. After detecting the trigger point and releasing the trigger signal the receiver is passive for a periodof 0.5 seconds avoiding a multiple trigger signal. When atrigger is detected the output pin goes low for a certaintime:-20 msec low at main trigger-40 msec low at sub trigger
Standard output configuration: Low side switch with internal pull-up (R = 2.5 kOhm to +5 VDC). External pullup to VBat allowed

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

FeaturesSize

86 x 20 x 69 mm

Weight127 gProtection Classification

IP67 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 2008

Ambient temperature-20 to 85°C

uHigh reliability, even in bad weather conditionsu

16 independent channels

Electrical Datau

Main and sub trigger

Power consumption

1.3 W

Supply voltage

6 to 18 V

This lap trigger system HF 58 consists of a high frequency transmitter station and a receiver which is installed in
the car.
The system allows an exact lap time measurement. Section time measurement for comparison of different car
setups is also available if several transmitters are used.

Application

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASX0-02-03PN

Pin 1

Power supply +

Pin 2

GND
Trigger out

Antenna gain

6 dBi

Pin 3

Angle azimuth

40°

Installation Notes

Angle elevation

90°

Sensitivity-60 dBm

Packet size

32 BitPacket repetition frequency

0,5 msWorking frequency band

5,795 to 5,815 GHz

Frequency channels

16

Output driver (switching to
GND)

10 mA

Output signal main trigger (Puls)

20 ms active low

Output signal sub trigger (Puls)

40 ms active low

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 1

Functions
The transmitter sends coded signals across the race
track via the directional antenna. The receiver at therace car permanently checks the team code and the sig-

The white antenna radome must be turned to the transmitter side (seeDimensions) and must not be mounted behind metallic covers or carbon fiber filled elements.
Positioning of the receiver inside the car: The connector side has to bepositioned in direction to the front or back of the car as shown indrawing No. 2 (see Dimensions). It must not be positioned with theconnector pointing up- or downwards.
Green or blue indicator flashes when it detects a trigger condition.

Ordering Information
Lap Trigger HF 58 Receiver
Order number F 02U V00 946-03

3

68 | 03 Electronics | Lap Trigger Systems

Dimensions3

03 Electronics | Lap Trigger Systems | 69

Lap Trigger HF 58 Transmitter

Additional weight

350 g

Charging time

<4h

Running time

Approx. 30 h

Electrical Data
Power consumption

1.5 W

Supply voltage

6 to 18 V

Connectors and Wires
Features

Connector

ASL 0-06-05PD-HEu

High reliability, even in bad weather conditions

Pin 1

Power supply +u

16 independent channels

Pin 2

GND

u

Main and sub trigger

Pin 3

Charge input +uInternal Li-ion battery optional

Pin 4

n.c.

u

External supply possible

Pin 5

n.c.

This lap trigger system HF 58 consists of a high frequency transmitter station and a receiver which is installed in
the car.
The system allows an exact lap time measurement. Section time measurement for comparison of different car
setups is also available if several transmitters are used.

Installation Notes
The white antenna radome points to the car as shown in the drawing(see Dimensions) and must not be mounted behind metallic covers or
carbon fiber filled elements.
Red LED shows low battery condition.

Application

Charge control shows:Working frequency band

5,795 to 5,815 GHz

Frequency channels

16

Angle azimuth

11°

Angle elevation

90°

Transmission power+10 dBm

Antenna gain

15 dBi

Side lobe suppression>30 dB

FunctionsTechnical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Size

70 x 340 x 100 mm

Weight

1,020 gProtection Classification

IP54 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 2008

Ambient temperature-20 to 60°C

Option: internal accumulator

Ordering Information
Lap Trigger HF 58 Transmitter
Order number F 02U V00 945-03
Lap Trigger HF 58 Transmitter with internal battery
and charger
Order number F 02U V01 042-03

Dimensions

The transmitter sends coded signals across the race
track via the directional antenna. The receiver at therace car permanently checks the signal parameters. If
the trigger condition is detected, the receiver generates
the appropriate beacon signal (main/sub trigger). The
trigger point is located at broadside of the transmitter
antenna.

• blue when charging• green when battery full
• red on power or battery
failure3

70 | 03 Electronics | Lap Trigger Systems

Lap Trigger IR-02 Receiver

Installation Notes
Same height between receiver and transmitter
Visibility connection between receiver and transmitter
Avoid direct exposure to sunlight

Ordering Information3

IR-02 Receiver KPSE 6E8 3AP DN A34
Order number B 261 206 884-03
IR-02 Receiver ASL-6-06-05PD-HE
Order number B 261-206 887-03
IR-02 Receiver KPTA 6E6-4P-C-DN
Order number B 261 206 888-01

FeaturesuInfrared

u

39 g

u

15 m working rangeuDifferent connectors available

This lap trigger system consists of an infrared transmitter station and a receiver installed in the car. The system allows an exact lap time measurement.
Section time measurement for comparison of different
car setups is also available if several transmitters areused.
The receiver output signal pin is switched to ground for
20 ms when the car passes the main transmitter.
Notice: our old lap trigger IR is not compatible with
IR-02. If both lap triggers are used at the same time, thetransmitters have to be positioned with a minimum distance of 5 m.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical DataSize

42 x 20 x 10 mm

Weight39 g

Aluminum housing

Electrical Data
Frequency codes

16

Supply voltage

8 to 16 V

Output voltage

5V

Working range

15 m

Working temperature-25 to 70°C

Connectors and Wires
Pin 1/A

V+ (Battery voltage)

Pin 2/B

GND

Pin 3/C

Trigger signal

03 Electronics | Lap Trigger Systems | 71

Lap Trigger IR-02 Transmitter

Ordering Information
Lap Trigger IR-02 Transmitter
Order number B 261 206 890-01

3FeaturesuInfrared

u

124 g

u

15 m working range

This lap trigger system consists of an infrared transmitter station and a receiver installed in the car. The system allows an exact lap time measurement.
Section time measurement for comparison of different
car setups is also available if several transmitters areused.
The receiver output signal pin is switched to ground for
20 ms when the car passes the main transmitter.
Notice: our old lap trigger IR is not compatible with
IR-02. If both lap triggers are used at the same time, thetransmitters have to be positioned with a minimum distance of 5 m.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Size with diode90 x 40 x 28 mm

Weight124 g

Aluminum housing

Electrical Data
Frequency codes

16 plus 16 offset codes for section times

Supply voltage

8 to 16 V

Working range

15 m

Working temperature-25 to 70°C

Installation Notes
Same height between receiver and transmitter
Visibility connection between receiver and transmitter
Avoid direct exposure to sunlight72 | 03 Electronics | PowerBoxes

PowerBoxes Overview

3PowerBox PBX 90

PowerBox PBX 190

Output current

120 A continuous, 180 A peak

250 A continuous

Inputs16 (12 analogue, 4 digital)

28 (18 analog, 10 digital)

Outputs

36 single high current outputs, up to 80 A continuous

52 outputs / 28 inputs (18 analogue, 10 digital)

48 V high side switches-+

Housing material

Synthetic material housing

Aluminum housing with motorsport connectors

CAN

3

3

LIN

1

1

Ethernet

2

2

Real time Ethernet

2
Easy programming of complex functions

Easy programming of complex functions
Precise current measurement

Reverse polarity protection

03 Electronics | PowerBoxes | 73

PowerBox PBX 90

Outputs
4 high power channels up to 40 A (parallel up to 80 A)
4 high power channels up to 25 A
22 high power channels up to 15 A
6 multi purpose outputs up to 15 A (low side, high side, push-pull,
PWM)

3

1 sensor supply 5 V with individual ground pin

SoftwareFunction development and calibration tool

Bosch Motorsport PBX Suite

Connector X1: 38 way (ABS/ESR) Code 1

Features

Pin

SignalCont. [A]Peak [A]1

HP_OUT3

40

150

u

120 A continuous current

2

OUT22

15

100

u

36 outputs

3

PWM_OUT6

15

75

u

80 A high side switches

4

OUT21

15

100

u

Easy programming of complex functions

5

ANA_IN07

0 to 5 V, Pull-upuSoftware-tool integrated

6

ANA_IN08

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

The PowerBox is an intelligent control and distribution
unit for the electric grid in a modern racing car which isseamlessly integrated into the Bosch Motorsport systemarchitecture. It is capable to replace all conventional relays, fuses and circuit breakers, simplifies wiring harnesses and provides diagnostic capabilities.

7

PWM_OUT4

15

8

CAN_3_H

1 MBaud max.

9

SENSGND

GND for AIN[x]10SENSPWR_5V

0.4

Technical Specifications

11

PWM_OUT2

15

75

Mechanical Data

12

PWM_OUT1

15

75
150

75

Size

214 x 159 x 57.5 mm

13

HP_OUT4

40

Weight830 g

14

ANA_IN03

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

Temp. range (at internal sensors)-20 to 85°C

15

ANA_IN04

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

16

DIG_IN3

0 to 12 V, Pull-up, Pull-down

17

DIG_IN4

0 to 12 V, Pull-up, Pull-down

18

ANA_IN09

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

19

ANA_IN10

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

20

CAN_3_L

1 MBaud max.

21

BAT_GND

15

100

22

BAT_GND

15

100

23

BAT_GND

15

100

24

BAT_GND

15

100

25

HP_OUT7

25

150

26

OUT19

15

100

27

ANA_IN05

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

Electrical Data
Supply voltage range

5 to 20 V

Current consumption<1 A

Maximum recommended output
current

120 A continuously>180 A peak current (2 s)Communication
CAN

3

Ethernet

2

Inputs12 analogue inputs (16 bit resolution) switchable pull-up resistors
4 digital inputs switchable pull-up/pull-down resistors

74 | 03 Electronics | PowerBoxes

Connector X2: 38 way (ABS/ESR) Code 2

Connector X1: 38 way (ABS/ESR) Code 1

3

25

HP_OUT5

25

150

26

OUT11

15

100

100

27

OUT09

15

100

100

28

OUT12

15

100

29

OUT10

15

100

100

30

OUT07

15

100

100

31

OUT08

15

100

32

LIN

75

33

OUT05

15

100

15

75

34

SHIELD_GND

shield

25

150

35

OUT06

15

100

36

OUT03

15

100

28

OUT20

15

29

ANA_IN06

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

30

OUT17

15

31

OUT18

15

32

ANA_IN11

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

33

OUT15

15

34

OUT16

15

35

ANA_IN12

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

36

PWM_OUT31537

PWM_OUT538

HP_OUT8

100

Connector X2: 38 way (ABS/ESR) Code 2
Pin

Used forCont. [A]Peak [A]

37

OUT04

15

100

1

HP_OUT1

40

150

38

HP_OUT6

25

150

2

OUT14

15

100

3

OUT13

15

100

Connector X3: Amphenol Radsok Automotive Pinlock Connector 8 mm
(35 mm², 50 mm²)

4

OUT02

15

100

5

OUT01

15

100

6

TIMESTAMP_INOUT

1 kHz open drain

7

CAN_2_H

1 MBaud max.

8

CAN_1_H

1 MBaud max.

9

ETH_1_RXN

10/100 Mbps

10

ETH_1_TXN

10/100 Mbps

11

ETH_2_RXN

10/100 Mbps

12ETH_2_TXN

10/100 Mbps

13

HP_OUT2

40

150

14

BAT_GND

15

100

15

ANA_IN01

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

16

ANA_IN02

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

17

DIG_IN1

0 to 12 V, Pull-up, Pull-down

18

DIG_IN2

0 to 12 V, Pull-up, Pull-down

19

CAN_2_L

1 MBaud max.

20

CAN_1_L

1 MBaud max.

21

ETH_1_RXP

10/100 Mbps

22

ETH_1_TXP

10/100 Mbps

23

ETH_2_RXP

10/100 Mbps

24

ETH_2_TXP

10/100 Mbps

Pin

Used forCont. [A]Peak [A]1

BATT_POS

120

180

Installation Notes
Inspection services

Recommended after 220 h or
2 years, no components to replace

Ordering Information
PowerBox PBX 90
Order number F 02U V01 794-05
Accessories
Mating Connector X1
Order number F 02U B00 760-01
Mating Connector X2
Order number F 02U B00 761-01
Mating Connector X3
Order number F 02U 003 575-01
Power Cable 16 mm²
L: 2,000 mm
Order number F 02U V02 047-01
Power Cable 35 mm²
L: 2,000 mm
Order number F 02U V02 048-01
Breakout Box BOB PBX 90
Order number F 02U V02 292-01

03 Electronics | PowerBoxes | 75

Dimensions3

76 | 03 Electronics | PowerBoxes

PowerBox PBX 190

Ethernet

2

Real time ethernet Sercos (optional)

2

Inputs18 analogue inputs (16 bit resolution) switchable pull-up resistors
10 digital inputs switchable pull-up/pull-down resistors

3

Outputs
4 high power channels up to 40 A (parallel up to 80 A)
10 high power channels up to 25 A
26 high power channels up to 15 A
8 multi-purpose outputs up to 15 A (low side, high side, push-pull,
PWM)

Features

4 x 12 to 48 V high side channels up to 25 Au

250 A continuous current

2 sensor supply 5 V with individual ground pinu

52 outputs

Softwareu

48 V high side switchesuEasy programming of complex functions

Function development and calibration toolu

Precision current measurement

Pin Configuration

Bosch Motorsport PBX Suite

The PowerBox is an intelligent control and distribution
unit for the electric grid in a modern racing car which isseamlessly integrated into the Bosch Motorsport systemarchitecture. It is capable to replace all conventional relays, fuses and circuit breakers, simplifies wiring harnesses and provides diagnostic capabilities. The integrated PBX-software guarantees an easy programming ofcomplex functions by intuitive handling.

Connector X1: 37 Pins / 8STA6-24-37SA
Pin

SignalCont. [A]Peak [A]A

HS_15A X1_A

15

100

B

HS_15A X1_B

15

100

C

HS_15A X1_C

15

100

Technical Specifications

D

HS_15A X1_D

15

100

Mechanical Data

E

HS_15A X1_E

15

100

F

HS_15A X1_F

15

100

G

HS_15A X1_G

15

100

H

HS_15A X1_H

15

100

J

HS_15A X1_J

15

100

K

HS_15A X1_K

15

100

L

HS_15A X1_L

15

100

M

HS_15A X1_M

15

100

Size

245 x 183 x 37 mm

Weight1,270 gProtection Classification

IP67

Internal G-sensors
Temp. range (at internal sensors)-20 to 85°C

Electrical Data
Supply voltage range

5 to 16 V

N

HS_15A X1_N

15

100

Current consumption<1 A continuouslyP

PWM_15A X1_P

1560

Maximum recommended output
current

250 A continuously; >310 A
peak current (2 s)R

PWM_15A X1_R

15

60

S

PWM_15A X1_S

15

60

T

PWM_15A X1_T

15

60

Communication
CAN

3

U

HS_15A X1_U

15

100

LIN

1

V

HS_15A X1_V

15

100

03 Electronics | PowerBoxes | 77

Connector X3: 19 Pins / 8STA6-24-19SN

Connector X1: 37 Pins / 8STA6-24-37SA
W

HS_15A X1_W

15

100

S

HS_25A X3_S

25

150

X

HS_15A X1_X

15

100

T

HS_40A X3_J_T

40

150

Y

HS_15A X1_Y

15

100

U

HS_40A X3_K_U

40

150

Z

HS_15A X1_Z

15

100

V

Power KL31

25

-

a

HS_15A X1_a 1

15

100

Connector X4: 6 Pins / 8STA6-16-06SAb

HS_15A X1_b 1

15

100

Pin

SignalCont. [A]Peak [A]c

PWM_15A X1_c 1

15

60

A

HS48V_25A X4_A

25

100

d

PWM_15A X1_d 1

15

60

B

HS48V_25A X4_B

25

100

e

PWM_15A X1_e 1

15

60

C

HS48V_25A X4_C

25

100

f

PWM_15A X1_f 1

15

60

D

HS48V_25A X4_D

25

100

g

HS_15A X1_g 1

15

100

E

Supply 12 to 48 V for X4

25

35

h

HS_15A X1_h 1

15

100

F

Supply 12 to 48 V for X4

25

35

k

HS_15A X1_k 1

15

100

m

HS_15A X1_m 1

15

100

n

HS_15A X1_n 1

15

100

p

Power KL31

15

-

q

Power KL31

15

-

r

Power KL3115-Connector X2: 1 Pin / 8STA6-12-01BN261

Connector X5: 66 Pins / 8STA6-18-35SN
Pin

Signal1

Analog Input X5_01

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

2

Analog Input X5_02

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

3

Analog Input X5_03

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

4

Analog Input X5_04

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

5

Analog Input X5_05

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

Pin

SignalCont. [A]Peak [A]6

Analog Input X5_06

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

1

Power Supply 12 V

200

240

7

Analog Input X5_07

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

8

Analog Input X5_08

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

Connector X3: 19 Pins / 8STA6-24-19SN
Pin

SignalCont. [A]Peak [A]9

CAN 3 Interface Low-Level

Max. 1 MBaud

A

HS_25A X3_A

25

150

10

Analog Input X5_10

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

B

HS_25A X3_B

25

150

11

Analog Input X5_11

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

C

HS_25A X3_C

25

150

12

Analog Input X5_12

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

D

HS_25A X3_D

25

150

13

Digital Input X5_13

E

HS_25A X3_E

25

150

0 to 12 V, Pull-up, Pulldown

F

HS_25A X3_F

25

150

14

Digital Input X5_14

0 to 12 V, Pull-up, Pulldown

G

HS_40A X3_G_H

40

150

15

CAN 3 Interface High-Level

Max. 1 MBaud

H

HS_40A X3_G_H

40

150

16

LIN

J

HS_40A X3_J_T

40

150

17

Analog Input X5_17

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

K

HS_40A X3_K_U

40

150

18

Analog Input X5_18

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

L

HS_40A X3_L_N

40

150

19

DGND-fused

5A

M

HS_25A X3_M

25

150

20

DGND-fused

5A

N

HS_40A X3_L_N

40

150

21

Digital Input X5_21

P

HS_25A X3_P

25

150

0 to 12 V, Pull-up, Pulldown

R

HS_25A X3_R

25

150

3

78 | 03 Electronics | PowerBoxes

Connector X5: 66 Pins / 8STA6-18-35SN

Connector X5: 66 Pins / 8STA6-18-35SN

3

22

Digital Input X5_22

0 to 12 V, Pull-up, Pulldown

23

SERCOS1 TXP

24SERCOS1 TXN

25

do not connect (use for internal debugging)26

do not connect (use for internal debugging)27

Analog Input X5_27

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

28

Digital Input X5_28

0 to 12 V, Pull-up, Pulldown

29

Digital Input X5_29

0 to 12 V, Pull-up, Pulldown
0 to 5 V, Pull-up

56

CAN 1 Interface Low-Level

Max. 1 MBaud

57

Analog Input X5_57

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

58

Powersupply_5V X5_58

400 mA59

ETHERNET1 RXP

10/100 Mbps

60

ETHERNET1 TXN

10/100 Mbps

61

ETHERNET0 TXN

10/100 Mbps

62

CAN 2 Interface High-Level

Max. 1 MBaud

63

Analog Input X5_63

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

64

ETHERNET1 TXP

10/100 Mbps

65

ETHERNET0 RXP

10/100 Mbps

66

ETHERNET0 TXP

10/100 Mbps

30

Analog Input X5_30

31

KL31-fused

32

SERCOS1 RXP

33

SERCOS1 RXN

34

do not connect (use for internal debugging)35

do not connect (use for internal debugging)

Ordering Information

36

Digital Input X5_36

0 to 12 V, Pull-up, Pulldown

PowerBox PBX 190
Order number F 02U V02 626-01

37

Digital Input X5_37

0 to 12 V, Pull-up, Pulldown

Accessories

38

Analog_Screen

39

Analog Input X5_39

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

40

KL31-fused

41

SERCOS2 RXPMating Connector X2 (Shell)
Socket 25 mm2: F 02U 003 741-01
Socket 35 mm2: F 02U 004 530-01
Order number F 02U 002 878-01

42

SERCOS2 RXN

43Digital Input X5_43

0 to 12 V, Pull-up, Pulldown

Mating Connector X4
Order number F 02U 004 388-01

44

Digital Input X5_44

0 to 12 V, Pull-up, Pulldown

Mating Connector X5
Order number F 02U 000 472-02

45

Sensor GND for X5_51

5A46

Timesync

Connector Opening Tool for Shellsize 24
Order number F 02U V02 434-01

47

COM_Screen

48

CAN 1 Interface High-Level

49

SERCOS2 TXP

50

SERCOS2_TXN

51

Powersupply_5V X5_51

400 mA

52

Sensor GND for X5_58

5A53

ETHERNET1 RXN

10/100 Mbps

54

ETHERNET0 RXN

10/100 Mbps

55

CAN 2 Interface Low-Level

Max. 1 MBaud

Installation Notes
Inspection services

Recommended after 220 h or
2 years, no components to replace

Mating Connector X1
Order number F 02U 004 387-01

Mating Connector X3
Order number F 02U 004 386-01

Breakout Box
Order number F 02U V02 523-01
Max. 1 MBaud

03 Electronics | PowerBoxes | 79

Dimensions3

80 | 03 Electronics | Sensor Interfaces

Lambdatronic LT4

Storage temp. range-20 to 85°C

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Electrical Data

3

Power supply US(6.5) 10 to 14 V

Max power supply (1 min) US

Max. 26 V

Thermal dissipation loss

3 W at 14 V

Current Is

5A

Current Is (Heating up)

26 A

SoftwareConfiguration with Modas Sport

Features

Included

Characteristic
Signal output 1

CAN

Signal output 2

4 x 0 to 5 V “analog”

Integrated voltage compensation for sensor heater

CAN- baud rate

500 kbaud or 1 Mbaud

The Lambdatronic LT4 provides controlled pumping current to supply up to 4 Bosch lambda sensors, type
LSU 4.2, LSU 4.9 or Mini-LSU 4.9. The lambda value, thesensor temperature and diagnostics are available via
CAN and analog signal.
The LSU contains a Nernst and a pump cell. The lambda
in the Nernst cell is controlled to lambda = 1.013 independent of the oxygen contents on the emission side,through a current through the pump cell. The current
proportional output voltage of the IC is a measure of thelambda value.
The main feature and benefit of this unit is the combination of the Bosch well known lambda IC and a very compact box size with motorsport specification. Furthermore the analog signal output can be configured freely.

Signal resolution

2,5 * 10-4 lambda

Signal sampling rate

100 HzCAN refresh rate

100 Hzuu

Supply of up to 4 Bosch lambda sensors, type
LSU 4.2, LSU 4.9 or Mini-LSU 4.9

FunctionsApplication

Lambda 0.75 to 10.12

Compatible Bosch sensor type

LSU 4.2, LSU 4.9, Mini-LSU 4.9

Channels

4

HeaterInternal

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight with wire

98 g

Sealing

100 % humidity

Mounting

VelcroSize w/o wire (w*l*h)

54 x 59 x 13 mm

Operating temp. range (housing)-20 to 85°C

Connectors and Wires
Connector

AS 6-14-35PN

Connector loom
AS 1-14-35SN

F 02U 000 365-01

SleeveViton

Wire size

26

Wire length L

20 cm

Pin Assignment
Pin

Function1+ 12 V (Battery +)2+ 12 V (Battery +)3

Ground (Battery -)4Ground (Battery -)5

K-Line diagnostic connection

6

CAN1 + (high)7

CAN1 – (low)8

Analog out 1

9Analog out 2

10

Analog out 3

11

Analog out 4

03 Electronics | Sensor Interfaces | 81

See the LT4 function sheet for software documentation (e.g. CAN protocol).

12

Reference GND for analog out

13

Shield14

Pump current LSU 1 IP1

15Virtual GND LSU 1 VM1

16

Heater PWM LSU 1 Uh-1

17

Heater (Batt +) LSU 1 Uh+1

18

Setup current LSU 1 IA1

Ordering Information

19

Nernst voltage LSU 1 UN1

20

Pump current LSU 2 IP2Lambdatronic LT4Order number F 01T A20 070-09

21

Virtual GND LSU 2 VM222

Heater PWM LSU 2 Uh-2

23

Heater (Batt. +) LSU 2 Uh+2

24

Setup current LSU 2 IA225

Nernst voltage LSU 2 UN2

26

Pump current LSU 3 IP327Virtual GND LSU 3 VM328

Heater PWM LSU 3 Uh-3

29

Heater (Batt +) LSU 3 Uh+3

30

Setup current LSU 3 IA331

Nernst voltage LSU 3 UN3

32

Pump current LSU 4 IP433

Virtual GND LSU 4 VM434

Heater PWM LSU 4 Uh-4

35

Heater (Batt. +) LSU 4 Uh+4

36

Setup current LSU 4 IA437

Nernst voltage LSU 4 UN4Installation Notes
The LT4 is designed to supply 4 Bosch lambda sensors, type LSU 4.2,
LSU 4.9 or Mini-LSU 4.9
The LT4 is featured with voltage compensation for the heating profile
The unit can be connected to any CAN system (500 kbaud or 1
Mbaud) and analog measuring device.
To avoid signal errors, a cable length of maximum 1.5 m between sensor and box is recommended.
The unit is secure from miss-pinning.
The reference ground (GND_REF) has to be connected either to themeasuring device or to the system ground.
A ground offset of 2 V (max.) between GND and GND_REF has not to
be exceeded.

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Communication
Communication link

K-Line / CAN3

82 | 03 Electronics | Sensor Interfaces

Dimensions3

03 Electronics | Sensor Interfaces | 83

Lambdatronic LT4 ADV

Size w/o wire (w*l*h)

54 x 59 x 13 mm

Operating temp. range (housing)-20 to 85°C

Storage temp. range-20 to 85°C

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

3

Electrical Data
Power supply US(6.5) 10 to 14 V

Max power supply (1 min) US

Max. 26 V

Thermal dissipation loss

3 W at 14 V

Current Is

5A

Current Is (Heating up)

26 A

SoftwareFeatures

Configuration with Modas Sport

Included

Supply of up to 4 Bosch lambda sensors, type LSU
ADVCharacteristic

Integrated voltage compensation for sensor heater

Signal output 1

CAN

The Lambdatronic LT4 ADV is a control module whichfunction is to supply and control up to four BoschLSU ADV. The new lambda sensor LSU ADV offers extended features as an improved robustness, a shorter heating time and less influence from the ambient pressure.
The LSU ADV contains a Nernst cell and a pump cell.
The lambda value between the Nernst cell and an internal oxygen reference chamber is controlled to lambda
1.013, independent of the oxygen concentration on theemission side. This happens thanks to the pump current
throw the pump cell, responsible for the transmission ofoxygen atoms in the sensor ceramic. The current proportional output voltage of the IC gets translated in alambda value. The LT4 ADV provides the sensors temperature and other diagnostics parameters over CAN.
The 4 lambda signals can be read by using the CAN or
analog output.
The main feature and benefit of this unit is its compact
design, its light weight construction, as well as the possibility to control up to 4 Lambda Sensors LSU ADV withmultiple user-configurable parameters.

Signal output 2

4 x 0 to 5 V “analog”

CAN- baud rate

500 kbaud or 1 Mbaud

Signal resolution

2,5 * 10-4 lambda

Signal sampling rate

100 HzCAN refresh rate

100 HzuuFunctions

Connectors and Wires
Connector

AS 6-14-35PN

Connector loom
AS 1-14-35SN

F 02U 000 365-01

SleeveViton

Wire size

26

Wire length L

20 cm

Pin Assignment
Pin

Function

Application

Lambda 0.75 to 5

1

+ 12 V (Battery +)Compatible Bosch sensor type

LSU ADV2+ 12 V (Battery +)Channels

43

Ground (Battery -)HeaterInternal

4

Ground (Battery -)Technical Specifications

5

K-Line diagnostic connection

Mechanical Data

6

CAN1 + (high)

Weight with wire

98 g

7

CAN1 – (low)Sealing

100 % humidity8

Analog out 1

Mounting

Velcro9

Analog out 2

84 | 03 Electronics | Sensor Interfaces

3

10

Analog out 3

11

Analog out 4

12Reference GND for analog out

13

Shield14

Pump current LSU 1 IP1

15Virtual GND LSU 1 VM1Ordering Information

16

Heater PWM LSU 1 Uh-1

17

Heater (Batt +) LSU 1 Uh+1

Lambdatronic LT4 ADV
Order number F 02U V01 111-04

18

Not connected

19

Nernst voltage LSU 1 UN1

20

Pump current LSU 2 IP221

Virtual GND LSU 2 VM222

Heater PWM LSU 2 Uh-2

23

Heater (Batt. +) LSU 2 Uh+2

24

Not connected

25

Nernst voltage LSU 2 UN2

26

Pump current LSU 3 IP327Virtual GND LSU 3 VM328

Heater PWM LSU 3 Uh-3

29

Heater (Batt +) LSU 3 Uh+330

Not connected

31

Nernst voltage LSU 3 UN3

32

Pump current LSU 4 IP433

Virtual GND LSU 4 VM434

Heater PWM LSU 4 Uh-4

35

Heater (Batt. +) LSU 4 Uh+4

36

Not connected

37

Nernst voltage LSU 4 UN4Installation Notes
The LT4 ADV is designed to supply 4 Bosch lambda sensors, type
LSU ADVThe LT4 ADV is featured with voltage compensation for the heating
profile.
The unit can be connected to any CAN system (500 kbaud or 1
Mbaud) and analog measuring device.
To avoid signal errors, a cable length of maximum 1.5 m between sensor and box is recommended.
The unit is secure from miss-pinning.
The reference ground (GND_REF) has to be connected either to themeasuring device or to the system ground.

A ground offset of 2 V (max.) between GND and GND_REF has not to
be exceeded.
See the LT4 ADV function sheet for software documentation (e.g. CAN
protocol).
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

03 Electronics | Sensor Interfaces | 85

Dimensions3

86 | 03 Electronics | Sensor Interfaces

Modular Sensor Interface M 60

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

3

Size

105 x 34.5 x 137.5 mm

Weight495 g

Operating temperature-20 to 65°C

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (See Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Electrical Data

FeaturesuCompact sensor interfaceu

30 input channelsuEach channel individually configurable

The M 60 is a compact and light weight sensor interface
unit for analog and digital sensors. Up to eight M 60 canbe used to expand the number of input channels of thedata logger C 60 as well as the display DDU 9. The M 60
are linked via high-speed Ethernet interface. This allows
for synchronized acquisition of data from the different
units and the ECU.
The M 60 offers 26 analog inputs, four rotational inputs,
four pwm outputs and two independent CAN buses.
Each analog input channel features an analog pre-filter,
8 x oversampling and highly linear digital filtering. The
cut-off frequency of the digital filter is automatically adjusted to match the acquisition rate. The latency of thedigital filters is corrected during recording, yielding zero
filter delay in the recorded data.
The evaluation of each M 60 measurement channel is individually configurable with the PC configuration tool
RaceCon.

Supply voltage

8 to 18 V

Max. power consumption (w/oloads)

10 W at 14 V

InputsAnalog channels

26

Input range

0 to 5 V

Resolution

12 bitSwitchable pull up resistor

3 kOhmRotational channels (default
Hall, Inductive as option)4

Outputs
PWM outputs (low side switch 2
A each)4

Sensor supply 5 V (350 mA
each)

4

Sensor supply 10 V (350 mA
each)

1

Sensor supply 12 V (1 A, nonregulated)

1

Environment

Application

Software Upgrade 1

8 kHz AD converters with digital low pass filter

CCP-Master (ASAP 2 file from
ECU manufacturer required)

Configurable math channels
User configurable CAN in/out messages
Max. 1,000 Hz acquisition rate for all channels
3-port network switch
RS232 GPS input
CCP-Master, data acquisition from ECU that support CAN calibration
protocol (optional)

F 02U V01 012-01

Connectors and Wires
Motorsport connectors double
density2 x 41 pins

Mating connector I
AS-DD 6-12-41SN

F 02U 002 216-01

Mating connector II
AS-DD 6-12-41SA

F 02U 004 180-01

Installation Notes
Internal accumulator for data preservation and clock included
Required service interval: 24 months (internal accumulator is replaced)

03 Electronics | Sensor Interfaces | 87

Charge accumulator for > 6 h after installation.
Charge accumulator twice per year for > 6 h.
Send device to Bosch dealer for accumulator change.
The required software (.pst file) for this device is available in thedownload area of our homepage www.bosch-motorsport.com.

Communication
Configuration via RaceCon over Ethernet or MSA-Box II
CAN interfaces

2

Ethernet 100BaseT

3

Ordering Information
Modular Sensor Interface M 60
Order number F 02U V00 882-02
Software Options
SW Upgrade 1
Order number F 02U V01 012-013

88 | 03 Electronics | Sensor Interfaces

Modular Sensor Interface MSI
60

Electrical Data
Max. power consumption(w/o sensor power supply)

15 W

Required power supply

7 to 18 V

2 frequency inputs 0 to 25.5 kHz for inductive sensor / Hall-effectsensor / DF11 sensor
32 differential analogue inputs, switchable to single ended operation,-5 V to 5 V or 0 V to 5 V; switchable pull up values 3.01 kOhm and4.99 kOhm, 49.9 kOhm to suit PT100/PT1000

3

8 single ended analogue inputs, 0 V to 5 V; switchable pull up value
3.01 kOhm
8 LVDT inputs, 2.5 kHz/5 kHz/10 kHz; 3 V/5 V/10 V RMS
4 PWM outputs, max. 1 A each, max. 1 kHz
2 x 5 V or 10 V switchable sensor power supply, max. 200 mA each2 x 5 V sensor power supply, max. 400 mA eachFeatures1 x sensor power supply, max. 800 mA voltage = (MSI 60 supply voltage) -1.1 V; switched U_BattuCompact dimensionsuHigh quality signal processingu

50 sensor inputs (differential analogue, single
ended analogue, LVDT, frequency, RS232)

The MSI 60 is a high quality signal conditioning and dataacquisition unit for analogue, digital, frequency and linear variable differential (LVDT) sensors.
MSI 60 offers a large number of freely configurable inputs (32 x differential analogue, 8 x single ended analogue, 8 x LVDT, 2 x frequency, 1 x RS 232 for GPS).
Possible applications of the differential inputs include
e.g. 31 TC-J type or TC-K type temperature sensors arranged in a sensor array (one diff. input used for compensation), PT100, PT1000 (specific pull up values available), NTC, strain gauges etc. Each differential input features 200 times oversampling.
The cut-off frequency of the digital filters in all inputs is
automatically adjusted to match the acquisition rate.
MSI 60 also corrects the latency of the digital filters during recording, yielding zero filter delay in the recorded
data. Quantization of each MSI measurement channel isindividually configurable. Data can be sent via Ethernet
interface to any Bosch Motorsport logging device.

RS 232 interface for GPS (data reception only)
3 x Ethernet 100 MBit/s
2 x freely configurable up to 1 MBit CAN Bus

Environment
Software Upgrade 1
CCP-Master (ASAP 2 file from
ECU manufacturer required)

F 02U V01 012-01

Connectors and Wires
Connector 1: LIFE (red) X1
ECU: AS-2-12-35PN
Harness: AS 6-12-35SN; max.
AWG22

F 02U 000 443-01

Connector 2: SENSOR 1 (yellow) X2
ECU: ASDD-2-14-64PA
Harness: ASDD 6-14-64SA;
max. AWG24

F 02U 003 098-01

Connector 3: SENSOR 2 (red) X3
ECU: ASDD-2-14-64PN

Technical Specifications
Mechanical DataSize

153 x 119 x 38 mm

Weight645 g

Aluminum housing
High density type motorsport connectors
Vibration damped printed circuit boards
Operating temperature-20 to 85°C

Max. vibration

15 g sinus at 1,200 Hz for t < 5 hHarness: ASDD 6-14-64SN;
max. AWG24

F 02U 000 854-01

Ordering Information
Modular Sensor Interface MSI 60
Order number F 02U V01 901-01
Software Options
SW Upgrade 1
Order number F 02U V01 012-01

03 Electronics | Sensor Interfaces | 89

Modular Sensor Interface MSI 60 Variations
Analogue inputs, single ended

Differential analogue inputs

LVDT inputs

Number of inputs

8

32

8

Pre-filtering

analogue, 1st orderanalogue, 3rd orderanalogue, 1st order

ADC resolution

12 bit, 10 ks*

18 bit, 200 ks*

12 bit, 10 ks*

Compensation of digital filter latency

x

x

x

Pull up resistors

3.01 kOhm

3.01 kOhm
4.99 kOhm (PT100)
49.9 kOhm (PT1000)-

Amplifying factor

1

1, 2, 4, 8 to 512-

Input voltage range

0 V to 5 V-5 V to 5 V (differential mode)0 V to 5 V (single ended mode)

3 V/ 5 V/ 10 V (U_eff.), 2.5 kHz/ 5
kHz/ 10 kHz* ks = 1000 samples/s3

90 | 03 Electronics | Sensor Interfaces

Wheel Speed Signal Splitter

Size (Double connector type)112.1 x 63.5 x 30.3 mm

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Electrical Data

3

Power supply

12 V

Max. power supply (1 min)

25 V

Connector for Single Connector Type
Connector 1 (wide)

AS-012-35-PN

Mating connector AS-6-12-35SN

F 02U 000 443-01

Connectors for Double Connector Type
Featuresu

ABS Wheel Speed Sensor InterfaceuLightweight Aluminum Housing

Bosch Motorsport has developed a wheel speed modulethat converts the Bosch DF11 (differential dual hall sensors) signals to a signal that can be processed by peripheral engine controlling devices and data recording
systems. The adapter can be plugged into any BoschABS M4 loom.
The operation principle is that it forwards the sensor information to the ABS. In addition it converts the speed
info into a digital signal. The type of output is open collector. The connected device needs to contain an internal pull up resistor of 2.15 kOhm to 12 V like the MS 4
ECUs.
The interface is available in two different housings supporting one connector or two connectors (see photo).
The single connector type is used if the signal is fed
back into an especially pre-defined ABS loom which connects e.g. to the original chassis loom. The double connector type is used if the speed signal is broadcast to
the peripheral device via a separate loom.
The wheel speed signal splitter is designed to be usedin combination with the Bosch Motorsport ABS system.
Due to safety reasons it is not designed for usage incombination with other ABS systems

Application
Application

ABS wheel speed sensor interface

Connector 1 (wide)

AS-2-12-35-PN

Mating connector AS-6-12-35SN

F 02U 000 443-01

Connector 2 (small)AS-2-08-35-PN

Mating connector AS-6-08-35SN

F 02U 000 430-01

Pinout Connector 1 (wide)
Pin

Description for one connector

Description for two connectors

1

Supply to DF11 (RR)

Supply to DF11 (RR)

2

Signal from DF11 (RR)

Signal from DF11 (RR)

3

Supply to DF11 (RL)

Supply to DF11 (RL)

4Signal from DF11 (RL)

Signal from DF11 (RL)

5

Supply to DF11 (FR)Supply to DF11 (FR)6Signal from DF11 (FR)Signal from DF11 (FR)7

Supply to DF11 (FL)

Supply to DF11 (FL)

8Signal from DF11 (FL)

Signal from DF11 (FL)9Signal to ABS (FL)

Signal to ABS (FL)10

DF11 supply from ABS (FL)

DF11 supply from ABS (FL)11

Signal to ABS (FR)Signal to ABS (FR)12

DF11 supply from ABS (FR)DF11 supply from ABS (FR)Compatible sensor type

Bosch DF 11

13

Signal to ABS (RL)

Signal to ABS (RL)

Operating temperature range-20 to 85°C

14

DF11 supply from ABS (RL)

DF11 supply from ABS (RL)

Storage temperature range-20 to 85°C

15

Signal to ABS (RR)

Signal to ABS (RR)

Technical Specifications

16

DF11 supply from ABS (RR)

DF11 supply from ABS (RR)

Mechanical Data

17

Open collector Signal to ECU(FL)Not used

18

Open collector Signal to ECU(FR)Not used

Weight53 g

Size (Single connector type)101.8 x 63.5 x 30.3 mm

03 Electronics | Sensor Interfaces | 91

19

UBat 12V

UBat 12V

20

Open collector Signal to ECU(RL)

Not used

21

Open collector Signal to ECU(RR)

Not used22

ECU GroundNot used3

Pinout Connector 2 (small)
Pin

Description for one connector

Description for two connectors

1

n.a.

Open collector Signal to
ECU (FL)

2n.a.

Open collector Signal to
ECU (FR)

3

n.a.

Open collector Signal to
ECU (RL)

4

n.a.

Open collector Signal to
ECU (RR)

5

n.a.

Not used

6n.a.

ECU Ground

Ordering Information
Single Connector Type
Order number F 02U V00 335-03
Double Connector Type
Order number F 02U V00 203-03

Dimensions

Single Connector Type Housing

92 | 03 Electronics | Sensor Interfaces

3

Double Connector Type Housing

Connection Scheme

03 Electronics | Telemetry | 93

Online Telemetry System
Overview

Environment
Car antenna
Pit antenna
Server PC

Car Antenna

Pit Receiver Box
on pit roof

Pit Antenna

Ethernet pit network

Telemetry
Transmitter

Client PCs
Server PC
RS 232

VehicleSystemData Logger

Ethernet Pit Network

The Bosch Motorsport Online Telemetry System enables
the transmission of online measurement data from a car
on a racetrack. The vehicle part of the system consistsof a data and the FM 40 telemetry transmitter. From thedata logger data is sent via a RS232 connection to the
FM 40. The FM 40 adds framing and error correction information to the data stream and modulates its RF output which is fed via an antenna wire to the TX antenna.
In the pits, the RF signal is picked up by an RX antennaconnected to the pit receiver box. Inside the receiverbox, the signal is filtered and amplified by a low noise
filter amplifier. It is then sent to a UHF modem. The modem demodulates the data stream and performs error
correction, if necessary. The output stream passes thedata converter and is transferred via a connection wire
to the server PC in the garage. This PC decodes the
car’s telemetry stream and distributes the information
over the pit network.
Due to the high transmission power of 1 to 10 W of the
Bosch FM 40 telemetry transmitter, near 100 % coverage is achieved on most tracks, even under race conditions with high RF interference.

Application
Transmission of online measurement data
Components
Telemetry transmitter FM 40
Data logger, e.g. C 60
Pit receiver box

Functions
Good data quality even under race conditions with high RF interference.

Technical Specifications
High transmission power of 1 to 10 W
Near 100 % coverage on most tracks
Framing and error correction3

94 | 03 Electronics | Telemetry

Dimensions

Car Antenna3

Pit Receiver Box
on pit roof

Pit Antenna

Telemetry
Transmitter

Client PCs
Server PC
RS 232

VehicleSystemData Logger

Ethernet Pit Network

03 Electronics | Telemetry | 95

Telemetry Unit FM 40

Frequency range

430 to 470 MHz (hardware adjustable)F(center) ± 1 MHz (software
programmable)

Features

Transmission power

1 to 10 W

Receiver sensitivity-116 dBm error detection andforward error correction (FEC)

RF channel bandwidth

12,5 kHz at 9.6 kbps
25 kHz at 19.2 kbps

Data interface

RS232

Data rate

9.6 / 19.2 kbps

Required power supply

10 to 18 V

Max. power consumption

25 W at 14 V

Max. current< 2,5 A

Operation temperature range

0 to 60°C

Connectors and Wires

u

750 g

RF

BNC femaleu

1 to 10 W transmission power

Power / data

CGK SOT 8N35 PN

The FM 40 is a half-duplex radio modem suitable for real-time telemetry transmission from a car on the racetrack.
The unit is offered in different hardware versions forseveral frequency bands in the 430 to 470 MHz range.
Within the selected band, the transmission frequency issoftware programmable in a ±1 MHz range. The high RF
output power of up to 10 W gives excellent range andgood track coverage.
From the data acquisition system transmit data is fed into the FM 40 via a RS232 interface. Typically the FM 40
is operated as an unidirectional telemetry transmitter.
For other applications, half duplex bidirectional operation is also possible.

Application
International standard

I-ETS 300 220, ETS 300 113,
FCC

Technical Specifications
Mechanical DataSize

151 x 138 x 28 mm

Weight720 g

Housing with LED indicators
Car antenna compatible to existing Bosch telemetry systems.
Max. vibration

60 m/s2 at 20 Hz to 2 kHz

Electrical Data
Half duplex radio modem (bidirectional)Internal data buffer and protocol management

Ordering Information
Telemetry Unit FM 40
Order number B 261 208 898-01
Accessories
Antenna Cable Kit
Order number B 261 209 490-01
Car Antenna
Order number B 261 208 888-01

3

96 | 03 Electronics | Telemetry

Pit Receiver Box

Communication

2 x 10 / 100 Mbit ethernet

Power consumption

10 W

Connectors and Wires

3

Data and power connector

Motorsport type

Antenna connector

BNC (Jack) 50 Ohm

Package Parts
Box
48 V power supply

Ordering Information
Pit Receiver Box
Order number F 02U V01 460-01

Dimensions
The Pit Receiver Box integrates all electronic components necessary to receive telemetry data from a car
equipped with a FM 40 transmitter in one weatherproof
package. Typically the receiver box is mounted on thepit roof as close as possible to the RX antenna, thus
minimizing cable loss. The connection wire to the receiving PC in the garage, which can be up to 50 m long, also
supplies power to the Pit Receiver Box.
The Pit Receiver Box contains 1 to 4 UHF receivers fed
by a single RX antenna and low noise filter amplifier(LNA). This enables parallel telemetry data reception
from up to 4 cars, provided transmitters need to operate in the same 2 MHz frequency band.
The Box is equipped with dual Ethernet port for redundant Ethernet wire to the pit or for connection to a directional link (relay station).

Splitter

LNA

UHF Modem 1

UHF Modem 2

UHF Modem 3

UHF Modem 4

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight4.2 kgSize

330 x 280 x 180 mm

Max. distance receiver box to PC(with F 020 V01 440-01

50 m

Working temperature range-20 to 50°C

Electrical Data
Frequency range

400 to 470 MHz

Working frequency bandfc ±1 MHz

Channel spacing

12.5/25 kHz

Sensitivity≤ -116 dBm at BER 10-3

Serial interface

RS232 (19.2 kBit/s, no parity, 8
data bit, 1 stop bit, no flow control)

Radio data rate

19.2 kbps (25 kHz channel)
9.6 kbps (12.5 kHz channel)

Operating voltage

20 to 50 V

Ethernet
Interface

Connector to
Relay
Directional Link
Ethernet #1

Power Supply
ModuleConnector toTelemetry Server
Power Supply
Ethernet #2

Scheme Pit Receiver Box

Connector to
Antenna

03 Electronics | Telemetry | 97

Pit Receiver Package

3

The Pit Receiver Package contains everything that is required to start operation.

Technical Specifications
Package Parts
Pit Receiver Box (2 channels)

F 02U V01 460-01

HF antenna wire (8 m)

B 261 209 493-01

Rod antenna pit 7 dbi (2 m)

B 261 208 867-01

Ethernet and power wire (50 m)

F 02U V01 440-01

Ethernet and power injection
wire (1.5 m)

B 261 209 744-01

Telescopic aerial mast (7.7 m)

B 261 208 873-01

Ordering Information
Pit Receiver Package
Order number on request

98 | 03 Electronics | Test SystemµLC Test System

3

Digital Interfaces• 6 * Digital Out, max. 200 mA in total
Output modes: Ground, 12 V, High impedance• 2 * Relays, max. 10 A, separate ECU power supply
possible and incl. main relay sensing• 2 * PWM input, 1 Hz to 20 kHz• 4 * PWM output, max. 90 mA in total,
0.1 Hz to 20 kHz
Output voltages: 12 V, 5 V, GND• Complex PWM with sub signals, each separately adjustable in frequency, duty cycle and pulse countAnalogue Interfaces• 8 * 10 bit DAC 0 to 5 V, max. 5 mA
Internal or external supply• 4 * 12 bit DAC 0 to 5 V, max. 5 mA
• 6 * 12 bit ADC 0 to 40 V, GND reference

Additional Features
Featuresu

User-friendly interfaceuCustomer defined features feasibleuPrepared for test automationuFavorable test setup, consuming low spaceuSimulation of typical automotive interfaces combined in one unit

The new and modern hardware-in-the-loop test systemµLC Test System is suitable for mobile application,measuring a compact 17 cm x 11 cm x 6 cm. Initial test
setup typically takes under ten minutes, since the system allows for a simple test setup.
It is a compact open-loop test system for quality assurance of control unit development and combines the simulation of all typical automotive sensors and communication protocols in one unit. Its interface is user-friendly
and enables an easy operation and evaluation.
The µLC Test System is especially used for automotive
control units with typical interfaces for sensors and bus
systems such as analogue/digital inputs and outputs,
PWM signals, SENT, CAN, LIN and speed sensors.

Functions
Engine Speed Simulation• Up to 20,000 rpm• Supported sensors: Hall, inductive, DG23i, TL4953• Up to 2 crankshafts, up to 4 camshafts– each is independently configurable– auxiliary shaft– -180 to 180° camshaft adjustment• Oscilloscope trigger signal for easier monitoring• Error simulation for engine position management
EPM

Vehicle Busses• 2 * CAN, up to 1 MBit/s
switchable 120 Ohm CAN bus terminator• LIN Master/Slave• SENT, full J2716 Jan. 2012 standard
4 Outputs, alternative to PWM output• Cylinder pressure simulation– Up to 8 cylinders with one device– Expandable with multiple devices• USB connection completely galvanic decoupled• All in- and outputs short-circuit protected and ESD
protected• EMC tested• Expansion boards for additional HW features• Multi device support with sync option for engine
speed signals

Test Setup

Note: Calculation intensive modules like cylinder pressure simulation can cause a limitation of e.g. the max.
engine speed.

Technical Specifications
Operating voltage

12 V DC

Current consumption

typ. < 1 A

ECU voltage

12 V / 24 V DC

ECU current

10 A

Permissible operation temperature

0°C to 40°C

Housing material

Aluminum

Dimensions

175 mm x 107 mm x 61 mm

Weight690 g

03 Electronics | Test System | 99

3

The screenshot shows the MicroLC Software with analog outputs, crank-/ camshaft, RPM and complex PWM.

Ordering InformationµLC Test System
Order number F 02U V02 303-02

100 | 03 Electronics | Test System3

04 Injection and Ignition

4

Diesel System Components

102

Injection Valves

104

Fuel Pumps

113

Fuel Pressure Regulators

125

Ignition Coils

135

Ignition Modules

177

102 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Diesel System Components

Diesel System Components• The base output level and the desired output level
for the engine• If it is originally equipped with Bosch components:
the part numbers of the Bosch components• Alternatively the car / engine manufacturer partnumber of the original injection system.
NoticeIf your engine is originally equipped with Bosch
components, modifications will be easier thanreplacing third party components.

4

NoticeWe reserve the right to assess a fee for applications where the component specification requires an extraordinary amount of time.

Featuresu

Modification of Common Rail systemsuDifferent modification levels availableu

All hydraulic parts available

The geometry and characteristics of Diesel engine components are more dependent upon the application thanthose for gasoline engines. A single injector design will
not fit all Diesel engines due to varying mechanical andnozzle geometry requirements. In addition, the injection
system can vary from year to year even within the same
make of car.
Bosch Motorsport uses the same Common Rail technology for racing that was developed for production vehicle
applications. This includes both solenoid (magnetic)
technology and the latest cutting-edge piezo technology.
Bosch Motorsport can offer a wide variety of modifications to fit the system to your specifications. These
modifications include:• Definition of suitable base components from other(or larger) engine applications.
• Adaptation of components for mating, fit and orientation to suit the selected application.
• Flow enhancement of injectors and rails.
• Injector nozzle adaptation (flow rate, number ofholes, spray cone angle etc.).
Our goal is to offer the best balance of cost and performance for your application. This is why we offer different levels of modifications to choose from. Below is
an example of the different levels for a 4-cylinder engine
with 4 injectors, 1 high pressure pump and a single fuelrail:

Installation Notes
When contacting us for more information on our Diesel
components, please have the following information
ready so that we may best determine components required for your application:• The base engine / the car where this engine originally is installed• Model year and type of car / engine

04 Injection and Ignition | Diesel System Components | 103

Dimensions

4

Common Rail
Pumps

CP1H, CP3, CP4

RailsMax. 6 cyl./bankPressure Sensors

RDS

Injectors

CRI 2 (Solenoid),
CRI 3 (Piezo)

Pressure Control
ValvesDRVMax. 2,400 bar

Max. 2,400 bar

104 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves(after Methanol-operating thevalves must be flushed with normal gasoline-fuel)Use with different media is not
permitted.

Injection Valve EV 14

Electrical Data
Power supply

6 to 16.5 V

Connectors and Wires
Connectors

4

Jetronic, Sumitomo, Motorsport
connectors

Installation Notes
Please ask for more information before ordering.

Ordering Information

Features

EV 14 CL, 116 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0 280 158 110

uConical spray or 2-sprayu

Flow rate at 3 bar: up to 1,462 cm3/minuSpray angle 15 to 85°uWith or without extension

EV 14 injection valves are the latest revision of the EV 6
injection valve technology. EV 14 xT are the latest revision of the EV 12.
EV 14 is designed for a wide range of flow rates andspray patterns. Compact size and three standard versions simplify mounting in a variety of applications.

EV 14 CL, 150 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0 280 158 107
EV 14 ES, 150 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0 280 158 013
EV 14 CKxT, 237 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0 280 158 038
EV 14 EL, 237 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0 280 158 116

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
System pressure

EV 14 ES, 116 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0 280 158 200

Max. 5 bar (8 bar for motorsportuse)

Weight≤ 30 g

Installation lengths

33.6, 48.65 or 60.65 mm

Fuel input

Top-feed injector

Operating temperature-40 to 110°C

Permissible fuel temperatures≤ 70°CClimate-proof corresponding to saline fog test DIN 50 021
Housing design

Compact (C), Standard (S),Long (L)Spray typeC (Conical Spray) or E (2-Spray)

Flow rate at 3 bar (n-heptane)

146 to 1,462 cm³/min
116 to 1,000 g/min

Spray angle α

15 to 85°

Bent angle γ

0 to 15°

Coil resistanceSee variations

Fuel compatibility

E85 / M100

EV 14 CS, 387 g/min n-heptane
Order number B 280 436 038-09
EV 14 CS, 387 g/min n-heptane
Order number B 280 436 038-10
EV 14 ESxT, 429 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0 280 158 123
EV 14 CS, 503 g/min n-heptane
Order number B 280 436 038-08
EV 14 CS, 503 g/min n-heptane
Order number B 280 436 038-07
EV 14 CKxT, 670 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0 280 158 040
EV 14 CS, 670 g/min n-heptane
Order number B 280 436 487-01
Accessories
Clip for locking bush of plastic
Order number 2 431 314 021
Clip for locking bush of steel
Order number 2 431 314 018

04 Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves | 105

Dimensions
Spray bent to the „right“, Delta=0°

Spray bent „down“ (away from electr. connector), Delta=90°

Delta 0°Alpha
Delta 90°

Gamma

4
Alpha

Gamma

Spray bent to the „left“, Delta=180°

Spray bent „up“ (towards electr. connector), Delta=270°

Alpha
Delta 270°
Gamma

Delta 180°

Gamma

Delta Angel

Housing Variations

Alpha106 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves4

04 Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves | 107

4

Mounting Instructions

108 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves

EV 14 Variations
Variations of production type valves

4

Part Nr.

0 280 158 110

0 280 158 200

0 280 158 107

0 280 158 013

0 280 158 038

Flow rate/min

116 g/170 cm3

116 g/170 cm3

150 g/219 cm3150 g/219 cm3

237 g/347 cm3

Type

C

E

C

E

C

Housing

L

S

L

S

KxT

α

15°

15°

20°

19°

20°

γ

0°

0°

0°

0°

0°

δ

0°

90°

0°

90°

0°

Resistance

12 Ohm12 Ohm12 Ohm12 Ohm12 OhmPart Nr.

0 280 158 116

0 280 158 123

0 280 158 040

Flow rate/min

237 g/347 cm3429 g/627 cm3670 g/980 cm3

Type

E

E

C

Housing

L

SxT

KxT

α

22°

25°

30°

γ

5°

0°

0°

δ

90°

90°

0°

Resistance

12 Ohm12 Ohm12 OhmFurther variations are available on request
Variations of Motorsport valves
Part Nr.

B 280 436 038-07

B 280 436 038-08

B 280 436 038-09

B 280 436 038-10

B 280 436 487-01

Flow rate/min

503 g/736 cm3503 g/736 cm3387 g/566 cm3387 g/566 cm3670 g/980 cm3

Type

C

C

C

C

C

Housing

S

S

S

S

S

α

70°

25°

70°

25°

30°

γ

0°

0°

0°

0°

0°

δ

-

-

-

-

0°

Resistance

12 Ohm12 Ohm12 Ohm12 Ohm12 OhmFurther variations are available on request.

04 Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves | 109

HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

Features

68 g

Diameter

20.7 mm

Length87 mm

Flow rate at 100 bar (n-heptane)

up to 1,640 g/min

Number of holes

4 to 7 holes (typical)

Spray typeMulti hole

Spray angle overall

110° (typical)

Spray angle single beam

8 to 20°

Static flow tolerance±5 %Dynamic flow tolerance±6 % at ti = 1.5 ms

Leakage≤2.5 mm³/min at 23°C

Electrical Datau

Max. 500 baruMulti holeu

Flow rate at 100 bar: up to 1,640 g/min (n-heptane)u

Weight w/o wire

Spray angle 8 to 20°

The HDEV 5.2 is a high pressure injector, which is developed to be used as a port or a direct injector.
The function of the HDEV 5.2 is both to meter out thefuel and to obtain a well-defined mixture of fuel and air.
It is an inward opening solenoid injector which is optimized regarding very short opening and closing times
which ensures a very stable linearity at short injection
times.
The benefit of this injector is a high spray variability concerning spray angle and spray shape. Also the flow rate
can be defined in a big range. Bosch offers the spraytargeting design according to the individual customer requirements. If your application conditions will not matchthe listed performance data, please ask for consultancy
at Bosch Motorsport. In addition to the specific designed sample, Bosch offers cost effective production
HDEV 5.2 on request.

Application

Booster supply

65 to 90 V

Booster current

13.2 A

Booster time

500 μsPower supply

12 V

Pick up current

9.6 A

Pick up time

800 μsHold power supply

12 V

Hold current

3.0 A hysteresis 0.8 A

Coil resistance

1,500 mOhm (ambient temp.)

Connectors and Wires
Mating connector Compact

D 261 205 359-01

Connector Jetronic (wire)

D 261 205 288-01

Connector motorsport (wire)

On request

Pin 1

Pos

Pin 2

Gnd

Installation Notes

Application at 100 bar (typical)

308 to 1,640 g/min

Fuel input

Top-feed injector

Fuel

Gasoline

Operating pressure

Up to 500 bar

Operating temperature range-31 to 130°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 70°C

Max. vibration

600 m/s²

The injector has to be supplied by a Bosch Motorsport Power Stage
Unit (e.g. HPI 5 or HPI 1.16).
Listed electrical values may vary according to the application.
The injector can be cleaned (mechanically or chemically), if the tip will
not be damaged.
Do not use supersonic cleaning.

Ordering Information
HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2
Order number on request4110 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves

Dimensions

4

Spray variations, further variations on request

04 Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves | 111

HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2
LC

Features

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

Max. 221.5 g

Diameter

20.7 mm

Length standard version

185 mmLength short version

173 mmFlow rate at 100 bar (n-heptane)

Up to 1,640 g/min

Number of holes

4 to 7 holes (typical)

Spray typeMulti hole

Spray angle overall

110° (typical)

Spray angle single beam

8 to 20°

Static flow tolerance±5 %Dynamic flow tolerance±6 % at ti = 1.5 ms

Leakage≤2.5 mm³/min at 23°C

Electrical Datau

Max. 500 baruMulti holeu

Flow rate at 100 bar: up to 1,640 g/min (n-heptane)uTechnical Specifications

Spray angle 8 to 20°

The HDEV 5.2 LC is a high pressure injector, which isdeveloped to be used as a port or a direct injector.
The function of the HDEV 5.2 LC is both to meter out
the fuel and to obtain a well-defined mixture of fuel andair. It is an inward opening solenoid injector which is
optimized regarding very short opening and closing
times which ensures a very stable linearity at short injection times.
The benefit of this injector is a high spray variability concerning spray angle and spray shape. Also the flow rate
can be defined in a big range. Bosch offers the spraytargeting design according to the individual customer requirements. If your application conditions will not matchthe listed performance data, please ask for consultancy
at Bosch Motorsport. In addition to the specific designed sample, Bosch offers cost effective production
HDEV 5.2 LC on request.

Application

Booster supply

65 to 90 V

Booster current

13.2 A

Booster time

500 μsPower supply

12 V

Pick up current

9.6 A

Pick up time

800 μsHold power supply

12 V

Hold current

3.0 A hysteresis 0.8 A

Coil resistance

1,500 mOhm (ambient temp.)

Connectors and Wires
Mating connector Compact

On request

Connector Jetronic (wire)

D 261 205 288-01

Connector motorsport (wire)

On request

Pin 1

Pos

Pin 2

Gnd

Installation Notes

Application at 100 bar (typical)

308 to 1,640 g/min

Fuel input

Top-feed injector

Fuel

Gasoline

Operating pressure

Up to 500 bar

Operating temperature range-31 to 130°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 70°C

Max. vibration

600 m/s²

The injector has to be supplied by a Bosch Motorsport Power Stage
Unit (e.g. HPI 5 or HPI 1.16).
Listed electrical values may vary according to the application.
The injector can be cleaned (mechanically or chemically), if the tip will
not be damaged.
Do not use supersonic cleaning.

4112 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves

Ordering Information
HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2 LC
Order number on request

Dimensions

4

Spray variations, further variations on request

Standard version

Short version

04 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps | 113

Fuel Pumps Overview
Fuel Pump FP 165

Fuel Pump FP 200

Fuel Pump LPx-F1

HP Fuel Pump HDP 5

HP Fuel Pump HDP 5LW

Flow rate gasoline
(l/h)

>165

>200

>260 (>160 at 7
bar/120 W)

1.1 cm3/rotcam

1.1 cm3/rotcam

Max. pressure (bar)5.0

5.0 or 8.0

<8.0

>200

Max. 500

Supply voltage (V)

6 to 16.5

6 to 16.5

48 (PWM controlled)- (mech.)- (mech.)Temperature range(°C)-20 to 90-20 to 90

Max 80-40 to 120-40 to 120

Weight (g)

980

1,030

325

780

585

Max. vibration

3 mm at 10 to 18 Hz≤40 m/s2 at 18 to
60 Hz

3 mm at 10 to 18 Hz≤40 m/s2 at 18 to
60 Hz

Profil 1

600 m/s2

600 m/s2

4

114 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps

Fuel Pump FP 165

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

6 to 16.5 V

Operating voltage

13.8 V

Load current at 5 bar and 22°C

11.0 ± 2 A

Characteristic

4

Surface coating

None

Color

Silver

Non-return valve

Internal

Fuel filtering

External, on pressure side

Featuresu>165 l/h

u

980 g

u

Max. 5 baruFuel lines screwed

The FP 165 is an inline roller cell pump for the installation outside the fuel tank.
It is capable of providing 165 l/h at 5 bar. Bio-fuel canbe delivered up to E85 (shortens lifetime!).
The FP 165 is a production type fuel pump, combining
good quality at a low price.

Application
Fuel pressure

5 bar

Delivery rate at 5 bar and 22°C

205 ± 5 l/h at 14 V

Pressure limiting valve

7 to 12.5 bar rel.

Fuel compatibility

Up to E85 with shorter lifetime

Diesel compatibility

Not released

Operating temperature range-20 to 90°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 70°C

Max. vibration

3 mm at 10 to 18 Hz≤40 m/s2 at 18 to 60 Hz

Technical Specifications

Connectors and Wires
Electrical connector+M4/-M5

Electrical mating connector

with ring wire M4 and M5

Mechanical connector intake
side

M14x1.5

Mechanical connector pressureside

M12x1.5

Installation Notes
With E26/E85 fuel run-time max. 500 h.
For technical reasons the values may vary.

Mechanical Data

Please use within the specified limit values only.

Diameter

60 mm

Length168 mmPlease find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Weight980 g

Ordering Information

Mounting

Clamping

Fuel Pump FP 165
Order number 0 580 254 979

04 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps | 115

Dimensions

4116 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps

Fuel Pump FP 200

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

6 to 16.5 V

Operating voltage

13.8 V

Load current at 5 bar and 22°C

≤ 15 A

Load current at 8 bar and 22°C

≤ 18 A

Characteristic

4

Featuresu>200 l/h

u1,030 guMax. 5 bar/8 baruFuel lines screwed

The FP 200 is an inline roller cell pump for the installation outside or inside the fuel tank.
It is capable of providing 200 l/h at 5 bar (8 bar). Biofuel can be delivered up to E85 (shortens lifetime!).
The FP 200 is one of the most popular aftermarket fuelpumps and has an excellent price.

Application
Fuel pressure

5 bar or 8 bar

Delivery rate at 5 bar and 22°C

260 ± 5 l/h at 14 V

Delivery rate at 8 bar and 22°C

220 ± 5 l/h at 14 V

Pressure limiting valve

10 to 12.5 bar rel.

Fuel compatibility

Up to E85 with shorter lifetime

Diesel compatibility

Not released

Operating temperature range-20 to 90°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 70°C

Max. vibration

3 mm at 10 to 18 Hz≤40 m/s2 at 18 to 60 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Diameter

60 mm

Length196 mmWeight

1,030 gMounting

Clamping

Surface coating

None

Color

Silver

Non-return valve

External

Fuel filtering

External, on pressure side

04 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps | 117

Connectors and Wires
Electrical connector+M6/-M5

Electrical mating connector

With ring wire M6 and M5

Mechanical connector intake
side

M18x1.5

Mechanical connector pressureside

M12x1.5

Installation Notes
With E26/E85 fuel run-time max. 500 h.
For technical reasons the values may vary.
Please use within the specified limit values only.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Fuel Pump FP 200
Max. Pressure 5 bar
Order number 0 580 254 044
Fuel Pump FP 200
Max. Pressure 8 bar
Order number B 261 205 413-01

Dimensions

4118 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps

Fuel Pump LPx-F1

Housing

Aluminum

Sucking/intake side

Open pump element

Pressure side

M12x1

Inspection and maintenance interval

Every 35 operating hours; Pump
impeller and impeller casing has
to be replaced

Electrical Data

4

Supply voltage

48 V ± 2 V

Load current

3.5 A at 6,500 rpm and 8 bar(see diagrams)

Speed control

PWM

Built in Deutsch Autosport connector

Features> 160 l/h at 7 bar (g)

u

325 g

u

Max. 8 bar (g)uBrushless motoru

PWM speed controlled

Surface coating

Anodization

Color

Blue

Non-return valve

External

Fuel filtering

Possible both sides

Volumeflow

The Bosch LPx-F1 fuel pump features a PWM controlled
BLDC motor. Its main purposes include low pressure
fuel systems up to 8 bar as well as acting as an in-tankfeeding pump for high pressure applications. The supply
voltage is 48 V.

Application

300,0

250,0

Volumeflow [l/h]uCharacteristic

200,0
4 bar(g)5 bar(g)150,06 bar(g)7 bar(g)100,08 bar(g)Fuel pressure< 8 bar (g)50,0Delivery rate at 22°C

> 160 l/h at 7 bar (g) (120 W)

0,0
3000

3500

4000

4500

5000

5500

6000

6500

Speed [rpm]Max. delivery rate

> 260 l/hMax. temperature fuel

65°C

Max. ambient temperature

80°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 70°C

Max. vibration

See vibration profile 1

Max. dry run time

< 5 min

Duration for pressure build up< 200 ms from (0 … 160 l/h at 8
bar abs at T_fuel = 65°C)

Fuel compatibility

F1 gasoline fuel

Fuel incompatibility

Diesel, ethanol

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Pump

50 (25) mm x 125 mm

Electronic

47 x 60 x 20 mm

Weight

325 g

Pressure
Pump
speed
[rpm]

4 bar
(g)

5 bar (g) 6 bar (g) 7 bar (g) 8 bar (g)

3,000

81.3

70.8

58.0

46.1

32.7

l/h

3,500

117.
3

102.0

87.2

73.8

61.9

l/h

4,000

149.
4

133.9

119.3

105.2

93.2

l/h

4,500

182.
2

167.0

152.3

138.3

125.2

l/h

5,000

216.
2

200.7

186.5

172.8

158.9

l/h

5,500

249.
2

234.0

220.1

206.4

192.8

l/h

04 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps | 119

6,000

279.
8

264.7

249.6

233.9

218.2

l/h

6,500

281.
8

265.8

250.2

235.0

219.7

l/h

Logical 0

typical < 1.0 V

Logical 1

typical > 2.4 V

Input impedance

47 kOhm (< 3.3 V)
38.5 kOhm ( at 5 V)
25.5 kOhm (at 24 V)

Switching delay< 8 ms

Input Current (“1”)

130 μA (at + 5 V)

Current
4,00
3,50

Current [A]

3,00
2,50
4 bar(g)Installation Notes

5 bar(g)2,00

6 bar(g)1,50
7 bar(g)For technical reasons the values may vary.

8 bar(g)1,00

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

0,50
0,00
3000

3500

4000

4500

5000

5500

6000

6500

Ordering Information

Speed [rpm]Fuel Pump LPx-F1
Order number F 02U V01 745-02

Pressure
Pump
speed
[rpm]

4 bar (g) 5 bar (g) 6 bar (g) 7 bar (g) 8 bar (g)

3,000

1.01

1.14

1.32

1.50

1.65

A

3,500

1.21

1.39

1.56

1.67

1.91

A

4,000

1.40

1.57

1.80

1.94

2.21

A

4,500

1.55

1.75

2.02

2.25

2.51

A

5,000

1.83

2.05

2.33

2.57

2.90

A

5,500

2.07

2.41

2.65

2.90

3.18

A

6,000

2.47

2.64

2.93

3.27

3.45

A

6,500

2.48

2.64

3.04

3.31

3.52

A

Connectors and Wires
Electrical connector

ASL 0-06-05PA-HE-952K

Electrical mating connector

on request

Pin 1

Ubatt (48 V, 3 A)

Pin 2

PGND

Pin 3

Nc

Pin 4

PWM_IN

Pin 5

SIG_OUT (optional)

Mechanical connector intake
side

open

Mechanical connector pressure
side

M12x1

PWM Signal
Frequency

10 Hz to 5 kHz

PWM Load

10 % equals 0 rpm pump speed
90 % equals 7,000 rpm pumpspeed

MAX voltage± 36 V4

120 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps

Dimensions4

04 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps | 121

HP Fuel Pump HDP 5

Flow capacity and max. engine
speed

Depending on cam profile

Nominal pressure Standard version

200 barPossible customization

Features

Rev B (iPRV)

500 bar or customization

Rev C (EVO)= Rev B+ reduced internal restrictions+ introduction of EVO parts (outlet valve)

Rev D (Piston)= Rev C+ bigger piston diameter

Flange hole circle diameter

66 mm or 75 mm

Flange orientation

freeElectrical connector orientation

45° or customization

Hydraulic connection design

M14 x 1.5 or customization

Hydraulic connection orientation

LP 240° or customization, HP
180° or customizationu

200 bar or moreuMax. 1.1 cm3/rotcam

WeightApprox. 780 g

uIntegrated Flow Control Valve

Supply pressure

4 to 7 baruInternal Pressure Relief Valve

Operating temperature-40 to 120°C

u

780 g

Storage temperature-40 to 70°C

Compatible fuels

Unleaded fuels, E22, E85, M15

Fuel temperature

80°C, short term 130°C

Max. vibration

300 m/s2

The HDP 5 is a compact high pressure single piston
pump. The design allows achieving a big delivery volume
as well as high efficiency, as needed in motorsport applications. Modifications in the number of cam lobes
and cam lifts allow different flow requirements to be addressed.
The HDP 5 is equipped with an internal pressure relief
valve to limit the maximum fuel pressure. It does not require a fuel return line into the fuel tank.
The pump has an integrated demand control for metering the amount of fuel supplied into the high pressure
fuel system. It can be ordered with a compact connector
or a motorsport connector.
Depending on the requirements of your engine (e.g. fuelconsumption over rotation ratio) we recommend different types of tappets, piston springs and cam profiles.
Please notice: Fuel delivery and maximum driveshaft
speed depend on cam profile and type of tappet.

Application
For high pressure manifold injection or gasoline direct injection

Connectors and Wires
Electrical connector design

Series wire + compact connector
Series wire + motorsport connector
Motorsport wire + open end
Motorsport wire + motorsport
connector

Installation Notes
Mounting on cylinder head or adapter flag.
Available cam profiles on request.

Technical Specifications

Select the cam profile on fuel consumption requirements.

Mechanical Data

Avoid interference with FCV and hydraulic connections at flange orientation.

Mass flow

Please see extra sheet

Efficiency

Please see extra sheet

Body design

SeriesAvoid interference with flange at electrical connector orientation.
Please specify the electrical connector design and the wire length withyour order.

4

122 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps

Ordering Information
Standard version
Series wire + compact connector
Order number F 02U V00 912-03
Standard version
Series wire + motorsport connector
Order number F 02U V01 114-03
Rev B (iPRV)
Order number on request

4

Rev C (EVO)
Order number on request
Rev D (Piston)
Order number on request
Accessories
Flat tappet (26 mm)
Order number F 02U V01 156-01
Roller tappet (26 mm)
Order number F 02U V01 163-01

04 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps | 123

HP Fuel Pump HDP 5-LW

Flow capacity and max. engine
speed

Depending on cam profile

Nominal pressure

500 bar or customization

Possible customization

Features

Rev C (EVO)= Rev B+ reduced internal restrictions+ introduction of EVO parts (outlet valve)

Rev D (Piston)= Rev C+ bigger piston diameter

Flange hole circle diameter

66 mm or 75 mm

Flange orientation

Free

Electrical connector orientation

0° or customization

Hydraulic connection design

M14 x 1.5 or customization

WeightApprox. 585 g

Supply pressure

4 to 7 baruMax. 500 bar

Operating temperature-40 to 120°CuMax. 1.1 cm3/rotcam

Storage temperature-40 to 70°C

uIntegrated Flow Control Valve

Compatible fuels

Unleaded fuels, E22, E85, M15uInternal Pressure Relief Valve

Fuel temperature

80°C, short term 130°C

u

585 g

Max. vibration

300 m/s2

The HDP 5-LW is a compact high pressure single piston
pump with a light weight housing. The design allows
achieving a big delivery volume as well as high efficiency, as needed in motorsport applications. Modificationsin the number of cam lobes and cam lifts allow different
flow requirements to be addressed.
The HDP 5-LW is equipped with an internal pressure relief valve to limit the maximum fuel pressure. This pumpdoes not require a fuel return line into the fuel tank.
The pump has an integrated demand control for metering the amount of fuel supplied into the high pressure
fuel system. It can be ordered with a compact connector
or a motorsport connector.
Depending on the requirements of your engine (e.g. fuelconsumption over rotation ratio) we recommend different types of tappets, piston springs and cam profiles.
Please notice: Fuel delivery and maximum driveshaft
speed depend on cam profile and type of tappet.

Application

Connectors and Wires
Electrical connector design

Series wire + compact connector
Series wire + motorsport connector
Motorsport wire + open end
Motorsport wire + motorsport
connector

Hydraulic connection orientation

Fixed

Installation Notes
Mounting on cylinder head or adapter flag.
Available cam profiles on request.
Select the cam profile on fuel consumption requirements.

For high pressure manifold injection or gasoline direct injection

Technical Specifications

Avoid interference with FCV and hydraulic connections at flange orientation.
Avoid interference with flange at electrical connector orientation.

Mechanical Data
Mass flow

Please see extra sheet

Efficiency

Please see extra sheet

Body design

Ligthweight

Please specify the electrical connector design and the wire length withyour order.

Ordering Information
Rev B (iPRV)
Order number on request

4

124 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps

Rev C (EVO)
Order number on request
Rev D (Piston)
Order number on request
Accessories
Flat tappet (26 mm)
Order number F 02U V01 156-01
Roller tappet (26 mm)
Order number F 02U V01 163-01

4

04 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators | 125

Fuel Pressure Regulators Overview
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 2

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 5

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini A

Pressure adjust (bar) at 105 l/h

Variations 5.0 / 5.5 / 6 / 6.5 / 7 /8 / 10

5.0

Variations 2.2 to 3.5 or
3.5 to 5.0

Reflow rate l/h

30 to 400

15 to 220

15 to 220

Adjustable

No

No

Yes

Max. vibrations<600 m/s2 at 5 to 250 Hz<600 m/s2 at 5 to 250 Hz<400 m/s2 at 5 to 250 Hz

Weight (g)

61

48.5

58

4

126 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 2

Installation Notes
Never run the regulator without the integrated filter.
Please oil O-rings lightly with clean and silicone free engine oil before
you install the regulator.
Please make a leak test after you have installed the regulator.
When the pressure regulator is removed and will be reused, the Orings must be tested for fractures.
Operation of the pressure regulator with a medium other than gasoline
is not allowed.

4

Using the FPR Adaptor F 02U V00 735-02 you can rebuild the regulator an inline type.

FeaturesThis pressure regulator is not designed for in-tank mounting.

u

5 to 10 bar

Ordering Informationu

All versions Methanol compatibleu30 to 400 l/h reflow

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 2
Pressure Range 5.0 bar
Order number F 02U V02 166-01

uAdjusted at 105 l/hu

Aluminum housing

Fuel pressure regulators are used to maintain constantfuel pressure at the injection valves.
We offer this regulator for gasoline as well as for methanol applications.
The main benefit of this regulator includes a higher
pressure range and a higher return flow rate in comparison to the production type regulators.

Application
Pressure range

See ordering information

Reflow quantity

30 to 400 l/h

Fuel compatibility

Gasoline, E85, M100

Operating temperature-40 to 120°C

Storage temperature-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration<600 m/s² at 5 to 250 Hz

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 2
Pressure Range 5.5 bar
Order number F 02U V02 167-01
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 2
Pressure Range 6.0 bar
Order number F 02U V02 168-01
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 2
Pressure Range 6.5 bar
Order number F 02U V02 169-01
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 2
Pressure Range 7.0 bar
Order number F 02U V02 170-01
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 2
Pressure Range 8.0 bar
Order number F 02U V02 171-01
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 2
Pressure Range 10.0 bar
Order number F 02U V02 172-01
FPR Adaptor
Order number F 02U V00 735-02

Technical Specifications
Variations
Please see Ordering Information

Mechanical Data
Diameter

38.1+0.1-0.2 mm

WeightCa. 61 g

Mounting

Fastening with a clip

Connectors and Wires
Connector supply

Diam. 25 mm, O-ring 25x2.5

Connector reflow

Diam. 9.1 mm, O-ring 5x2.5

04 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators | 127

Dimensions

4

Complete dimensions on offer drawing at www.bosch-motorsport.com

128 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 5

Connectors and Wires
Connector supply

Diam. 25 mm, O-ring

Connector reflow

Diam. 9.15 mm, O-ringInstallation Notes
The tube connector at the housing can be used to supply reference
pressure to the regulator. This can be atmospheric pressure, air box
pressure or manifold pressure.
Never run the regulator without the integrated filter.

4

Please oil O-rings lightly with clean and silicone free engine oil before
you install the regulator.
Please make a leak test after you have installed the regulator.
When the pressure regulator is removed and will be reused, the Orings must be tested for fractures.
Operation of the pressure regulator with a medium other than gasoline
is not allowed.

FeaturesThis pressure regulator is not designed for in-tank mounting.

u

5 bar

Ordering Informationu

15 to 220 l/h reflowuAdjusted at 105 l/h

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 5
Order number 0 280 B02 722-02

u

Sheet steel housing

Accessories

Fuel pressure regulators are used to maintain constantfuel pressure at the injection valves.
We modified this production type based regulator especially for motorsport use and increased the pressure level.
The main benefit of this regulator include the competitively priced high quality and the high return flow rate.

Application
Pressure range

5 bar

Reflow quantity

15 to 220 l/h

Reference pressure connector

Diam. 5 mm, tube connector

Fuel compatibility

Gasoline, E85, M15

Operating temperature-40 to 120°C

Storage temperature-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration<600 m/s² at 5 to 250 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Diameter

34.9 mm

Weight48.5 gMounting

Fastening with a clip

Characteristic
Set pressure accuracy±2 % at 105 l/h

FPR Adaptor
Order number F 02U V00 735-02

04 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators | 129

Dimensions

4130 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators

4

Installation Recommendation

04 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators | 131

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini A

Installation Notes
The tube connector at the housing can be used to supply reference
pressure to the regulator. This can be atmospheric pressure, air box
pressure or manifold pressure.
Never run the regulator without the integrated filter.
Please oil O-rings lightly with clean and silicone free engine oil before
you install the regulator.
Please make a leak test after you have installed the regulator.
When the pressure regulator is removed and will be reused, the Orings must be tested for fractures.
Operation of the pressure regulator with a medium other than gasoline
is not allowed.

FeaturesThis pressure regulator is not designed for in-tank mounting.
u

2.2 to 3.5 bar/3.5 to 5 baruPressure adjustableu

15 to 220 l/h reflowu

Sheet steel housing

Ordering Information
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini A
Pressure Range 2.2 to 3.5 bar
Order number B 280 550 340-03

Fuel pressure regulators are used to maintain constantfuel pressure at the injection valves.
This regulator based on a production type regulator was
specially designed for motorsport applications.
The main benefit of this regulator is the adjustability of
the fuel pressure.

Application
Pressure range

2.2 to 3.5 bar
3.5 to 5.0 bar

Reflow quantity

15 to 220 l/h

Reference pressure connector

Diam. 5 mm, tube connector

Fuel compatibility

Gasoline, E85, M15

Operating temperature-40 to 120°C

Storage temperature-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration<400 m/s² at 5 to 250 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Diameter

34.9 mm

Weight58 g

Mounting

Fastening with a clip

Connectors and Wires
Connector supply

Diam. 25 mm, O-ring

Connector reflow

Diam. 9.15 mm, O-ring

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini A
Pressure Range 3.5 to 5.0 bar
Order number B 280 550 341-03
Accessories
FPR Adaptor
Order number F 02U V00 735-02

4

132 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators

Dimensions

4

Installation Recommendation

04 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators | 133

FPR Adaptor light

Ordering Information
FPR Adaptor light
Order number F 02U V02 248-01

4Featuresu

Aluminum housinguFits to production type regulators and Motorsport
regulators (FPR Mini 2, Mini 5, Mini A)uVery light weightThis adaptor offers the opportunity to convert a railpressure regulator into an inline pressure regulator. The
adaptor is able to hold a production type regulator aswell as a motorsport regulator. Delivery without regulator.

Application
Fuel compatibility

Gasoline, E85/M100

Operating temperature range-40 to 120°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration<600 m/s2 at 5 to 250 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Diameter

50 mm

Heigth55 mm

Weight

92 g

Mounting

Screw fastening with M6 screws
into housing or M5 screws
through housing

Connectors and Wires
Connector supply

2 x M14 x 1.5

Connector reflow

M14 x 1.5

134 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators

Dimensions4

04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 135

Ignition Coils Overview
Ignition Coil C75

Ignition Coil C75-E8

Ignition Coil C90i-E8

Ignition Coil C90iE10

Ignition Coil C90i-pro

Spark energy (mJ)

75

75

90

90

90

Spark duration (ms)

0.7

0.7

1.1

1.1

1.1

Spark current (mA)

224

224

160

160

160

Primary current (A)

≤ 17

≤ 17

≤ 16

≤ 16

≤ 16

Int. power stage

no

no

no

no

no

Max. high voltage (kV
at 10 MOhm || 10 pF)

35.0

35.0

40.0

40.0

40.0

Secondary connector

Fix

Fix

80 to 220 mm

114 to 225 mm

Fix

Ignition Coil C90i-pro
evo

Ignition Coil P50

Ignition Coil P50-M

Ignition Coil P65

Ignition Coil P65-T

Spark energy (mJ)

90

50

50

65

65

Spark duration (ms)

0.65

1.15

1.15

2

1.85

Spark current (mA)

265

92

92

74

70

Primary current (A)

≤ 16

≤ 8.5

≤ 8.5

≤ 7.5

≤ 7.0

Int. power stage

no

no

no

no

yes

Max. high voltage (kV
at 10 MOhm || 10 pF)

40.0

35.0

35.0

35.0

33.0

Secondary connector

Fix

Fix for 30 kV gridFix with 1 354 489
085

Fix

Fix

Ignition Coil P65-WG

Ignition Coil P65-WS

Ignition Coil PS-T

Spark energy (mJ)

65

65

42

Spark duration (ms)

2

2

1.1

Spark current (mA)

74

74

80

Primary current (A)

≤ 7.5

≤ 7.5

≤ 7.5

Int. power stage

no

no

yes

Max. high voltage (kV
at 10 MOhm || 10 pF)

35.0

35.0

27.0

Secondary connector

Fix

Fix

Fix

4

136 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Ignition Coil C75

Spark current≤ 240 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MOhm

≤ 0.68 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU

Internal

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires

4

FeaturesuMax. 35 kVuMax. 75 mJuMax. 8.0 kV/µs

u

Especially developed for GDI enginesuMax. 15,000 1/min

Connector

On request

Mating connector

On request

Pin 1

Ubatt redPin 2

ECU ignition power stage white

Pin 3

Engine GND black

Wire length

100 cmWire size

AWG 20/22

For spark plugs

Ceramic diameter d = 10 mm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

This single fire coil was developed for the use e.g. in
GDI high performance engines. It is designed for direct
cylinder head mounting.
The main benefits of this high performance coil are its
high energy capability and a very good provided highvoltage.

Please specify the required wire length and the length of the spark
plug connector with your order

Characteristic dwell times [ms]UbattApplication

I primary
12 A

15 A

16 A

17 A

18 A

20 A

Spark energy≤ 75 mJ

6V

Primary current≤ 17 A

8V

3.9

Operating temperature range
outer core

0 to 160°C

10 V

2.27

3.24

3.63

4.17

12 V

1.66

2.2

2.37

2.55

2.69

2.9

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

14 V

1.3

1.67

1.78

1.89

1.97

2.07

Max. vibration≤ 480 m/s2 at 50 to 2,000 Hz

16 V

1.05

1.34

1.42

1.5

1.56

1.62

Technical Specifications

18 V

0.9

1.13

1.2

1.25

1.30

1.35

Mechanical Data

24 V

0.61

0.76

0.80

0.84

0.87

0.90

Length160 mm

30 V

0.46

0.58

0.60

0.63

0.65

0.67

Weight w/o wire

195 g

48 V

0.27

0.33

0.35

0.36

0.37

0.38

Mountingscrew fastening

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

Electrical Data
Primary resistance

330 mOhm

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 8.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at 1 MOhm ||10 pF≤ 35 kV

04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 137

Design Noteti = f (Ubatt)
4,50
4,00
3,50
6V

dwell time / ms

3,00

8V
10 V

2,50

12 V
14 V

2,00

16 V
18 V

1,50

24 V

1,00

30 V
48 V

0,50
0,00
11,0

14,0

17,0

Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

12 A

46 mJ

0.539 ms

174 mA

35 kV

15 A

65 mJ

0.627 ms

210 mA

38 kV

16 A

71.9 mJ

0.658 ms

224 mA38.3 kV

17 A

77 mJ

0.682 ms

238 mA

39 kV

18 A

81.1 mJ

0.7 ms

245 mA

39.3 kV

20 A

85 mJ

0.708 ms

254 mA

40 kV

0,8

260
mA

0,75

220
ms

180

0,7
0,65

140

Spark Duration / ms

Spark energy / mJ, High Voltage Offering / kV &Spark Cuurent / mA

Spark Energy & High Voltage Offering = f (I primary)

0,6

100
mJ

Spark Current
Energy @ 1kV||1MOhm

0,55

60

Voltage Offering @ 10pF||1MOhm
Spark Duration

kV

0,5

20
15

17

Ignition Coil C75
Order number 0 221 B00 347-03

4

Dwell time

13

Ordering Information

20,0I primary / A

11We strongly recommend the design of the spark plug shaft has to ensure that there are no sharp edges in the shaft geometry due to design
or machining. Only in compliance with this recommendation, a proper
function can be ensured.

19

21

I primary / A

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
This coil is only for use with engine control units having an integrated
ignition power stage, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values (see “Electrical Data”).
Usage above Iprim = 17 A or 35 kV may reduce the lifetime.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

138 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Dimensions4

04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 139

Ignition Coil C75-E8

Max. high voltage at 1 MOhm ||10 pF≤ 35 kV

Spark current≤ 240 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MOhm

≤ 0.68 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU

Internal

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires

FeaturesuMax. 35 kVuMax. 75 mJuMax. 8.0 kV/µs

u

Especially developed for GDI enginesuMax. 15,000 1/min

This single fire coil was developed for the use e.g. in
GDI high performance engines. It is designed for direct
cylinder head mounting.
The main benefits of this high performance coil are its
high energy capability and a very good provided highvoltage.

Application

Connector

On request

Mating connector

On request

Pin 1

Ubatt redPin 2

ECU ignition power stage white

Pin 3

Engine GND black

Wire length

100 cmWire size

AWG 20/22

For spark plugs

Ceramic diameter d = 8 mm (7to 9 mm)

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length and the length of the spark
plug connector with your order

Characteristic dwell times [ms]Ubatt

I primary
12 A

Spark energy≤ 75 mJ

Primary current≤ 17 A

Operating temperature range
outer core

0 to 160°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration≤ 480 m/s2 at 50 to 2,000 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Length (L)customized

Weight w/o wire

195 g

Mountingscrew fastening

Electrical Data
Primary resistance

330 mOhm

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 8.0 kV/µs

15 A

16 A

17 A

18 A

20 A

6V
8V

3.9

10 V

2.27

3.24

3.63

4.17

12 V

1.66

2.2

2.37

2.55

2.69

2.9

14 V

1.3

1.67

1.78

1.89

1.97

2.07

16 V

1.05

1.34

1.42

1.5

1.56

1.62

18 V

0.9

1.13

1.2

1.25

1.30

1.35

24 V

0.61

0.76

0.80

0.84

0.87

0.90

30 V

0.46

0.58

0.60

0.63

0.65

0.67

48 V

0.27

0.33

0.35

0.36

0.37

0.38

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement4140 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Design Noteti = f (Ubatt)
4,50
4,00
3,50
6V

dwell time / ms

3,00

8V
10 V

2,50

12 V
14 V

2,00

16 V
18 V

1,50

24 V

1,00

30 V
48 V

0,50
0,00
11,0

14,0

17,0

4

20,0

I primary / A

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

12 A

46 mJ

0.539 ms

174 mA

35 kV

15 A

65 mJ

0.627 ms

210 mA

38 kV

16 A

71.9 mJ

0.658 ms

224 mA38.3 kV

17 A

77 mJ

0.682 ms

238 mA

39 kV

18 A

81.1 mJ

0.7 ms

245 mA

39.3 kV

20 A

85 mJ

0.708 ms

254 mA

40 kV

0,8

260
mA

0,75

220
ms

180

0,7
0,65

140

Spark Duration / ms

Spark energy / mJ, High Voltage Offering / kV &Spark Cuurent / mA

Spark Energy & High Voltage Offering = f (I primary)

0,6

100
mJ

Spark Current
Energy @ 1kV||1MOhm

0,55

60

Voltage Offering @ 10pF||1MOhm
Spark Duration

kV

0,5

20
11

We strongly recommend the design of the spark plug shaft has to ensure that there are no sharp edges in the shaft geometry due to design
or machining. Only in compliance with this recommendation, a proper
function can be ensured.

13

15

17

19

21

I primary / A

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
This coil is only for use with engine control units having an integrated
ignition power stage, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values (see “Electrical Data”).
Usage above Iprim = 17 A or 35 kV may reduce the lifetime.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Ignition Coil C75-E8
Order number F 02U V02 086-01

04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 141

Dimensions

4L142 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Ignition Coil C90i-E8

4Electrical Data
Primary resistance

185 mOhm

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 5.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at
1 MOhm || 10 pF≤ 40 kV

Spark current≤ 160 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MOhm

≤ 1.1 ms

Noise supression

Inductive and 1 kOhm resistance

Suppression diode / EFU

Internal

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

On requestuMax. 40 kV

Mating connector

On requestuMax. 90 mJ

Pin 1

Ubatt reduMax. 5.0 kV/µs

Pin 2

ECU ignition power stage blueu

Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 8
mm

Pin 3

Engine GND blackuMax. 15,000 1/min

Pin 4

Ionic current signal white

Wire length

100 cmWire size

AWG 20/22

This single fire coil was developed for the use e.g. in
GDI (turbocharged) high performance engines. It is designed for direct cylinder head mounting.
For this single fire coil the customer can define thelength of the spark plug connector.
The main benefits of this high performance coil are its
high energy capability and a very good provided highvoltage.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length and the length of the spark
plug connector with your order

Characteristic dwell times [ms]Application
Spark energy≤ 90 mJ

Primary current≤ 16 A

Operating temperature range
outer core

0 to 160°C

Storage temperature range
Max. vibration

Ubatt

I primary
10 A

12 A

15 A

16 A

17 A

20 A

6V

3.2

4.5

7.6

9.8

8V

1.88

2.49

3.47

3.79

4.10

-40 to 100°C

10 V

1.35

1.76

2.34

2.51

2.67

3.05

≤ 480 m/s2 at 50 to 2,000 Hz

12 V

1.06

1.35

1.77

1.89

2.00

2.24

Technical Specifications

14 V

0.87

1.11

1.43

1.52

1.60

1.79

Mechanical Data

16 V

0.74

0.93

1.20

1.28

1.34

1.49

Length80 to 225 mm

16.5 V

0.71

0.90

1.15

1.23

1.29

1.43

Weight w/o wire

< 270 g

18 V

0.64

0.81

1.03

1.10

1.15

1.27

Mounting

Screw fastening

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 8 mm

04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 143

Design Note
We strongly recommend the design of the spark plug shaft has to ensure that there are no sharp edges in the shaft geometry due to design
or machining. Only in compliance with this recommendation, a proper
function can be ensured.

Ordering Information
Ignition Coil C90i-E8
Please specify the required wire and spark plug connector length with your order.
Order number F 02U V01 368-01

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

10 A

41.4 mJ

0.74 ms

100 mA

31.6 kV

12 A

59.5 mJ

0.882 ms

122 mA

37.4 kV

15 A

84.4 mJ

1.034 ms

148 mA

45.7 kV

16 A

92.6 mJ

1.07 ms

158 mA

46 kV

17 A

100 mJ

1.09 ms

165 mA

46 kV

20 A

115 mJ

1.16 ms

190 mA

46 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
This coil is only for use with engine control units having an integrated
ignition power stage, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values (see “Electrical Data”).
Usage above Iprim = 16 A may reduce the lifetime.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

4

144 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Dimensions4

04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 145

Ignition Coil C90i-E10

Electrical Data
Primary resistance

185 mOhm

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 5.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at
1 MOhm || 10 pF≤ 40 kV

Spark current≤ 160 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MOhm

≤ 1.1 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive and 1 kOhm resistance

Suppression diode / EFU

Internal

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires
FeaturesuMax. 40 kVuMax. 90 mJuMax. 5.0 kV/µs

uFits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 10mmuMax. 15,000 1/min

This single fire coil was developed for the use e.g. in
GDI (turbocharged) high performance engines. It is designed for direct cylinder head mounting.
For this single fire coil the customer can define thelength of the spark plug connector.
The main benefits of this high performance coil are its
high energy capability and a very good provided highvoltage.

Connector

On request

Mating connector

On request

Pin 1

Ubatt redPin 2

ECU ignition power stage blue

Pin 3

Engine GND black

Wire length

100 cmWire size

AWG 20/22

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length and the length of the spark
plug connector with your order

Characteristic dwell times [ms]UbattApplication

I primary
10 A

12 A

15 A

16 A

17 A

20 A

Spark energy≤ 90 mJ

6V

3.2

4.5

7.6

9.8

Primary current≤ 16 A

8V

1.88

2.49

3.47

3.79

4.10

Operating temperature range
outer core

0 to 160°C

10 V

1.35

1.76

2.34

2.51

2.67

3.05

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

12 V

1.06

1.35

1.77

1.89

2.00

2.24

Max. vibration≤ 480 m/s2 at 50 to 2,000 Hz

14 V

0.87

1.11

1.43

1.52

1.60

1.79

16 V

0.74

0.93

1.20

1.28

1.34

1.49

16.5 V

0.71

0.90

1.15

1.23

1.29

1.43

18 V

0.64

0.81

1.03

1.10

1.15

1.27

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Length114 to 225 mm

Weight w/o wire

< 270 gMounting

Screw fastening

Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 10 mm

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement4146 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Design Note
We strongly recommend the design of the spark plug shaft has to ensure that there are no sharp edges in the shaft geometry due to design
or machining. Only in compliance with this recommendation, a proper
function can be ensured.

Ordering Information
Ignition Coil C90i-E10
Please specify the required wire and spark plug connector length with your order.
Order number F 02U V01 369-01

4
Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

10 A

41.4 mJ

0.74 ms

100 mA

31.6 kV

12 A

59.5 mJ

0.882 ms

122 mA

37.4 kV

15 A

84.4 mJ

1.034 ms

148 mA

45.7 kV

16 A

92.6 mJ

1.07 ms

158 mA

46 kV

17 A

100 mJ

1.09 ms

165 mA

46 kV

20 A

115 mJ

1.16 ms

190 mA

46 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
This coil is only for use with engine control units having an integrated
ignition power stage, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values (see “Electrical Data”).
Usage above Iprim = 16 A may reduce the lifetime.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 147

Dimensions4148 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Ignition Coil C90i-pro

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MOhm

≤ 1.1 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU

Internal

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires

4
Features

Connector

On request

Mating connector

On request

Pin 1

Ubatt redPin 2

ECU ignition power stage blueuMax. 40 kV

Pin 3

Engine GND blackuMax. 90 mJ

Wire length

100 cmuMax. 5.0 kV/µs

Wire size

AWG 20/22

uEspecially developed for Turbo-GDI engines

For spark plugs

Ceramic diameter d = 10 mmuMax. 15,000 1/min

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

This single fire coil was developed for the use e.g. in
GDI (turbocharged) high performance engines. It is designed for direct cylinder head mounting.
The main benefits of this high performance coil are its
high energy capability and a very good provided highvoltage.

Please specify the required wire length and the length of the spark
plug connector with your order

Characteristic dwell times [ms]UbattApplication

I primary
10 A

12 A

15 A

16 A

17 A

20 A

Spark energy≤ 90 mJ

6V

3.2

4.5

7.6

9.8

Primary current≤ 16 A

8V

1.88

2.49

3.47

3.79

4.10

Operating temperature range
outer core

0 to 160°C

10 V

1.35

1.76

2.34

2.51

2.67

3.05

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

12 V

1.06

1.35

1.77

1.89

2.00

2.24

Max. vibration≤ 480 m/s2 at 50 to 2,000 Hz

14 V

0.87

1.11

1.43

1.52

1.60

1.79

16 V

0.74

0.93

1.20

1.28

1.34

1.49

16.5 V

0.71

0.90

1.15

1.23

1.29

1.43

18 V

0.64

0.81

1.03

1.10

1.15

1.27

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Length168 mmWeight w/o wire

250 g

Mountingscrew fastening

Electrical Data
Primary resistance

185 mOhm

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 5.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at 1 MOhm ||10 pF≤ 40 kV

Spark current≤ 160 mA

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 149

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil C90i-pro
Order number 0 221 B00 256-01

4
Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

10 A

41.4 mJ

0.74 ms

100 mA

31.6 kV

12 A

59.5 mJ

0.882 ms

122 mA

37.4 kV

15 A

84.4 mJ

1.034 ms

148 mA

45.7 kV

16 A

92.6 mJ

1.07 ms

158 mA

46 kV

17 A

100 mJ

1.09 ms

165 mA

46 kV

20 A

115 mJ

1.16 ms

190 mA

46 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
This coil is only for use with engine control units having an integrated
ignition power stage, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values (see “Electrical Data”).
Usage above Iprim = 16 A may reduce the lifetime.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Design Note
We strongly recommend the design of the spark plug shaft has to ensure that there are no sharp edges in the shaft geometry due to design
or machining. Only in compliance with this recommendation, a proper
function can be ensured.

150 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Dimensions4

04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 151

Ignition Coil C90i-pro evo

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MOhm

≤ 0.65 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU

Internal

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

On request

Mating connector

On request

Pin 1

Ubatt redPin 2

ECU ignition power stage blue4uMax. 40 kV

Pin 3

Engine GND blackuMax. 90 mJ

Wire length

100 cmu

Boosted spark current

Wire size

AWG 20/22

uEspecially for engines with high gas turbulences

For spark plugs

Ceramic diameter d = 10 mmuMax. 15,000 1/min

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

This single fire coil was developed for engines that needa stable spark because of their higher turbulences at the
air fuel mixture inside the cylinder. It is designed for direct cylinder head mounting.
The main benefits of this high performance coil are its
high energy capability and a very good provided highvoltage.

Please specify the required wire length and the length of the spark
plug connector with your order

Characteristic dwell times [ms]Ubatt

I primary
10 A

12 A

15 A

16 A

6V

3.90

5.50

9.80

12.8
0

Application

17 A

20 A

Spark energy≤ 90 mJ

Primary current≤ 16 A

8V

2.15

2.90

4.10

4.50

4.80

Operating temperature range
outer core

0 to 160°C

10 V

1.50

1.96

2.66

2.86

3.03

3.38

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

12 V

1.15

1.50

2.00

2.13

2.24

2.46

Max. vibration≤ 480 m/s2 at 50 to 2,000 Hz

14 V

0.94

1.20

1.60

1.70

1.78

1.94

16 V

0.79

1.00

1.32

1.41

1.48

1.60

16.5 V

0.76

0.97

1.27

1.35

1.42

1.54

18 V

0.68

0.69

1.14

1.21

1.26

1.37

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Length168 mmWeight w/o wire

250 g

Mountingscrew fastening

Electrical Data
Primary resistance

185 mOhm

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 5.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at 1 MOhm ||10 pF≤ 40 kV

Spark current≤ 265 mA

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

152 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Design Noteti = f (Ubatt)

We strongly recommend the design of the spark plug shaft has to ensure that there are no sharp edges in the shaft geometry due to design
or machining. Only in compliance with this recommendation, a proper
function can be ensured.

14,00

12,00

dwell time / ms

10,00

6V
8V
10V

8,00

12V
14V

6,00

16V
16,5V

4,00

18V

2,00

4

0,00
8,0

10,0

12,0

14,0

16,0

18,0

20,0

22,0

I primary / A

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

10 A

36.5 mJ

0.366 ms

167 mA

28 kV

12 A

55 mJ

0.446 ms

197 mA

31.3 kV

15 A

86.2 mJ

0.567 ms

246 mA

35 kV

16 A

93.6 mJ

0.592 ms

263 mA

35.6 kV

17 A

100.7 mJ

0.62 ms

274 mA

36 kV

20 A

116 mJ

0.67 ms

305 mA

36.6 kV

310

0,9
mA

260
210

0,7
ms

160
mJ

110

Spark Duration / ms

Spark energy / mJ, Spark Current / mA & High
Voltage Offering / kV

Spark Energy & High Voltage Offering = f (I primary)

0,5Energy @ 1kV||1MOhm
Voltage Offering @ 10pF||1MOhm
Spark Current

60

Spark Duration

kV

10

0,3
8

10

12

14

16

18

20

22

I primary / A

Spark Energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
This coil is only for use with engine control units having an integrated
ignition power stage, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values (see “Electrical Data”).
Usage above Iprim = 16 A may reduce the lifetime.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Ignition Coil C90i-pro evo
Order number 0 221 B00 256-02

04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 153

Dimensions

4154 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Ignition Coil C90i-WG

Max. high voltage≤ 35 kV

Spark current≤ 160 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MOhm

≤ 1.1 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU

Internal

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

4

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires

FeaturesuMax. 35 kVuMax. 90 mJuEspecially developed for Turbo-GDI enginesuMax. 15,000 1/minuConnection for high voltage wireThis single fire coil was developed for the use e.g. in
GDI (turbocharged) high performance engines. It is designed to connect a high voltage wire on the coil.
The main benefit of this high performance coil is its highenergy capability.

Application

Connector primary side

On request

Mating connector primary side

On request

Pin 1

Ubatt redPin 2

ECU ignition power stage blue

Pin 3

Engine GND black

Wire length

100 cmWire size

AWG 20/22

30 kV grid connectors

See Accessories

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length and the length of the spark
plug connector with your order

Characteristic dwell times [ms]Ubatt

I primary
10 A

12 A

15 A

16 A

6V

3.2

4.5

7.6

9.8

17 A

20 A

Spark energy≤ 90 mJ

8V

1.88

2.49

3.47

3.79

4.10

Primary current≤ 16 A

10 V

1.35

1.76

2.34

2.51

2.67

3.05

Operating temperature range
outer core

0 to 160°C

12 V

1.06

1.35

1.77

1.89

2.00

2.24

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

14 V

0.87

1.11

1.43

1.52

1.60

1.79

Max. vibration≤ 250 m/s2 at 50 to 2,000 Hz

16 V

0.74

0.93

1.20

1.28

1.34

1.49

16.5 V

0.71

0.90

1.15

1.23

1.29

1.43

18 V

0.64

0.81

1.03

1.10

1.15

1.27

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Length83 mm

Weight w/o wire

210 g

Mountingscrew fastening

Electrical Data
Primary resistance

185 mOhm

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 5.0 kV/µs

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 155

Design Note
We strongly recommend the design of the spark plug shaft has to ensure that there are no sharp edges in the shaft geometry due to design
or machining. Only in compliance with this recommendation, a proper
function can be ensured.

Ordering Information
Ignition Coil C90i-WG
Order number F 02U V02 430-01
Accessories
High Voltage Connector straight
Please ask your local Bosch Service
Order number 0 356 200 015
High Voltage Connector angled
Please ask your local Bosch Service
Order number 0 356 250 035

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

10 A

41.4 mJ

0.74 ms

100 mA

31.6 kV

12 A

59.5 mJ

0.882 ms

122 mA

37.4 kV

15 A

84.4 mJ

1.034 ms

148 mA

45.7 kV

16 A

92.6 mJ

1.07 ms

158 mA

46 kV

17 A

100 mJ

1.09 ms

165 mA

46 kV

20 A

115 mJ

1.16 ms

190 mA

46 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug (high voltage wire).
This coil is only for use with engine control units having an integrated
ignition power stage, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values (see “Electrical Data”).
Usage above Iprim = 16 A may reduce the lifetime.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

M3 Connector inside (required for every HV Connector)
Please ask your local Bosch Service
Order number 1 350 521 001
High Voltage Wire 50 m
Please ask your local Bosch Service
Order number 5 956 563 015

4156 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Dimensions4

04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 157

Mechanical Data

Ignition Coil P50/P50-M

WeightPlease see Variations

Mounting

Pluggable

Electrical Data

Features

Primary resistance with wire

370 mOhm

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 3.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at
1 MOhm || 10 pF≤ 35 kV

Spark current≤ 92 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MOhm

≤ 1.15 ms

Noise suppression

With spark plug connector

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

4uMax. 35 kV

CharacteristicuMax. 50 mJ

Measured with power stageuMax. 3.0 kV/µs

Connectors and WiresuHigh voltage contacting via high voltage wire andspark plug connector possible

Connector

Bosch CompactuMax. 10,000 1/min

Mating connector
3-pole Compact

D 261 205 335-01

Pin 1

ECU ignition power stage

Pin 2

Engine GND

Pin 3

Ubatt

The single fire coil P50 is a low cost concept designed
for direct mounting to the cylinder head. A high voltage
ignition wire can optionally be connected to the secondary output terminal.
The coil P50 requires an ECU with internal ignition power stages for each single fire coil.
The coil P50-M is specifically for motorsport applications. This coil is operable in higher vibration environments.

Application

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
For spark plugs

Ceramic diameter d=10 mm

Characteristic dwell times [ms]Spark energy≤ 50 mJ

Primary current≤ 8.5 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration

Please see Variations

Ubatt

Technical Specifications
Variations
P50

P50-M

Max. vibration≤ 400 m/s2 at
5 to 2,000 Hz≤ 800 m/s2 at
5 to 2,000 Hz

Weight

223 g

265 g

Spark plug connector-+

I primary
5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

8.0 A

9.0 A

10 A

6V

3.84

4.93

6.2

7.7

9.5

11.2

8V

2.54

3.14

3.81

4.51

5.17

5.61

10 V

1.9

2.33

2.76

3.21

3.62

3.87

12 V

1.51

1.84

2.17

2.51

2.8

2.97

14 V

1.26

1.52

1.79

2.06

2.29

2.42

16 V

1.07

1.3

1.53

1.74

1.93

2.04

18 V

0.94

1.13

1.32

1.51

1.67

1.77

24 V

0.68

0.81

0.95

1.08

1.19

1.26

30 V

0.53

0.63

0.74

0.84

0.93

0.98

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

158 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Ordering Information
Ignition Coil P50
Order number 0 221 504 001
Ignition Coil P50-M
Motorsport version
Order number F 02U V00 869-01
Accessories
Accessory spark plug connector
Order number 1 354 489 085

4Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

5A

22 mJ

0.82 ms

60 mA

26.8 kV

6A

29.7 mJ

0.93 ms

68.5 mA

31.6 kV

7A

37.5 mJ

1.03 ms

77 mA

36.4 kV

8A

46.3 mJ

1.12 ms

87.5 mA

40.9 kV

9A

53 mJ

1.17 ms

97 mA

44.4 kV

10 A

58.4 mJ

1.21 ms

105 mA

46.3 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
The coil P50 has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Design Note
We strongly recommend the design of the spark plug shaft has to ensure that there are no sharp edges in the shaft geometry due to design
or machining. Only in compliance with this recommendation, a proper
function can be ensured.

04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 159

Dimensions

4160 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Ignition Coil P65

Spark current≤ 74 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MOhm

≤ 2.0 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive and 1 kOhm resistance

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires

4
FeaturesuMax. 35 kVuMax. 65 mJuDeveloped for GDI enginesuMax. 10,000 1/min

Connector

Tyco AMP

Mating connector

D 261 205 350-01

Pin 1

Engine GND

Pin 2

Ubatt

Pin 3

ECU ignition power stage

Characteristic dwell times [ms]This single fire coil is a low cost concept, designed toget connected to the spark plug via a high voltage wire.
The high voltage connector is specified according to the
SAE standard.
The performance of the coil fulfills the demands of modern GDI engines.
The main benefits of this product are the high packaging
flexibility and its high electrical performance at low
costs.

Application

Ubatt

I primary
5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

7.5 A

8.0 A

6V

8.74

18.5

8V

4.5

10 V

8.5 A

6.4

9

10.8

13.9

3.1

4.2

5.4

6

6.6

7.2

12 V

2.36

3.1

3.88

4.25

4.63

4.92

14 V

1.9

2.48

3.05

3.32

3.57

3.77

16 V

1.61

2.06

2.53

2.73

2.93

3.08

18 V

1.55

2

2.43

2.62

2.81

2.95

20 V

1.39

1.77

2.16

2.33

2.48

2.6

22 V

1.22

1.54

1.88

2.02

2.15

2.26

0.97

1.23

1.49

1.6

1.71

1.78

Spark energy≤ 65 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

24 V

Max. vibration≤ 250 m/s at 5 to 2,500 Hz

Technical Specifications

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

Mechanical Data

Spark energy and provided high voltage

2

Length180 mm

I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

Weight w/o wire

225 g

5A

37.8 mJ

1.46 ms

49 mA

24.3 kV

Mounting

Screw fastening

6A

54.5 mJ

1,74 ms

59 mA

28.9 kV

Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 10 mm

7A

69.8 mJ

1.97 ms

69 mA

33.2 kVElectrical Data

7.5 A

77.6 mJ

2.04 ms

74 mA

35.8 kV

Primary resistance

570 mOhm

8A

83.0 mJ

2.11 ms

77 mA

37.7 kV

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

8.5 A

88.0 mJ

2.16 ms

81 mA

39.0 kVHigh voltage rise time≤ 1.9 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at
1 MOhm || 10 pF≤ 35 kV

04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 161

Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
The coil P65 has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Design Note
We strongly recommend the design of the spark plug shaft has to ensure that there are no sharp edges in the shaft geometry due to design
or machining. Only in compliance with this recommendation, a proper
function can be ensured.

Ordering Information
Ignition Coil P65
Order number 0 221 504 024

Dimensions4162 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Ignition Coil P65-T

Max. high voltage at
1 MOhm || 10 pF≤ 33 kV

Spark current≤ 70 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MOhm

≤ 1.85 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive and 1 kOhm resistanceIntegrated suppression diode /EFUIntegrated power stage

4

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

BIP 385

Connectors and Wires

FeaturesuMax. 33 kVuMax. 65 mJuDeveloped for GDI enginesuMax. 10,000 1/min (with reduced dwell time)

Connector

Tyco 0-1488991-1

Mating connector

F 02U B00 555-01

Pin 1

ECU ignition signal

Pin 2

ECU GND

Pin 3

Ubatt

Characteristic dwell times [ms]This single fire coil is a low cost concept designed for
direct mounting on the cylinder head.
The coil P65-T has an integrated transistor and requires
an ECU with internal ignition drivers.

Application

Ubatt

I primary
5.0 A

5.5 A

6.0 A

6.5 A

7.0 A

7.5 A

Max.
1000
/min

10

9

8

7

6

5

6V

10.7

11.6

8V

4.7

5.4

6.8

8.3

10.2

10 V

3.1

3.55

4.25

4.87

5.6

6.3

12 V

2.32

2.66

3.12

3.51

3.94

4.36

14 V

1.86

2.1

2.45

2.75

3.07

3.36

Spark energy≤ 65 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.0 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-40 to 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 140°C

16 V

1.55

1.77

2.03

2.26

2.51

2.73

Max. vibration≤ 480 m/s2 at 5 to 2,000 Hz

16.5 V

1.49

1.7

1.95

2.17

2.40

2.61

Technical Specifications

18 V

1.34

1.51

1.73

1.92

2.13

2.31

Mechanical Data

20 V

1.16

1.33

1.51

1.67

1.85

2.0

24 V

0.93

1.05

1.19

1.32

1.45

1.57

Length143 mmWeight223 gMounting

Screw fastening

Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 10 mm

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

Incapable of measurement

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 1.4 kV/µs

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 163

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

5A

33.7 mJ

1.37 ms

50 mA

24.4 kV

5.5 A

42 mJ

1.54 ms

54 mA

27.0 kV

6A

48.9 mJ

1.62 ms

59 mA

29.1 kV6.5 A

55.9 mJ

1.74 ms

63 mA

31.2 kV

7A

63.6 mJ

1.85 ms

68 mA

33.2V

7.5 A

71.9 mJ

1.92 ms

73 mA

34.7 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
The coil P65-T has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU withinternal ignition drivers with 10 to 20 mA current output.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Design Note
We strongly recommend the design of the spark plug shaft has to ensure that there are no sharp edges in the shaft geometry due to design
or machining. Only in compliance with this recommendation, a proper
function can be ensured.

Ordering Information
Ignition Coil P65-T
Order number 0 221 604 024

4164 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Dimensions4

04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 165

Ignition Coil P65-TWG

Max. high voltage at≤ 33 kV

Spark current≤ 70 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MOhm

≤ 1.85 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive and 1 kOhm resistanceIntegrated suppression diode /EFUIntegrated power stage

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

4

BIP 385

Connectors and Wires

FeaturesuMax. 33 kVuMax. 65 mJuDeveloped for GDI enginesuMax. 10,000 1/min (with reduced dwell time)uConnection for high voltage wireThis single fire coil is a low cost concept designed toconnect a high voltage wire on the coil.
The coil has an integrated transistor and requires an
ECU with internal ignition drivers.

Application

Connector primary side

Tyco 0-1488991-1

Mating connector primary side

F 02U B00 555-01

Pin 1

ECU ignition signal

Pin 2

ECU GND

Pin 3

Ubatt

30 kV grid connector

See Accessories

Characteristic dwell times [ms]Ubatt

I primary
5.0 A

5.5 A

6.0 A

6.5 A

7.0 A

7.5 A

Max.
1000
/min

10

9

8

7

6

5

6V

10.7

11.6

8V

4.7

5.4

6.8

8.3

10.2

Spark energy≤ 65 mJ

10 V

3.1

3.55

4.25

4.87

5.6

6.3

Primary current≤ 7.0 A

12 V

2.32

2.66

3.12

3.51

3.94

4.36

Operating temperature range atouter core

-40 to 140°C

14 V

1.86

2.1

2.45

2.75

3.07

3.36

Storage temperature range-40 to 140°C

16 V

1.55

1.77

2.03

2.26

2.51

2.73

Max. vibration≤ 250 m/s2 at 5 to 2,000 Hz

16.5 V

1.49

1.7

1.95

2.17

2.40

2.61

18 V

1.34

1.51

1.73

1.92

2.13

2.31

Technical Specifications

20 V

1.16

1.33

1.51

1.67

1.85

2.0

Mechanical Data

24 V

0.93

1.05

1.19

1.32

1.45

1.57

Length83 mm

Weight210 g

Mounting

Screw fastening

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

Incapable of measurement

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 1.4 kV/µs

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

166 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Design Note
We strongly recommend the design of the spark plug shaft has to ensure that there are no sharp edges in the shaft geometry due to design
or machining. Only in compliance with this recommendation, a proper
function can be ensured.

Ordering Information
Ignition Coil P65-TWG
Order number F 02U V02 429-01
Accessories

4

High Voltage Connector straight
Please ask your local Bosch Service
Order number 0 356 200 015

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

5A

33.7 mJ

1.37 ms

50 mA

24.4 kV

5.5 A

42 mJ

1.54 ms

54 mA

27.0 kV

6A

48.9 mJ

1.62 ms

59 mA

29.1 kV6.5 A

55.9 mJ

1.74 ms

63 mA

31.2 kV

7A

63.6 mJ

1.85 ms

68 mA

33.2V

7.5 A

71.9 mJ

1.92 ms

73 mA

34.7 kV

Spark Energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug (high voltage wire).
The coil P65-T has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU withinternal ignition drivers with 10 to 20 mA current output.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

High Voltage Connector angled
Please ask your local Bosch Service
Order number 0 356 250 035
M3 Connector inside (required for every HV Connector)
Please ask your local Bosch Service
Order number 1 350 521 001
High Voltage Wire 50 m
Please ask your local Bosch Service
Order number 5 956 563 015

04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 167

Dimensions

4168 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Ignition Coil P65-WG

Max. high voltage at
1 MOhm || 10 pF≤ 35 kV

Spark current≤ 74 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MOhm

≤ 2.0 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive and 1 kOhm resistance

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

4

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

Tyco AMP

Mating connector

D 261 205 350-01

Pin 1

Engine GND

Pin 2

Ubatt
ECU ignition power stageuConnection for 30 kV high voltage wire with locking pin (European standard)uMax. 35 kV

Pin 3

u

Max. 65 mJ

Characteristic dwell times [ms]uDeveloped for GDI enginesuMax. 10,000 1/min

This single fire coil is a low cost concept, designed toget connected to the spark plug via a high voltage wire.
The high voltage connector is specified according to theEuropean standard.
The performance of the coil fulfills the demands of modern GDI engines.
The main benefits of this product are the high packaging
flexibility and its high electrical performance at low
costs.

Application
Spark energy≤ 65 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

Dwell time

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

Ubatt

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration≤ 250 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
LengthSee offer drawing

Weight w/o wire

< 222 gMounting

Screw fastening

Electrical Data
Primary resistance

570 mOhm

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 1.9 kV/µs

I primary
5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

7.5 A

8.0 A

6V

8.74

18.5

8V

4.5

10 V

8.5 A

6.4

9

10.8

13.9

3.1

4.2

5.4

6

6.6

7.2

12 V

2.36

3.1

3.88

4.25

4.63

4.92

14 V

1.9

2.48

3.05

3.32

3.57

3.77

16 V

1.61

2.06

2.53

2.73

2.93

3.08

18 V

1.55

2

2.43

2.62

2.81

2.95

20 V

1.39

1.77

2.16

2.33

2.48

2.6

22 V

1.22

1.54

1.88

2.02

2.15

2.26

04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 169

24 V

0.97

1.23

1.49

1.6

1.71

1.78

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

Spark energy and provided high voltage

High Voltage Connector angled
Please ask your local Bosch Service
Order number 0 356 250 035
M3 Connector inside (required for every HV Connector)
Please ask your local Bosch Service
Order number 1 350 521 001
High Voltage Wire 50 m
Please ask your local Bosch Service
Order number 5 956 563 015

4Spark energy
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

5A

37.8 mJ

1.46 ms

49 mA

24.3 kV

6A

54.5 mJ

1,74 ms

59 mA

28.9 kV

7A

69.8 mJ

1.97 ms

69 mA

33.2 kV

7.5 A

77.6 mJ

2.04 ms

74 mA

35.8 kV

8A

83.0 mJ

2.11 ms

77 mA

37.7 kV

8.5 A

88.0 mJ

2.16 ms

81 mA

39.0 kV

Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
The coil P65 has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Design Note
We strongly recommend the design of the spark plug shaft has to ensure that there are no sharp edges in the shaft geometry due to design
or machining. Only in compliance with this recommendation, a proper
function can be ensured.

Ordering Information
Ignition Coil P65-WG
Order number F 02U V01 927-01
Accessories
High Voltage Connector straight
Please ask your local Bosch Service
Order number 0 356 200 015

170 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Dimensions4

04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 171

Ignition Coil P65-WS

Max. high voltage at
1 MOhm || 10 pF≤ 35 kV

Spark current≤ 74 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MOhm

≤ 2.0 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive and 1 kOhm resistance

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires

FeaturesuConnection for high voltage wire according to SAE(American standard)

Connector

Tyco AMP

Mating connector

D 261 205 350-01

Pin 1

Engine GND

Pin 2

Ubatt
ECU ignition power stageuMax. 35 kV

Pin 3

u

Max. 65 mJ

Characteristic dwell times [ms]uDeveloped for GDI enginesuMax. 10,000 1/min

This single fire coil is a low cost concept, designed toget connected to the spark plug via a high voltage wire.
The high voltage connector is specified according to the
SAE standard.
The performance of the coil fulfills the demands of modern GDI engines.
The main benefits of this product are the high packaging
flexibility and its high electrical performance at low
costs.

Application
Spark energy≤ 65 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration≤ 250 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
LengthSee offer drawing

Weight w/o wire

< 222 gMounting

Screw fastening

Electrical Data
Primary resistance

570 mOhm

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 1.9 kV/µs

Dwell time
Ubatt

I primary
5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

7.5 A

8.0 A

6V

8.74

18.5

8V

4.5

10 V

8.5 A

6.4

9

10.8

13.9

3.1

4.2

5.4

6

6.6

7.2

12 V

2.36

3.1

3.88

4.25

4.63

4.92

14 V

1.9

2.48

3.05

3.32

3.57

3.77

16 V

1.61

2.06

2.53

2.73

2.93

3.08

18 V

1.55

2

2.43

2.62

2.81

2.95

20 V

1.39

1.77

2.16

2.33

2.48

2.6

22 V

1.22

1.54

1.88

2.02

2.15

2.26

4

172 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

24 V

0.97

1.23

1.49

1.6

1.71

1.78

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

Spark energy and provided high voltage

4
Spark energy
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

5A

37.8 mJ

1.46 ms

49 mA

24.3 kV

6A

54.5 mJ

1,74 ms

59 mA

28.9 kV

7A

69.8 mJ

1.97 ms

69 mA

33.2 kV

7.5 A

77.6 mJ

2.04 ms

74 mA

35.8 kV

8A

83.0 mJ

2.11 ms

77 mA

37.7 kV

8.5 A

88.0 mJ

2.16 ms

81 mA

39.0 kV

Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
The coil P65 has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Design Note
We strongly recommend the design of the spark plug shaft has to ensure that there are no sharp edges in the shaft geometry due to design
or machining. Only in compliance with this recommendation, a proper
function can be ensured.

Ordering Information
Ignition Coil P65-WS
Order number F 02U V01 926-01
Accessories
High Voltage Connector angled
Please ask your local Bosch Service
Order number 0 356 250 035

04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 173

Dimensions

4174 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Ignition Coil PS-T

Max. high voltage at
1 MOhm || 10 pF≤ 27 kV

Spark current≤ 80 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MOhm

≤ 1.1 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

Power stage

Integrated

Characteristic

4

Measured with power stage

BIP 355

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector
4-pole Compact

D 261 205 336-01

Pin 1

ECU ignition signal

Pin 2

ECU GNDu

Max. 27 kV

Pin 3Engine GND

uMax. 42 mJ

Pin 4

Ubatt

u

Max. 1.5 kV/µs

uMax. 10,000 1/min

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

This pencil coil is a basic low cost concept designed forcylinder head installation.
The coil PS-T has an integrated transistor and requires
an ECU with internal ignition drivers.
The coil is only designed for spark plug shaft mounting.
It is a basic concept for ignition applications.

Application

Characteristic dwell times [ms]Ubatt

I primary
4.0 A

5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

8.0 A

9.0 A

6V

2.90

4.20

6.30

14.4

-

-

8V

1.83

2.45

3.17

4.10

5.10

6.20

Spark energy≤ 42 mJ

10 V

1.33

1.74

2.18

2.68

3.16

3.49

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

12 V

1.05

1.35

1.68

2.02

2.33

2.53

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

14 V

0.86

1.11

1.35

1.62

1.85

1.99

16 V

0.73

0.93

1.14

1.35

1.54

1.65

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

20 V

0.56

0.71

0.86

1.02

1.15

1.23

Max. vibration≤ 800 m/s at 5 to 2,500 Hz

22 V

0.50

0.64

0.77

0.91

1.02

1.09

Technical Specifications

24 V

0.46

0.58

0.70

0.82

0.92

0.98

Mechanical Data

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

2

Diameter

22 mm

Weight202 g

Mounting

Screw fastening

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

Incapable of measurement

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 1.5 kV/µs

04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 175

Ordering Information
Ignition Coil PS-T
Order number 0 221 604 103

4Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-currant

Hi voltage

4A

15.0 mJ

0.650 ms

46 mA

15.6 kV

5A

22.8 mJ

0.793 ms

62 mA

19.3 kV

6A

30.2 mJ

0.904 ms

73 mA

22.7 kV

7A

38.2 mJ

1.010 ms

84 mA

26.0 kV

8A

47.9 mJ

1.101 ms

96 mA

28.8 kV

9A

52.9 mJ

1.130 ms

100 mA

30.2 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
The coil PS-T has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU withinternal ignition drivers, e.g. MS 4.x or MS 4.x Sport.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Design Note
We strongly recommend the design of the spark plug shaft has to ensure that there are no sharp edges in the shaft geometry due to design
or machining. Only in compliance with this recommendation, a proper
function can be ensured.

176 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Dimensions4

04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Modules | 177

Ignition Modules Overview
Ignition Module IM 3.2

Ignition Module IM 4

Max. current (A)

8.5

8.5

Clamping voltage (V)380 ± 30380 ± 30

Power stages

3

4

Weight (g)4754Primary connector

Bosch Jetronic 7 pins

Bosch Jetronic 4 pins + 5 pins

4

178 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Modules

Ignition Module IM 3.2

4
Features

UBatt typical13.5 V

Voltage supply

6 to 16.5 V

IB high active on

min. 10 mA

IB low off

0 mA

IB

10 to 22 mA

IC typical≤ 8.5 AIC max. at TU < 120°C< 10 AUCE satt at IC = 5 A<3V

UCE satt at IC max<9V

CharacteristicuMax. 3 cylinders

u

47 g

u

Fits to all ECUs without internal ignition powerstage like MS 6

uElectrical Data

Especially adapted for Coils P50(-M) and P65

This module is an external ignition power stage capableof supplying up to three non-transistorized ignition coils.
The IM input signal should be supplied by an ECU withignition signal outputs in the range of 10 to 20 mA, e.g.
MS 4 Sport.
The IM unit combines the robustness of a high quality
production part with good electrical performance toprovide an ideal solution for adapting non-transistorized
coils to an ECU without internal ignition driver stages.

Application

Characteristic dwell time

See characteristic dwell timefrom the ignition coil used

Internal transistor

Triple Darlington

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Jetronic 7-poleMating connector
7-pole Jetronic

F 02U B00 252-01

Pin 1

Collector transistor 1

Pin 2

Basis transistor 1

Pin 3

Collector transistor 2

Pin 4

Gnd

Pin 5

Basis transistor 2

Primary current≤ 8.5 A

Pin 6

Collector transistor 3

Clamp voltage

380 ± 30 V

Pin 7

Basis transistor 3

Operating temperature range atmeasuring point-40 to 120°C

Installation Notes

Storage temperature range-40 to 130°C

This ignition module can be used with Coils PS, P35, P50(-M), P65,
2x1, 2x2, 3x2 or comparable coils.

Max. rpm (ensure chilled mounting position)

8,000

Max. vibration

400 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

Please ensure that the connectors are safe from water.
The IM has to be mounted onto a cooling body. The mounting surface
needs a planarity of 0.2 mm.

Technical Specifications

A heat conductive paste has to be used.

Mechanical Data

This ignition module is designed for use with engine control units
which have no integrated ignition transistor.

Size

71 x 48 x 21 mm

Weight w/o wire

47 g

Mounting

2 x M4 screws with spring washer

Operating temperature-40 to 110°C

Permissible fuel temperatures≤ 70°C

Please observe the specified limit values.
Please do not activate more than one ignition output stage parallel
within a module.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Modules | 179

Ordering Information
Ignition Module IM 3.2
Order number 0 227 100 203

Dimensions

4180 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Modules

Ignition Module IM 4

4

Electrical Data
UBatt typical13.5 V

Voltage supply

6 to 16.5 V

IB high active on

min. 10 mA

IB low off

0 mA

IB

10 to 22 mA

IC typical< 8.5 AIC max. at TU < 120°C< 10 AUCE satt at IC = 5 A<3V

UCE satt at IC max<9V

Connectors and Wires
Connector (Coil T1)

Bosch Jetronic 4-poleMating connector
Jetronic 4-pole

D 261 205 351-01

Pin 1

Collector transistor 4

Pin 2

Collector transistor 3

Pin 3

Collector transistor 2

Pin 4

Collector transistor 1

Especially adapted for Coils P50(-M) and P65

Connector (ECU)

Bosch Jetronic 5-pole

This module is an external ignition power stage capableof supplying up to four non-transistorized ignition coils.
The IM input signal should be supplied by an ECU withignition signal outputs in the range of 10 to 20 mA, e.g.
MS 4 Sport.
The IM unit combines the robustness of a high quality
production part with good electrical performance toprovide an ideal solution for adapting non-transistorized
coils to an ECU without internal ignition driver stages.

Mating connector
Jetronic 5-pole

D 261 205 352-01

Pin 1

Basis transistor 1

Pin 2

Basis transistor 2

Pin 3

Gnd

Pin 4

Basis transistor 3

Application

Pin 5

Basis transistor 4

FeaturesuMax. 4 cylinders

u

54 g

u

Fits to all ECUs without internal ignition powerstage like MS 6u

Primary current≤ 8.5 A

Installation Notes

Clamp voltage

380 ± 30 V

Operating temperature range atmeasuring point-40 to 120°C

This ignition module can be used with Coils PS, P35, P50(-M), P65,
2x1, 2x2, 3x2 or comparable coils.

Storage temperature range-40 to 130°C

Max. rpm (ensure chilled mounting position)

8,000

Max. vibration

400 m/s at 5 to 2,500 Hz

Please ensure that the connectors are safe from water.
The IM has to be mounted onto a cooling body. The mounting surface
needs a planarity of 0.2 mm.
A heat conductive paste has to be used.
2

Technical Specifications

This ignition module is designed for use with engine control units
which have no integrated ignition transistor.
Please observe the specified limit values.

Mechanical Data
Size

70.5 x 68 x 20 mm

Weight w/o wire

54 g

Mounting

2 x M4 screws with spring washer

Ordering Information
Ignition Module IM 4
Order number 0 227 100 211

04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Modules | 181

Dimensions

4182 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Modules

4

05 Actuators

5

Alternators

184

Electric Coolant Pump

194

Electronic Throttle Body

198

Starter

201

Wiper Motor

203

184 | 05 Actuators | Alternators

Alternator B3

Length w/o pulley

117 mmBattery B+ connection

M8x1.25

Tightening torque at B+

22 Nm

Electrical Data

5

Regulating voltage

14.2 V

Temperature compensation-10 mV/K

High temperature cut off derating-250 mV/K

Excitation resistor (L)Internal (external on request)

Cut-in-speed

3,000 x 1/min

Characteristic

FeaturesuWith multifunctional regulatoru4,800 g

u

210 A

u

Clockwise rotation

The B3 is a powerful 12 V motorsport alternator. It has
an optimized hand wound stator winding (3 phase triangle), high current diodes (special Zener diode chips
from Bosch production to retain load-dumps) and an extra fine balanced rotor with double impregnated winding.
The multifunctional regulator (special Bosch developed
ASIC) controls the alternator output voltage at B+ connection. The main benefit of this alternator is the highpower output in a small low weight package. Furthermore it is optimized concerning vibration endurance.

Application
Application

210 A at 10,000 rpm/90°C

Max. ambient temperature

105°C, high current only withsupported cooling air

Max. ambient temperature(short-term)

120°C, high current only withsupported cooling air

Rotating direction

ClockwiseTechnical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Body material

Cast aluminum

Weight w/o pulley

4.8 kgMax. rotations

18,000 x 1/min

Moment of inertia

22 kg*cm2

Outer diameter w/o screw

136 mmRpm [1/min]

IG [A] at 90°C

3,000

40

3,500

93

4,000

125

5,000

162

6,000

182

7,000

193

8,000

201

9,000

206

10,000210

11,000213

12,000215

14,000217

16,000219

18,000222

Please note: Measured with U=13.1 V and t=20 min

05 Actuators | Alternators | 185

Installation Notes
Ground connection for power and regulator is through the case. Ensure that the case has a high current, low electrical resistance connection to vehicle ground.
Operating the alternator is only permitted with the installed regulator
and a connected 12 V battery (Lithium battery not proved).
The excitation current can also be realized by an external lamp (on request).
Please find further application hints at our homepage.
Rectifier diodes are designed and proved for B+ continuous output
current of 210 A. The alternator is able to support more current, but
this must be restricted for short time to prevent the destroying of rectifier diodes.

Ordering Information
Alternator B3
Order number on request

Dimensions

5186 | 05 Actuators | Alternators

5

05 Actuators | Alternators | 187

Alternator B3 LIN

Adjustable set values via LIN interface
Outputs of status information via LIN interface

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Body material

Cast aluminum

Weight w/o pulley

4.8 kgMax. rotations

18,000 x 1/min

Moment of inertia

22 kg*cm2

Outer diameter w/o screw

136 mmLength w/o pulley

117 mmBattery B+ connection

M8x1.25

Tightening torque at B+

22 Nm

Electrical Data

Features

Regulating voltage

14.2 VuElectrically and mechanically identical with B3

Temperature compensation-10 mV/Ku

Motorsport optimized LIN2.1 regulator with latest
ASIC technology

High temperature cut off derating-250 mV/K

u4,800 gExcitation resistor (L)Internal (external on request)

u

210 A

Cut-in-speed

3,000 x 1/minu

Clockwise rotation

Characteristic

The B3 LIN is a powerful 12 V motorsport alternator. It
has an optimized hand wound stator winding (3 phase
triangle), high current diodes (special Zener diode chips
from Bosch production to retain load-dumps) and an extra fine balanced rotor with double impregnated winding.
The LIN regulator (special Bosch developed ASIC) controls the alternator output voltage at B+ connection. The
main benefit of this alternator is the high power output
in a small low weight package. Furthermore it is optimized concerning vibration endurance.

Application

Rpm [1/min]

IG [A] at 90°C

3,000

40

3,500

93

4,000

125

5,000

162

6,000

182

7,000

193

8,000

201

Application

210 A at 10,000 rpm/90°C

9,000

206

Max. ambient temperature

105°C, high current only withsupported cooling air

10,000210Max. ambient temperature(short-term)

120°C, high current only withsupported cooling air

11,000213

12,000215

Rotating direction

Clockwise

14,000217

Fixed frequency regulation with pulse width modulation

16,000219

Stand-by-mode

18,000222

Switching-on via LIN interface

Please note: Measured with U=13.1 V and t=20 min

High side output stage with defined ramp steepness and FET as freewheeling „diode“
Emergency start and default mode

5

188 | 05 Actuators | Alternators

Installation Notes

5

Ground connection for power and regulator is through the case. Ensure that the case has a high current, low electrical resistance connection to vehicle ground.
Operating the alternator is only permitted with the installed regulator
and a connected 12 V battery (Lithium battery not proved).
The excitation current can also be realized by an external lamp (on request).
Please find further application hints at our homepage.
Rectifier diodes are designed and proved for B+ continuous output
current of 210 A. The alternator is able to support more current, but
this must be restricted for short time to prevent the destroying of rectifier diodes.

Ordering Information
Alternator B3 LIN
Order number on request

05 Actuators | Alternators | 189

Dimensions

5

EMV
C3

LIN

LIN
Master

EMV
U

C1

EMC -circuit
B+

KL 15

B+
C2
DF

G

Regulator -IC

V
B-

Housing
SystemSchematic Diagram

Generator

Electrical190 | 05 Actuators | Alternators

Alternator GCM1

5

Electrical Data
Rated current

130 A/140 A

Output voltage

13.5 V

Cut-in speed

3,000 x 1/min

CouplingscrewsBattery B+

M6

Tightening torque at B+

14 Nm

Control lamp D+

flat-pin connector, see drawing

Internal D+ resistor

only GCM1 140 A Nascar

Characteristic 130 A

Featuresu3,400 gu

130 to 140 Au

Clockwise or anticlockwise rotationuSpecial lightweight aluminum pulley available

This alternator is modified for motorsport demand andsplash protected. The stator windings are handmade
and optimized for higher current output; the rotor is extra fine balanced and double impregnated. The alternators are e.g. used in Nascar series. Clockwise and anticlockwise versions are possible, modifications are available on request.

Application
Ambient temperature range-30 to 90°C

Vibration protectionhigh

Rpm [1/min]

IG [A] at 90°C

2,000

0

2,500

6

3,000

32

3,500

51

4,000

63

5,000

80

6,000

90

7,000

98

8,000

105

9,000

111

10,000116

12,000121

15,000127

18,000131

Installation without rubber mounting.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Case material

aluminum

Weight3,400 gCurrent regulator unit

integrated

Max. rotations

18,000 x 1/min

Diameter

108 mmLength without shaft stub

128 mmDistance between mounting
points154 mmCharacteristic 140 A / Nascar
Rpm [1/min]

IG [A] at 90°C

2,000

0

05 Actuators | Alternators | 191

2,500

0

3,000

1

3,500

25

4,000

49

5,000

83

6,000

101

7,000

113

8,000

122

9,000

129

10,000135

12,000144

15,000151

18,000156

Installation Notes
An external cooling can contribute to increase the performance. It will only be effective if the incoming air is
30°Kelvin cooler than the ambient air. Otherwise, the restriction of air flow will negate any cooling benefits. If
these conditions are met, the cooling air should be distributed over the center axis at the rear of the alternator
for optimal cooling. The alternator fans are not able togenerate negative pressure. It is possible to use external
blower to support the alternator. Debris at alternatorcooling area can reduce cooling effect. This could also
shorten the alternator service life. Installation withoutrubber mounting.

Ordering Information
Alternator GCM1
Application, Rotation Direction andOrder number on request
140 A Nascar clockwise rotation
Order number F 02U V00 004-07

5

192 | 05 Actuators | Alternators

Dimensions

5

Design 130 A / 140 A

05 Actuators | Alternators | 193

5

Design 140 A Nascar

194 | 05 Actuators | Electric Coolant Pump

Electric Coolant Pump ECP
160

Pressure side

Wiggins clamps 5/4”

Inspection and maintenance interval

Periodically after 100 operating
hours; Electric motor, seals,
bearings have to be replaced(spare parts optional)

Electrical Data

5
Features

Supply voltage

9 to 18 V DC

Load current

51.1 A at 13,500 rpm and 1.5
bar; 160 l/min (see diagrams)

Max. current

62 A

Max. released short-term power

750 WiSpeed control

PWM

Characteristicu> 160 l/min at 1.5 bar (g)u

946 g (Pump Unit + Electronic Box)u

Brushless motoru

PWM speed controlledu

Spiral housing additive manufactured

Surface coating

Anodization

Color

Black

Fluid filtering

Possible both sides

Pressure

The Bosch ECP 160 coolant pump features a PWM controlled BLDC motor.

0 l/min

50 l/min100 l/min

150 l/min

200 l/min

250 l/min

3000

Coolant pressure<3 bar (g)Delivery rate at 22°C

160 l/min at 1.5 bar (g) (690 W)

Max. delivery rate

<240 l/min

Max. coolant temperature

135°C

Max. ambient temperature

85°C

Max. vibration

See vibration profile 3 on our
homepageMax. dry run time

< 30 sDuration for pressure build up< 1000 ms from (0 to 160 l/min
at 1.5 bar abs at T_coolant =95°C)

Coolant compatibility

Coolant fluid

PRESSURE [mbar]

2500

Application

2000
1500
1000
500
0
6000

7000

8000

9000

10000 11000 12000 13000 14000

PUMP SPEED [1/MIN]

Flow rate l/min
Pump
speed
1/min

0

50

100

150

6,000

0.50

0.41

0.11

7,000

0.67

0.60

0.30

8,000

0.87

0.81

0.50

0.05

Technical Specifications

9,000

1.08

1.04

0.74

0.30

Mechanical Data

10,000

1.30

1.28

1.00

0.57

200

250

mbar

Size Pump Unit

105 x 90 x 95 mm

11,000

1.55

1.57

1.29

0.85

0.24

Size Electronic Box

110 x 97 x 45 mm

12,000

1.82

1.87

1.62

1.12

0.53

Weight Pump Unit

440 g

13,000

2.14

2.23

1.99

1.46

0.90

0.04

Weight Electronic Box

506 g

14,000

2.47

2.60

2.37

1.83

1.25

0.43

Housing (Pump and Box)

Aluminum

Intake side

Wiggins clamps 5/4”

05 Actuators | Electric Coolant Pump | 195

Current
0 l/min

50 l/min100 l/min

150 l/min

200 l/min

250 l/min

70,0

CURRENT [A]

60,0

209

263

294

267

11,000

271

344

382

365

271

12,000

342

432

487

473

394

13,000

431

550

623

625

563

359

14,000

535

678

772

806

745

562

50,0
40,0
30,0

Connectors and Wires

20,0
10,0
0,0
6000

7000

8000

9000

Flow rate l/min
50

12 V electrical connector

Souriau 8 STA 0-16-75PN 251(red)

PWM-Signal

Souriau 8 STA 2-02-05PN (red)Pin A

12 V DC

Pin B

GND

Pin 1

Free

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

Signal PWM

Pin 4

Free

Pin 5

Free

Mechanical connector intake
side

Wiggins clamps W994-20D 5/4”
Wiggins welding flange
W903-320D 5/4”
Wiggins connecting sleeve
W908-20D 5/4”

Mechanical connector pressure
side

Wiggins clamps W994-20D 5/4”
Wiggins welding flange
W903-320D 5/4”
Wiggins connecting sleeve
W908-20D 5/4”

Cable length

500 mm(1,000 or 1,600 mm opt.)

Air intake (for dirty environment)

19 mm hose support

10000 11000 12000 13000 14000

PUMP SPEED [1/MIN]

Pump
speed
1/min

0

6,000

5.3

6.3

5.5

7,000

7.4

8.8

8.5

8,000

10.1

11.8

12.1

8.9

9,000

12.4

14.8

16.2

13.6

10,000

15.5

19.5

21.8

19.8

11,000

20.1

25.5

28.3

27.0

20.1

12,000

25.3

32.0

36.1

35.0

29.2

13,000

31.9

40.7

46.1

46.3

41.7

26.6

14,000

39.6

50.2

57.2

59.7

55.2

41.6

100

150

200

250

A at
13.5 VPower Consumption
0 l/min

50 l/min100 l/min

150 l/min

200 l/min

250 l/min

900
POWER CONSUMPTION [W]

10,000800

5PWM Signal

700
600
500

Frequency

250 HzVoltage

0 Ulow; Uhigh 5 to 18 V

400
300
200
100

Type of Operation

T_on/ Duty Cycle

Rotation Speed

Not defined

0 to 0.499 ms / 0 %-Stop motor

0.5 to 1.0 ms /0 to 25 %0%250First commutation, not permitted for usage

1.0 to 1.33 ms /25 to 33 %0%W

Operation width

1.33 to 2.0 ms /33 to 50 %33 to 100 %

0
6000

7000

8000

9000

10000

11000

12000

13000

14000

PUMP SPEED [1/MIN]

Flow rate l/min
Pump speed
1/min

0

50

100

150

6,000

72

85

74

7,000

100

119

115

8,000

136

159

164

120

9,000

167

200

219

183

200

196 | 05 Actuators | Electric Coolant Pump

Maximum speed

2.0 to 2.5 ms /50 to 62.5 %100 %Not defined

2.501 to 4.0 ms /62.5 to 100 %-Ordering Information
Electric Coolant Pump ECP 160
Incl. Pump Unit and Electronic Box
Order number F 02U V02 499-01
Electronic Box
Order number F 02U V02 500-01

5

Pump Unit
Order number F 02U V02 501-01
Accessories
Wiggins connectors
One set for one pump: 2 x clamp, 2 x welding flange,
2 x connecting sleeve, 4 x O-Ring
Order number F 02U V02 502-01
Clamp
Order number F 02U 004 503-01
Welding flange
Order number F 02U 004 504-01
Connecting sleeve
Order number F 02U 004 502-01
O-RingOrder number F 02U 004 506-01

05 Actuators | Electric Coolant Pump | 197

Dimensions

5

198 | 05 Actuators | Electronic Throttle Body

Electronic Throttle Body

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

6 to 16 V

Supply voltage sensor

5 ± 0.2 V

Max. allowed generator current<10.0 A

Characteristic
Output signal I

0 to 5 V for 0 to 90°

Output signal II

5 to 0 V for 0 to 90°

Connectors and Wires
Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

5

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
For correct mounting please respect the hints on the next page
“Mounting position”.

Featuresu

Many bore diameters availableuThrottle position sensor is redundantu

For flex-fuel, CNG, LPG

u

Idle default position

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
Two redundant sensors control the up to date throttle position.

The throttle body is designed to control the fresh air of
spark ignition engines in combination with an electronic
throttle control system. ETB applications with flex-fuel,
CNG and LPG are permissible if injected in the air flow
after the throttle body.
A typical ETC system includes the following components: electronic throttle body, accelerator pedal module and electronic control unit.
You will find the available bore diameters in the variations table.

Application
Temperature range-40 to 140°C

Max. vibration

50 to 250 m/s2 at 50 Hz to 2 kHz

Technical Specifications

All ETBs have an idle air position.

Ordering Information
Electronic Throttle Body 32 mm
Order number 0 280 750 148
Electronic Throttle Body 40 mm
Order number 0 280 750 149
Electronic Throttle Body 44 mm
Order number 0 280 750 137
Electronic Throttle Body 46 mm
Order number F 02U V01 171-01
Electronic Throttle Body 50 mm
Order number 0 280 Y05 107-10
Electronic Throttle Body 52 mm
Order number F 02U V01 184-01

Mechanical Data
Available bore diameters

The ETB can be connected directly to control units with ETC functionality.

32 mm
40 mm
44 mm
46 mm
50 mm
52 mm
54 mm
60 mm
82 mm

Electronic Throttle Body 54 mm
Order number 0 280 750 150
Electronic Throttle Body 60 mm
Order number 0 280 750 151
Electronic Throttle Body 68 mm
Order number 0 280 750 156
Electronic Throttle Body 82 mm
Order number 0 280 750 101

05 Actuators | Electronic Throttle Body | 199

Dimensions
Mounting position5

200 | 05 Actuators | Electronic Throttle Body

Electronic Throttle Body Variations

5

Electronic Throttle
Body 32 mm

Electronic Throttle
Body 40 mm

Electronic Throttle
Body 44 mm

Electronic Throttle
Body 46 mm

Electronic Throttle
Body 50 mm

Bore diameter (mm)

32

40

44

46

50

Connector

D 261 205 358-01

D 261 205 358-01

D 261 205 358-01

D 261 205 356-01

D 261 205 356-01

Pin 1 A

Motor -

Motor -

Motor -

Poti 1

Poti 2

Pin 2 B

Poti -

Poti -

Poti -

Poti -

Poti -Pin 3 C

Poti +

Poti +

Poti +

Motor -

Motor +

Pin 4 D

Motor +

Motor +

Motor +

Poti 2

Poti 1

Pin 5 E

Poti 2

Poti 2

Poti 2Motor +

Motor -Pin 6 F

Poti 1

Poti 1

Poti 1

Poti +

Poti +

Flange diameter
(mm)

40

50

50

58

58

Weight (kg)

0,9

0,9

0,9

0,95

0,95

Max. air flow rate*

394 kg/h at 85° angle

695 kg/h at 85° angle

Not specified

978 kg/h at 85° angle

Not specified

Opening direction **counterclockwise

counterclockwise

counterclockwise

clockwise

counterclockwise

Electronic Throttle
Body 52 mm

Electronic Throttle
Body 54 mm

Electronic Throttle
Body 60 mm

Electronic Throttle
Body 68 mm

Electronic Throttle
Body 82 mm

Bore diameter (mm)

52

54

60

68

82

Connector

D 261 205 356-01

D 261 205 358-01

D 261 205 358-01

D 261 205 358-01

D 261 205 358-01

Pin 1 A

Poti 1

Motor -

Motor -

Motor -

Motor -Pin 2 B

Poti -

Poti -

Poti -

Poti -

Poti -Pin 3 C

Motor -

Poti +

Poti +

Poti +

Poti +

Pin 4 D

Poti 2Motor +

Motor +

Motor +

Motor +

Pin 5 E

Motor +

Poti 2

Poti 2

Poti 2

Poti 2

Pin 6 F

Poti +

Poti 1

Poti 1

Poti 1

Poti 1

Flange diameter
(mm)

58

70

68,5

75

90

Weight (kg)

0,95

0,95

0,95

1,1

1,1

Max. air flow rate*

Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Opening direction **clockwise

counterclockwise

counterclockwise

counterclockwise

counterclockwise* ambient conditions: Air pressure p=1000 mbar, Differential pressure ∆p=600 mbar ±25 mbar, rel. humidity rF=40 %, Air
temperature T=24°C** Opening direction is related to view A. See drawings on bottom of chapter “Dimensions”.

05 Actuators | Starter | 201

Starter 1.7 kW

5Featuresu

1.7 kWu3,600 x 1/min

This starter is specially constructed for motorsport demand. It is a pre-engaged drive starter; we offer it inclockwise and counter-clockwise version.
Further special versions on request.

Application
Max. temperature

150 °C

Vibration

High protection

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight3,700 g

Revolutions

3,600 x 1/min

Module2,11Electrical Data
Performance

Ordering Information
Starter 1.7 kW
Order number on request

1.7 kW

202 | 05 Actuators | Starter

Dimensions

5

05 Actuators | Wiper Motor | 203

Wiper Direct Actuator WDA

Mechanical Data
Max. Vibration

30 % of Vibration Profile 1
or 100 % of Vibration Profile 1 in
combination with silentblocks(see Accessories)

Size

104.7 x 174.7 x 117.1 mm

Max. wipe cycles/min

Depending on wipe angle

Max. wipe angle

160°

Max. torque

35 Nm

Weight1,270 gElectrical Data

FeaturesPower supply

9 to 16 V

Supply current at 40 cycles/min.

Typ. 3.4 A

Supply current at 60 cycles/min.

Typ. 6.3 A

5

LIN ProtocoluAnalog and LIN versions available

LIN Version

2.0

u

Optimized hardware for motorsport applications

LIN Speed

19.2 kBaud/suCustomer specific calibration of wiping angles andspeed

Message ID

0x31

Interframe-Space

20 to 40 ms

The WDA is a wiper motor designed to execute reversing
movements instead of rotating 360° like a conventional
wiper.
Its function and many operating modes are managed byintegrated control electronics. The user is able to control the desired operating mode simply by switching its
analog inputs to ground (Analog version) or via LIN (LIN
version). The gear, the motor and the electronics are all
installed in the same housing.
The main benefit of this wiper motor is its direct rotation movement which replaces external gears and thepossibility of programming the operating speed and end
positions of all its function modes, upon request.

BYTE 0 Value

0

0

Kl. X

Kl. 15Counter

Bit

7

6

5

4

3 2 1 0BYTE 1 Value

SPD2

SPD1

INT

SST

INT Mode

Bit

7

6

5

4

3 2 1 0BYTE 2 Value

0

0

0

0

0 0 0 0

Bit

7

6

5

4

3 2 1 0BYTE 3 Value

0

0

0

0

0 0 0 0

Bit

7

6

5

4

3 2 1 0BYTE 4 Value

0

0

0

0

0 0 0 0

Bit

7

6

5

4

3 2 1 0BYTE 5 Value

0

0

0

0

0 0 0 0

Bit

7

6

5

4

3 2 1 0Application
Operating temperature range-40 to 85°C

Technical Specifications
WDA Analog Operating modes

WDA LIN Operating modes

•
•
•
•

Stop
Interval
Speed 1
Speed 2

•
•
•
•
•

Stop
Interval
Speed 1
Speed 2Single stroke

Byte

Bit

SignalExplanation

Values[dez]

204 | 05 Actuators | Wiper Motor

5

0

0…3

Counter

The counter has to be
increased with each
LIN-message

0 … 150

4

Kl. 15

Clamp 15 Bit has to beenabled for operation

ON=1
OFF=0

0

5

Kl. X

Clamp X Bit has to beenabled for operation

ON=1
OFF=0

1

0…3

INT
Mode

Interval Mode (enabled
if operation mode interval is set)

Interval
speed:
1=1
2=5
3=9
4=13

1

4

SST

Single stroke operation
mode (enabled once if
Bit is set temporary)

ON=1
OFF=0

Make sure that the wiper is in its workspace when restarting after a
power failure (upper and lower limit).
Please contact us to define the desired angle of all the operating
modes.
The acceleration values can be exceeded by using silentblocks(F02U 003 027-01).
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thespecifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
Please deliver the calibration sheet with your order placement.

Delivery Status
The motor will be delivered with three mounting screws. The screws
are pre-assembled with a few thread turns.
• Self-tapping screw referred to DIN 7500
• PE M6x20• Maximum tightening torque: 8 Nm

1

5

INT

Operation mode interval

ON=1
OFF=0

1

6

SPD1

Operation mode speed
1

ON=1
OFF=0

Ordering Information

SPD2

Operation mode speed
2

ON=1
OFF=0

WDA Analog
Order number F 02U V00 938-03

STOP

Operation mode stop is
enabled if SST, INT,
SPD1 and SPD2 are
OFF (default)

1

7Connectors and Wires
Connector

CEP2M-AMP-4

Mating connector

F 02U B00 542-01

Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request

Pinout Analog
Pin 1

AN2

Pin 2

AN1

Pin 3

Gnd

Pin 4

US

Pinout LIN
Pin 1

LIN

Pin 2

Special functions, e.g. Master/
Slave

Pin 3

Gnd

Pin 4

US

Installation Notes
The WDA Analog can be operated by switching the analog inputs between ground and voltage supply.
The WDA LIN can be operated by all ECUs with LIN 2.X Master function. Further information about the LIN-Frame available upon request.

WDA LIN
Order number F 02U V00 838-04
Accessories
Silentblock
Order number F 02U 003 027-01

05 Actuators | Wiper Motor | 205

Dimensions

5206 | 05 Actuators | Wiper Motor5

06 Sensors

6

Gear Shift Sensor

208

Knock Sensors

211

Lambda Sensors

218

Linear Position Sensors

232

Pressure Sensors Air

243

Pressure Sensors Fluid

252

Pressure Sensors Combined

270

Rotary Position Sensors

277

Speed Sensors

292

Temperature Sensors

327

Thermocouple Probes

343

Vehicle Dynamics Sensors

356

208 | 06 Sensors | Gear Shift Sensor

Gear Shift Sensor GSS-2

Electrical Data
Power supply

12 V

Characteristic
Signal Output

0,5 to 4,5 V

Zero Output

2,5 V

Connectors and Wires

6

Features

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

F 02U 000 228-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

u

Strain gauge technology

Pin 4

-

u

Measurement range: -450 to 450 N

Pin 5

Scr

u

Analog output

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

This sensor is designed to measure force relative to gear
shifting in order to control the engine operation allowing the driver to maintain no-lift-shift/full throttle during
shifting (up and down).
A circuit of precise resistors and an integrated amplifier
supply a force dependent output voltage signal. As soon
as this signal exceeds a certain threshold value in the
ECU, the ignition and injection can be adjusted automatically according to the individual ECU application.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of high quality production part and robust design
with metal housing and motorsport spec connection.
Furthermore this sensor has a dual way functionality.

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Sensor voltage
Force (N)Voltage (V)

450

4.673

360

4.225

270

3.797

180

3.397

90

2.941

0

2.538

Technical Specifications

-90

2.141

Mechanical Data

-180

1.672

Application
Measuring range-450 to 450 N

Max. vibration

800 m/s2 at 5 Hz to 2 kHz

Operating temperature range

0 to 80°C

Weight w/o wire

90 g

-270

1.255

Size

65 x 16 x 16 mm

-360

0.820

Mounting

2 x M10 x 1

-450

0.402

Tightening torque22 Nm

Mech. range programmable up
to

450 N

Fmax

800 N

Mech. load limit

1800 NMax. cycles at 300 N

300,000 cycles

06 Sensors | Gear Shift Sensor | 209

Installation Notes
The GSS-2 can be connected directly to most control units and data
logging systems.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated thread.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Gear Shift Sensor GSS-2
Order number B 261 209 227-01

6

210 | 06 Sensors | Gear Shift Sensor

Dimensions

6

06 Sensors | Knock Sensors | 211

Knock Sensors Overview
Knock Sensor KS4-P

Knock Sensor KS4-R

Knock Sensor KS4-R2

Frequency range (kHz)

1 to 20

1 to 20

3 to 25

Temperature range (°C)

-40 to 130-40 to 130-40 to 130

Capacity field (pF)

800 to 1,400

800 to 1,400

1,150 ± 200

Max. vibration (m/s2)≤ 800; ≤ 4,000 short term

≤ 800; ≤ 4,000 short term

≤ 800; ≤ 4,000 short term

Weight (g)

48

82

60

6

212 | 06 Sensors | Knock Sensors

Knock Sensor KS4-P

6

Features

Electrical Data
Range of frequency

3 to 25 kHz

Sensitivity at 5 kHz

26 ± 8 mV/g

Max. sensitivity changing (lifetime)-17 %Linearity between 5 to 15 kHz(from 5 kHz value)-10 to 10 %Linearity between 15 to 20 kHz(linear increasing with freq)

20 to 50 %Main resonance frequency

30 kHz

Impedance> 1 MOhm

Temperature dependence ofsensitivity

0.04 mV/g°C

Capacity field

1,150 ± 200 pF

uEngine vibration measurements

Connectors and Wiresu

Measurement range 3 to 25 kHz

Mating connector 2-poleuRobust designuIntegrated series connector

2-Pin RB-Kp.1 (F 02U B00
966-01)Or
2-Pin Jetronic (D 261 205
288-01)

Pin 1

Sig+

Pin 2

Sig-

This sensor is used for detecting structural born vibrations in spark ignition engines due to uncontrolled combustion. This sensor is suitable for operation in extreme
conditions.
Due to the inertia of the seismic mass, the sensor moves
in correlation to the engine block vibration; this motion
results in a compressive force which is converted into a
voltage signal via a piezoceramic sensor element. As aresult, upper and lower voltage thresholds can be defined directly correlating to an acceleration magnitude.
The main benefits of this sensor are its robust mechanical design, compact housing and precise determinationof structure-related noise. The small packaging is accomplished by integrating the connector directly to thesensor.

Installation Notes
The KS4-P can be connected to all Bosch Motorsport ECUs featuringknock control
The sensor must rest directly on the brass compression sleeve during
operation.
To ensure low-resonance coupling of the sensor to the measurement
location, the contact surface must be clean and properly machined toprovide a secure flush mounting.
Please route the sensor wire in a way that prevents resonance vibration.

Application
Application

3 to 25 kHz

Operating temperature range-40 to 150°C

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Storage temperature range-30 to 60°C

Safety Note

Max. vibration≤ 800 m/s2

Technical Specifications

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Mechanical Data

Ordering Information

Male thread (for cast)

M8x25

Male thread (for AI)

M8x30

Installation torque

20±5 Nm

Weight w/o wire

48 gProtection

IP X9K

Knock Sensor KS4-P
Mating Connector: 2-Pin RB-Kp.1
Order number 0 261 231 173
Knock Sensor KS4-P
Mating Connector: 2-Pin Jetronic
Order number 0 261 231 188

06 Sensors | Knock Sensors | 213

Dimensions

6

214 | 06 Sensors | Knock Sensors

Knock Sensor KS4-R

6

Features

Electrical Data
Range of frequency

3 to 25 kHz

Sensitivity at 5 kHz

28.8 mV/g

Max. sensitivity changing (lifetime)-17 %Linearity between 5 to 15 kHz(from 5 kHz value)-10 to 10 %Linearity between 15 to 20 kHz(linear increasing with freq)

20 to 50 %Main resonance frequency> 30 kHz

Impedance> 1 MOhm

Temperature dependence ofsensitivity

0.04 mV/g°C

Capacity field

1,150 ± 200 pF

uEngine vibration measurements

Connectors and Wiresu

Measurement range 3 to 25 kHz

Connector

A 261 230 252u

Robust design

Mating connector 2-pole

2-Pin RB-Kp.1 (D 261 205
337-01), L=530 mm
or
2-Pin RB-Kp.3 (F 02U B00
967-01), L=400 mm

Pin 1

Sig +

Pin 2

Sig -

SleevePUR

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

See Ordering Information

This sensor is used for detecting structural born vibrations in spark ignition engines due to uncontrolled combustion. This sensor is suitable for operation in extreme
conditions.
Due to the inertia of the seismic mass, the sensor moves
in correlation to the engine block vibration; this motion
results in a compressive force which is converted into a
voltage signal via a piezoceramic sensor element. As aresult, upper and lower voltage thresholds can be defined directly correlating to an acceleration magnitude.
The main benefits of this sensor are its robust mechanical design, compact housing and precise determinationof structure-related noise. Connection to this sensor canbe tailored to customer requirements through specified
wire lengths and various connector options.

Application
Application

3 to 25 kHz

Operating temperature range-40 to 130°C

Storage temperature range-30 to 60°C

Max. vibration≤ 800 m/s2

Technical Specifications

Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request.

Installation Notes
The KS4-R can be connected to all Bosch Motorsport ECUs featuringknock control
The sensor must rest directly on the brass compression sleeve during
operation.
To ensure low-resonance coupling of the sensor to the measurement
location, the contact surface must be clean and properly machined toprovide a secure flush mounting.
Please route the sensor wire in a way that prevents resonance vibration.

Mechanical Data
Male thread (for cast)

M8x25

Male thread (for AI)

M8x30

Installation torque20 ± 5 Nm

Weight w/o wire

82 g

Protection

IP 54

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

06 Sensors | Knock Sensors | 215

Ordering Information
Knock Sensor KS4-R
Mating Connector 2-Pin RB-Kp.1, L = 530 mm
Order number 0 261 231 218
Knock Sensor KS4-R
Mating Connector 2-Pin RB-Kp.3, L = 400 mm
Order number 0 261 231 223

Dimensions

6216 | 06 Sensors | Knock Sensors

Knock Sensor KS4-R2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Fixing screw for cast iron

M8x25

Fixing screw for aluminum

M8x30

Installation torque20 ± 5 Nm

Weight w/o Connector

60 gProtection

IP 54

Electrical Data

6
FeaturesuEngine vibration measurementsu

Measurement range 3 to 25 kHzu

Robust designuCompact housing

Range of frequency

3 to 25 kHz

Max. sensitivity changing (lifetime)-17 %Linearity between 5 to 15 kHz(from 5 kHz value)-10 to 10 %Linearity between 15 to 20 kHz(linear increasing with freq)

20 to 50 %Main resonance frequency> 30 kHz60
55
50

This sensor is used for detecting structural born vibrations in spark ignition engines due to uncontrolled combustion. This sensor is suitable for operation in extreme
conditions.
Due to the inertia of the seismic mass, the sensor moves
in correlation to the engine block vibration; this motion
results in a compressive force which is converted into a
voltage signal via a piezoceramic sensor element. As aresult, upper and lower voltage thresholds can be defined directly correlating to an acceleration magnitude.
The main benefits of this sensor are its robust mechanical design, compact housing and precise determinationof structure-related noise. This version is an optimized
part for Motorsport applications based on a series application development. Compared to the previous version,
the advantage of this new modification is that this product has an extended frequency and higher operating
temperature rating.

Application

Sensitivity (mV/g)

45
40
35
30
25
20
15

average[mV/g]

upper limit [mV/g]

105lower limit [mV/g]

after lifetime [mV/g]

0
3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
Frequency (kHz)

Ratio of frequency and sensitivity
Impedance> 1 MOhm

Temperature dependence ofsensitivity

0.04 mV/g°C

Capacity field

1,150 ± 200 pF

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASX 602-03PC-HE

Application

3 to 25 kHz

Mating connector
ASX 002-03SC-HE

F 02U 002 840-01

Operating temperature range-40 to 150°C

Pin 1

Sig

Storage temperature range-30 to 60°C

Pin 2

Gnd

Max. vibration≤ 800 m/s at 0 to 24 kHz≤ 4,000 m/s2 at 5 to 24 kHz(short-term)

Pin 3

Scr

SleeveElastomer

Wire size

AWG 20

Wire length L

150 to 450 mm

2

Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request.

06 Sensors | Knock Sensors | 217

Installation Notes
The KS4-R2 can be connected to all Bosch Motorsport ECUs featuringknock control.
The sensor must rest directly on the brass compression sleeve during
operation.
To ensure low-resonance coupling of the sensor to the measurement
location, the contact surface must be clean and properly machined toprovide a secure flush mounting.
Please route the sensor wire in a way that prevents resonance vibration.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Knock Sensor KS4-R2
Order number F 02U V01 884-01

Dimensions

6

218 | 06 Sensors | Lambda Sensors

Lambda Sensors Overview

6

Lambda Sensor
LSU 4.2

Lambda Sensor LSU
4.9

Lambda Sensor LSU
ADV

Lambda Sensor LSU
ADV pre Turbo

Lambda Sensor MiniLSU 4.9

Application (Lambda)

0.65 to ∞0.65 to ∞0.65 to ∞0.65 to ∞0.65 to ∞Hexagon temperature
(°C)

<570

<600

≤700

≤820

≤700

Exhaust gas temperature (°C)<930 (<1,030 for
short time)<930 (<1,030 for
short time)<930 (<1,030 for
short time)<980 (<1,030 for
short time)<930 (<1,030 for
short time)

Fuel compatibility

Gasoline

Gasoline/E85/Diesel

Gasoline/E85/Diesel

Gasoline/E85/Diesel

Gasoline/E85/Diesel

ThreatM18 x 1.5

M18 x 1.5

M18 x 1.5

M18 x 1.5

M16 x 1.5

06 Sensors | Lambda Sensors | 219

Lambda Sensor LSU 4.2

Cable and protective sleeve temperature< 250°C

Connector temperature< 120°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration (stochastic peaklevel)

300 m/s2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

120 g

Thread

M18x1.5

Wrench size

22 mmTightening torque

40 to 60 Nm

6

Electrical Data
FeaturesPower supply H+ nominal

9V

Heater power steady state

10 W

u

Application: lambda 0.65 to ∞Heater control frequency

>2 Hz

u

Wide band

Nominal resistance of Nernst cell

80 Ohmu

Exhaust gas temperature range (max.) for shorttime <1,030°C

Max. current load for Nernst cell10(DC)/250(AC) μAuMax. Hexagon temperature 570°C

Characteristic
Signal output

IP measAccuracy at lambda 0.8

0.80 ± 0.01

Accuracy at lambda 1

1.016 ± 0.007

Accuracy at lambda 1.7

1.70 ± 0.05

This sensor is designed to measure the proportion ofoxygen in exhaust gases of automotive gasoline engines.
The wide band lambda sensor LSU 4.2 is a planar ZrO2
dual cell limiting current sensor with integrated heater.
Its monotonic output signal in the range of lambda 0.65
to air makes the LSU capable of being used as a universal sensor for lambda 1 measurement as well as for other lambda ranges. The connector module contains a
trimming resistor, which defines the characteristic of
the sensor.
The main benefit of the LSU is the very robust design
combined with the high Bosch production quality standard.
This lambda sensor operates only in combination with a
special LSU-IC, used in most Bosch Motorsport ECUs
and lambda control units like LT4. You’ll find this unit
and more on our homepage at Electronics/Sensor Interfaces.

IP [mA]

lambdaUA [V], v=17

-1.85

0.70

-

-1.08

0.80

0.364

-0.76

0.85

0.700

-0.47

0.90

1.005

0.00

1.009

1.500

0.34

1.18

1.858

Application

0.68

1.43

2.216

0.95

1.70

2.500

1.40

2.42

2.973

2.55

Air

4.183

Application

lambda 0.65 to ∞Fuel compatibility

Gasoline

Exhaust gas pressure≤ 2.5 bar (higher with decrease
accuracy)

Exhaust gas temperature range(operating)

930°C

Exhaust gas temperature range(max.) for short time

< 1,030°C

Hexagon temperature< 570°C

Please note: UA is not an output signal of the lambda sensor, but theoutput of the evaluation circuit. Only IP correlates with the oxygen content of the exhaust gas.

220 | 06 Sensors | Lambda Sensors

Heater Strategy
TSensor [°C]

-40

-10

20

50

UH, eff, max (t=0) [V]

8,5

9,5

10,5

10,5

Connectors and Wires

6

Connector

Y 928 K00 050

Mating connector

D 261 205 138-01

Pin 1

IP/APE

Pin 2

UN/RE

Pin 3

VM/IPN

Pin 4

Uh-/H-

Pin 5

Uh+/H

Pin 6

IA/RT

Wire length L

60.0 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Installation Notes
This lambda sensor operates only in combination with a special LSUIC, used in most Bosch Motorsport ECUs and lambda control units likeLT4. You’ll find this unit and more on our homepage at Accessories/
Expansion Modules.
The lambda sensor should be installed at point which permits themeasurement of a representative exhaust -gas mixture, which does
not exceed the maximum permissible temperature.
Install at a point where the gas is as hot as possible.
Observe the maximum permissible temperature.
As far as possible install the sensor vertically (wire upwards).
The sensor is not to be fitted near to the exhaust pipe outlet, so thatthe influence of the outside air can be ruled out.
The exhaust-gas passage opposite the sensor must be free of leaks inorder to avoid the effects of leak -air.
Protect the sensor against condensation water.
The sensor is not to be painted, nor is wax to be applied or any otherforms of treatment. Use only the recommended grease for lubricating
the thread.
Please find further installation notes in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.2
Order number 0 258 006 065

06 Sensors | Lambda Sensors | 221

Dimensions

Mounting recommendation

Recommended design of the mating
thread in the exhaust pipe:
THexagon > 600°C
or TGas > 930°C

6

222 | 06 Sensors | Lambda Sensors

Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9

Hexagon temperature< 600°C

Wire and protective sleeve temperature< 250°C

Connector temperature< 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration (stochastic peaklevel)

300 m/s2

Technical Specifications
Variations
LSU 4.9 with automotive connector

6Connector

1 928 404 687

Mating connector

D 261 205 356-01

Wire length L

95.0 cm

LSU 4.9 with motorsport connector

Features

Connector

AS 6-07-35PN

uApplication: lambda 0.65 to ∞Mating connector

AS 0-07-35SNu

Wide band

Wire length L

20.0 to 90.0 cmuExhaust gas temperature range (max.) for shorttime ≤ 1,030°C

Mechanical Datau

Max. Hexagon temperature 600°C

This sensor is designed to measure the proportion ofoxygen in exhaust gases of automotive engines (gasoline
or Diesel).
The wide band lambda sensor LSU 4.9 is a planar ZrO2
dual cell limiting current sensor with integrated heater.
Its monotonic output signal in the range of lambda 0.65
to air makes the LSU 4.9 capable of being used as a universal sensor for lambda 1 measurement as well as forother lambda ranges. The connector module contains a
trimming resistor, which defines the characteristic of
the sensor.
The main benefit of the LSU 4.9 is the robust design
combined with the high Bosch production quality standard.
This lambda sensor operates only in combination with a
special LSU-IC, used in most Bosch Motorsport ECUs
and lambda control units like LT4. You’ll find this unit
and more on our homepage at Electronics/Sensor Interfaces.

Application

Weight w/o wire

120 g

Thread

M18x1.5

Wrench size

22 mmTightening torque

40 to 60 Nm

Electrical Data
Power supply H+ nominal

7.5 V

System supply voltage

10.8 V to 16.5 V

Heater power steady state

7.5 W

Heater control frequency≥ 100 Hz

Nominal resistance of Nernst cell

300 Ohm

Max current load for Nernst cell

250 µA

Characteristic
Signal output

IP measAccuracy at lambda 0.8

0.80 ± 0.01

Accuracy at lambda 1

1.016 ± 0.007

Application

lambda 0.65 to ∞Fuel compatibility

gasoline/Diesel/E85

Accuracy at lambda 1.7

1.70 ± 0.05

Exhaust gas pressure≤ 2.5 bar (higher with decrease
accuracy)

IP [mA]

lambdaUA [V], v=17

UA [V], v=8

Exhaust gas temperature range(operating)< 930°C-2.000

0.650

-

0.510

-1.602

0.700

-

0.707

Exhaust gas temperature range(max.) for short time

< 1,030°C-1.243

0.750

0.192

0.884

-0.927

0.800

0.525

1.041

06 Sensors | Lambda Sensors | 223-0.800

0.822

0.658

1.104

Pin 4

Heater voltage H+ / Uh+-0.652

0.850

0.814

1.177

Pin 5

Trim resistor RT / IA

-0.405

0.900

1.074

1.299

Pin 6

Nernst voltage UN / RE

-0.183

0.950

1.307

1.409

Wire length

Please see variations-0.106

0.970

1.388

1.448

-0.040

0.990

1.458

1.480

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

0

1.003

1.500

1.500

Installation Notes

0.015

1.010

1.515

1.507

0.097

1.050

1.602

1.548

0.193

1.100

1.703

1.596

This lambda sensor operates only in combination with a special LSUIC, used in most Bosch Motorsport ECUs and lambda control units likeLT4. You’ll find this unit and more on our homepage at Accessories/
Expansion Modules.

0.250

1.132

1.763

1.624

0.329

1.179

1.846

1.663

The lambda sensor should be installed at point which permits themeasurement of a representative exhaust-gas mixture, which does notexceed the maximum permissible temperature.

0.671

1.429

2.206

1.832

Install at a point where the gas is as hot as possible.

0.938

1.701

2.487

1.964

Observe the maximum permissible temperature.

1.150

1.990

2.710

2.069

As far as possible install the sensor vertically (wire upwards).

1.385

2.434

2.958

2.186

1.700

3.413

3.289

2.342

The sensor is not to be fitted near to the exhaust pipe outlet, so thatthe influence of the outside air can be ruled out.

2.000

5.391

3.605

2.490

The exhaust-gas passage opposite the sensor must be free of leaks inorder to avoid the effects of leak-air.

2.150

7.506

3.762

2.565

Protect the sensor against condensation water.

2.250

10.119

3.868

2.614

The sensor is not to be painted, nor is wax to be applied or any otherforms of treatment. Use only the recommended grease for lubricating
the thread.

Please note: UA is not an output signal of the lambda sensor, but theoutput of the evaluation circuit. Only IP correlates with the oxygen content of the exhaust gas. Amplification factor v=17 is typically used forlean applications (lambda>1), amplification factor v=8 is typicallyused for rich applications (lambda<1).

Heater Strategy

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

U
13 V

Ordering Information
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9
With automotive connector
Order number 0 258 017 025

8.5 V
1.5 V

Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9
With motorsport connector
Order number B 261 209 358-03

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Please see variations

Mating connector

Please see variations

Sleevefiber glass / silicone coated

Pin 1

Pump current APE / IP

Pin 2

Virtual ground IPN / VM

Pin 3

Heater voltage H- / Uh-6224 | 06 Sensors | Lambda Sensors

Dimensions

6

Mounting recommendation

Recommended design of the mating
thread in the exhaust pipe:
THexagon > 600°C
or TGas > 930°C

06 Sensors | Lambda Sensors | 225

Lambda Sensor LSU ADV/ADV
pre Turbo

FeaturesMax. exhaust gas temperaturefor short time

≤ 1,030°C

Hexagon temperature (operating)≤ 650°C

Max. hexagon temperature forshort time

≤ 700°C

Max. temperature at weldingseam≤ 820°C (pre Turbo Version)Max. temperature difference between hexagon and weldingseam≤ 330°C

Wire and protective sleeve temperature≤ 250°C

Connector temperature≤ 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration (stochastic peaklevel)

300 m/s2

Technical SpecificationsuApplication: lambda 0.65 to ∞u

Wide banduMax. exhaust gas temperature range 1,030°C for ashort time

Variations
1.) LSU ADV with automotive connector
Connector

1 928 404 669

Mating connector

F 02U B00 725-01

uMax. Hexagon temperature 700°C for a short time

Pin 1

APE

u

Without trim resistance in connector

Pin 2

IPN

This sensor is designed to measure the proportion ofoxygen in exhaust gases of automotive engines (gasoline
or Diesel). A version with a protection tube of Inconel
for pre-turbo-(supercharger) mounting is available.
The wide band lambda sensor LSU ADV is a planar ZrO2
dual cell limiting current sensor with integrated heater.
Its monotonic output signal in the range of lambda 0.65
to air makes the LSU ADV capable of being used as auniversal sensor for lambda 1 measurement as well as
for other lambda ranges.
The LSU ADV has no trimming resistor inside the connector what results in just 5 connector pins. Comparedto LSU 4.9, the LSU ADV has a wider working temperature range.
LSU ADV operates only in combination with a special
evaluation unit used in lambda control unit LT4 ADV.
You’ll find this unit and more on our homepage at Electronics/Sensor Interfaces.

Pin 3

H-

Pin 4

Uh+ / H+

Pin 5

RE

Pin 6

nc

Wire length L

95.0 cm

Application

2.) LSU ADV pre Turbo with automotive connector
Connector

1 254 488 136

Mating connector

F 02U B00 937-01

Pin 1

IP/APE

Pin 2

VM/IPN

Pin 3

Uh- / H-

Pin 4

Uh+ / H+

Application

lambda 0.65 to ∞Pin 5

UN / RE

Fuel compatibility

gasoline/Diesel/E85

Pin 6

nc

Exhaust gas pressure≤ 2.5 bar (higher with decrease
accuracy)3.) LSU ADV (pre Turbo) with motorsport connector
Connector

AS 6-07-35PA≤ 930°C (≤ 980°C pre Turbo
Version)Mating connector

AS 0-07-35SA

Pin 1

Uh+ / H

Exhaust gas temperature (operating)6

226 | 06 Sensors | Lambda Sensors

Pin 2

Uh- / H-

0.06444

1.080

1.568

1.532

Pin 3

IP / APE

0.08556

1.100

1.590

1.542

Pin 4

VM / IPN

0.17000

1.180

1.679

1.584

Pin 5

UN / RE

0.23080

1.260

1.743

1.614

Pin 6

nc

0.36000

1.430

1.879

1.678

0.40148

1.500

1.922

1.699

0.52000

1.700

2.047

1.758

0.54740

1.780

2.076

1.771

0.77000

2.430

2.310

1.881

1.40000

5.000

2.973

2.193

Please specify the required wire length with your order (ADV pre Turbo max. 33 cm/ADV max. 90 cm).

Mechanical Data

6

Weight w/o wire

120 g

Thread

M18x1.5

Wrench size

22 mmTightening torque

40 to 60 Nm

Please note: UA is not an output signal of the lambda sensor, but theoutput of the evaluation circuit. Only IP correlates with the oxygen
content of the exhaust gas. Amplification factor v=17 is typically used
for lean applications (lambda>1), amplification factor v=8 is typicallyused for rich applications (lambda<1).

Electrical Data
Power supply H+ nominal

7.5 V

System supply voltage

10.8 V to 16.5 V

Heater power steady state

8.7 W

Heater control frequency≥ 100 Hz

Nominal resistance of Nernst cell

300 Ohm

Max current load for Nernst cell

≤ 80 µA

Switch-on time

≤5s

Heater Strategy
Effective heater voltage
UH,effmax. 8 s

12 V

application specific

9V

1,5 s
max.
ramp rate= 0,3 V /sCharacteristic

operating point
reachedHeater power reduced
during condensationwater phase

Signal output

IP measAccuracy at lambda 0.8-0.652 ± 0.032 mA

Accuracy at lambda 1-0.018 ± 0.008 mA

Accuracy at lambda 1.7

0.515 ± 0.022 mA

IP [mA]

lambdaUA [V], v=17

UA [V], v=8

Pressure Compensation-1,38000

0,650

0,048

0,817

-1.11000

0.700

0.332

0.950

50
∆Ip/Ip / %40-0.88000

0.750

0.574

1.064

-0.65000

0.800

0.816

1.178

-0.47500

0.850

1.000

1.265

-0.37000

0.880

1.111

1.317

-0.30000

0.900

1.184

1.351

-0.16000

0.950

1.332

1.421

-0.07600

0.980

1.420

1.462

Connectors and Wires-0.04800

0.990

1.449

1.476

Connector

Please see variations-0.02000

1.000

1.479

1.490

Mating connector

Please see variations

0.01167

1.030

1.512

1.506

Sleevefiber glass / silicone coated0.03278

1.050

1.534

1.516

1,8 ... 2 V

t=0

0

5

10

15

20

t/s

p0 = 1013 hPa

30
20
10
0
lambda > 1-10lambda < 1

-20
-30
0,4

0,6

0,8

1,0

1,2

1,4

1,6

1,8
2,0
2,2
2,4
absolute pressure / bar

2,6

06 Sensors | Lambda Sensors | 227

Wire length

Please see variations

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Installation Notes
This lambda sensor operates only in combination with a special evaluation unit used in lambda control unit LT4 ADV. You’ll find this unit andmore on our homepage at Accessories/Expansion Modules.
The lambda sensor should be installed at point which permits themeasurement of a representative exhaust-gas mixture, which does notexceed the maximum permissible temperature.
Install at a point where the gas is as hot as possible.
Observe the maximum permissible temperature.
As far as possible install the sensor vertically (wire upwards).
The sensor is not to be fitted near to the exhaust pipe outlet, so thatthe influence of the outside air can be ruled out.
The exhaust-gas passage opposite the sensor must be free of leaks inorder to avoid the effects of leak-air.
Protect the sensor against condensation water.
The sensor is not to be painted, nor is wax to be applied or any otherforms of treatment. Use only the recommended grease for lubricating
the thread.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Lambda Sensor LSU ADV
Automotive connector, wire length 95 cm
Order number 0 258 027 010
Lambda Sensor LSU ADV
Motorsport connector, wire length customer specific(max. 90 cm)
Order number F 02U V01 861-01
Lambda Sensor LSU ADV pre Turbo
Automotive connector, wire length 37 cm
Order number 0 258 027 052
Lambda Sensor LSU ADV pre Turbo
Motorsport connector, wire length 33 cm
Order number F 02U V02 066-01

6

228 | 06 Sensors | Lambda Sensors

Dimensions

6
Mounting recommendation

Recommended design of themating thread in the exhaust pipe*: THexagon > 600°C or
TGas > 930°C

06 Sensors | Lambda Sensors | 229

Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9

Exhaust gas temperature range(max.) for short time

< 1,030°C

Hexagon temperature≤ 700°C

Wire and protective sleeve temperature< 250°C

Connector temperature< 150°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration (stochastic peaklevel)

300 m/s2 (see Installation
Notes)

Technical Specifications
Variations
Features

Mini-LSU 4.9 with automotive connector

6uApplication: lambda 0.65 to ∞Connector

1 928 404 682uWide band

Mating connector

D 261 205 356-01

uInconel sensor housing

Wire length L

950 mmu

Exhaust gas temperature range (max.) for shorttime < 1,030°C

Mini-LSU 4.9 with motorsport connectoruMax. Hexagon temperature 700°C

This sensor is designed to measure the proportion ofoxygen in exhaust gases of automotive engines (gasoline
or Diesel).
The wide band lambda sensor Mini-LSU 4.9 is a planar
ZrO2 dual cell limiting current sensor with integrated
heater. Its monotonic output signal in the range of lambda = 0.65 to air makes the LSU capable of being used asa universal sensor for lambda = 1 measurement as well
as for lean and rich ranges.
The connector housing contains a trimming resistor,
which defines the characteristic of the sensor. The main
benefit of the Mini-LSU 4.9 is its very compact design in
combination with the high Bosch production quality
standard. The Mini-LSU is produced and tested in a
handmade process.
The complete light weight housing is made of Inconel
which makes it resistant against high temperatures. The
sensor element is more than 50 % smaller than it is in
the production lambda sensor. It is connected over silver coated steel cables to make it more reliable against
vibrations.
This lambda sensor operates only in combination with a
special LSU-IC, used in most Bosch Motorsport ECUs
and lambda control units like LT4. You’ll find this unit
and more on our homepage at Electronics/Sensor Interfaces.

Application

Connector

AS 6-07-35PN

Mating connector

AS 0-07-35SN

Wire length L

200 to 1,400 mm

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

28 g

Thread

M16x1.5

Wrench size

17 mmTightening torque

60 Nm

Electrical Data
Power supply H+ nominal

7.5 V

System supply voltage H+ (min)10.8 V

Heater power steady state

7.5 W

Heater control frequency

100 HzNominal resistance of Nernst cell

300 OhmMax. current load for Nernst cell

250 µA

Characteristic
Signal output

IP measAccuracy at lambda 0.8

0.80 ± 0.01

Application

lambda 0.65 to ∞Accuracy at lambda 1

1.016 ± 0.007

Fuel compatibility

gasoline/Diesel/E85

Accuracy at lambda 1.7

1.70 ± 0.05

Exhaust gas pressure≤ 2.5 bar (higher with decrease
accuracy)

IP [mA]

lambdaUA [V], v=17

UA [V], v=8-2.000

0.650

-

0.510

Exhaust gas temperature range(operating)< 930°C-1.602

0.700

-

0.707

230 | 06 Sensors | Lambda Sensors

6-1.243

0.750

0.192

0.884

250

806

-0.927

0.800

0.525

1.041

300 [operating point]780-0.800

0.822

0.658

1.104

350

761

-0.652

0.850

0.814

1.177

400

744

-0.405

0.900

1.074

1.299

450

729

-0.183

0.950

1.307

1.409

550

703

-0.106

0.970

1.388

1.448

650

686

-0.040

0.990

1.458

1.480

800

665

0

1.003

1.500

1.500

1000

642

0.015

1.010

1.515

1.507

1200

628

0.097

1.050

1.602

1.548

2500

567

0.193

1.100

1.703

1.596

Connectors and Wires

0.250

1.132

1.763

1.624

Connector

Please see variations

0.329

1.179

1.846

1.663

Mating connector

Please see variations

0.671

1.429

2.206

1.832

Sleevefiber glass / silicone coated

0.938

1.701

2.487

1.964

Pin 1

Pump current APE / IP

1.150

1.990

2.710

2.069

Pin 2

Virtual ground IPN / VM

1.385

2.434

2.958

2.186

Pin 3

Heater voltage H- / Uh-

1.700

3.413

3.289

2.342

Pin 4

Heater voltage H+ / Uh+

2.000

5.391

3.605

2.490

Pin 5

Trim resistor RT / IA

2.150

7.506

3.762

2.565

Pin 6

Nernst voltage UN / RE

2.250

10.119

3.868

2.614

Wire length

Please see variations

Please note: UA is not an output signal of the lambda sensor, but theoutput of the evaluation circuit. Only IP correlates with the oxygen content of the exhaust gas. Amplification factor v=17 is typically used forlean applications (lambda>1), amplification factor v=8 is typicallyused for rich applications (lambda<1).

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Installation Notes
This lambda sensor operates only in combination with a special LSUIC, used in most Bosch Motorsport ECUs and lambda control units likeLT4. You’ll find this unit and more on our homepage at Accessories/
Expansion Modules.

Heater Strategy
U
13 V

The lambda sensor should be installed at point which permits themeasurement of a representative exhaust-gas mixture and which does
not exceed the maximum permissible temperature.

11.62 VInstall at a point where the gas is as hot as possible.

= 0.15 V/s

7.53 V

Observe the maximum permissible temperature.

1.5 V

Sensors should be installed as close to vertical as possible (wire upwards).

Resistance/LSU Temperature
R (Ohm)Temp (°C)

80

1030

150

888

200

840

The sensor is not to be fitted near to the exhaust pipe outlet, so thatthe influence of the outside air can be ruled out.
The exhaust system up stand and surrounding the sensor must be
sealed in order to avoid the effects of leakage air.
Protect the sensor against condensation water. The sensor is not to be
painted, nor is wax to be applied or any other forms of treatment. Use
only the recommended grease for lubricating the thread.

06 Sensors | Lambda Sensors | 231

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
A higher maximum vibration profile is possible and should be determined by the customer’s individual application.

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9
With automotive connector
Order number B 258 490 103-28
Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9
With motorsport connector
Order number F 02U V02 227-01

Dimensions

Mounting recommendation

6232 | 06 Sensors | Linear Position Sensors

Linear Position Sensors Overview

6

Linear Position Sensor LP 25-H

Linear Position Sensor LP 75

Linear Position Sensor LP 100

Linear Position Sensor LP 100-H

Linear Position Sensor LP 150

Application (mm)0 to 25

0 to 75

0 to 100

0 to 100

0 to 150

Redundant

No

No

No

No

No

Housing

Glass filled polymer

Aluminum

Aluminum

Aluminum

Aluminum

Weight w/o wire (g)

28

78

85

35

115

Technology

Hall contactless

Linear tapeLinear tapeHall contactless

Linear tape

Temperature range(°C)-40 to 140-30 to 100-40 to 100-40 to 125-40 to 85

Output signal I (V)

0.5 to 4.5

0.025 to 4.975

0.025 to 4.975

0.025 to 4.975

0 to 5

Output signal II (V)

-

-

-

-

-

06 Sensors | Linear Position Sensors | 233

Linear Position Sensor LP 25-H

Electrical Data
Power supply US

5 V ± 0.5 V

Current IS< 15 mA

Resolution

0.025 % of measurement range

Characteristic
Temperature coefficient< ± 0.003 % FS/°C

Superior accuracy< ± 2.5 % FS

Other electrical stroke available on request.

6
FeaturesuLinear movement measurementuMeasurement range up to 25 mm

uSuperior accuracy < ± 2.5 %uOperating temperature -40 to 140°C

The sensor is designed to measure linear movement,
e.g. the stabilizer bar movement. The electronic is designed with a stainless steel magnetic shaft with Hall element. The Hall element is disposed between two magnets in association with a movable specially formed ferromagnetic part. This is used to control flux in the sensor in order to produce a linearly varying output voltage
dependent on the position.
The main benefit of this sensor is its contactless Hall effect technology and its robust design for motorsport applications.

Application

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASU 6-03-03 PA-HE

Connector loom ASU 0-03-03SA

F 02U 000 194-01

Pin 1

Power 5 V

Pin 2

GroundPin 3Signal 0.5 to 4.5 V

SleeveFDR-25

Application

Up to 25 mm

Wire size

AWG 26

Operating temperature range-40 to 140°C

Wire length L

150 to 500 mm

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (seewww.bosch-motorsport.com)

Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request.

Technical Specifications

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

21 gProtection class

IP68 & IP69K

Mounting

2 x M3

Shaft bearing life

25 million cycles

Housing

Glass filled polymer

Shaft

Stainless steel 303

The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor is designed with contactless Hall effect technology.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Sensor is at mid point of electrical stroke when the tip of the shaft isexactly 34 mm away from the housing. Please refer this in the offer
drawing.
The sensor is also ferromagnetic sensitive. Please make sure themounting material is not ferromagnetism. This can lead to inaccurate
measurement.

234 | 06 Sensors | Linear Position Sensors

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Linear Position Sensor LP 25-H
Order number F 02U V02 008-01

Dimensions

6

06 Sensors | Linear Position Sensors | 235

Linear Position Sensor LP 75

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.15 %

Connectors and Wires
Connector (see Ordering Information)

KPSE 6E8-33P-DN-A34

Connector loom
KPSE 0E8-33S-DN

F 02U 000 115-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Or

Featuresu

Measurement range: 0 to 75 mmuAluminum housingu

Low power consumption

The LP 75 is a linear potentiometer which is designed tomeasure the relative position of two points, e.g. thegear position, throttle position or suspension movement.
The operating mode of this sensor is based on the linear
tape potentiometer principle where the distance travelled between the moving end to the wiper is proportional
to the resistance between them.
The advantage of this LP is its compact and lightweight
design together with its wider operating temperature
range

Application
Application

0 to 75 mm

Temperature range-30 to 100°C

Max. vibration

126 m/s2 at 10 to 12 kHz

Connector (see Ordering Information)

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom
ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

F 02U 000 226-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 45 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request.
Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The LP 75 can be connected directly to most electronic control units
and data logging systems.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Weight w/o wire

78 gMin. length

220 mmPlease find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Mounting

2 x M5

Safety Note

Tightening torque

10 Nm

Protection

IP66

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Max. shaft velocity

10 m/sec

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

67 V

Nominal resistance

3 kOhmOrdering Information
Linear Position Sensor LP 75
Connector KPSE 6E8-33P-DN-A34
Order number B 261 209 852-01
Linear Position Sensor LP 75
Connector ASL 6-06-05PA-HE
Order number B 261 209 856-01

6

236 | 06 Sensors | Linear Position Sensors

Dimensions

6

06 Sensors | Linear Position Sensors | 237

Linear Position Sensor LP 100

Connectors and Wires
Connector (see Ordering Information)

KPSE 6E8-33P-DN-A34

Connector loom
KPSE 0E8-33S-DN

F 02U 000 115-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Or

Features

Connector (see Ordering Information)

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom
ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

F 02U 000 226-01

uMeasurement range: 0 to 100 mm

Pin 1

US

u

Aluminum housing

Pin 2

Gnd

u

Low power consumption

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 25 cm

The LP 100 is a linear potentiometer which is designed
to measure the relative position of two points, e.g. thegear position, throttle position or suspension movement.
Its operating mode is based on the linear tape potentiometer principle where the distance travelled between
the moving end to the wiper is proportional to the resistance between them.
The advantage of this LP is its compact and lightweight
design together with its wider operating temperature
range.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request.
Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Application
Installation Notes
Application

0 to 100 mm

Temperature range-40 to 100°C

The LP 100 can be connected directly to most electronic control units
and data logging systems.

Max. vibration

126 m/s2 at 10 to 12 kHz

Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

Safety Note

Weight w/o wire

85 gMin. length [L1]

227 mmMounting

2 x M5The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Tightening torque

10 Nm

Ordering Information

Protection

IP65

Linear Position Sensor LP 100
Connector KPSE 6E8-33P-DN-A34
Order number B 261 209 853-01

Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

74 V

Linear Position Sensor LP 100
Connector ASL 6-06-05PA-HE
Order number B 261 209 857-01

Nominal resistance

4 kOhmResistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.15 %

Electrical Data6

238 | 06 Sensors | Linear Position Sensors

Dimensions

6

06 Sensors | Linear Position Sensors | 239

Linear Position Sensor LP 100H

Characteristic
Temperature coefficient< ± 0.003 % FS/°C

Sensitivity tolerance< ± 2.5 % FS

Non-Linearity< ± 0.5 % FS

FeaturesuLinear movement measurementuMeasurement range up to 100 mm

uOperating temperature -40 to 125°C

6Connectors and Wires

The sensor is designed to measure linear movement,
e.g. the stabilizer bar movement. The electronic is designed with a stainless steel magnetic shaft with Hall element. The Hall element is disposed between two magnets in association with a movable specially formed ferromagnetic part. This is used to control flux in the sensor in order to produce a linearly varying output voltage
dependent on the position.
The main benefit of this sensor is its contactless Hall effect technology and its robust design for motorsport applications.

Connector

ASU 6-03-03 PA-HE

Connector loom ASU 0-03-03SA

F 02U 000 194-01

Pin 1

Power 5 V

Pin 2

GroundPin 3Signal 0.05 to 4.95 V

SleeveFDR-25

Wire size

AWG 26

Application

Wire length L

15 to 50 cm

Application

Up to 100 mm

Operating temperature range-40 to 125°C

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (seewww.bosch-motorsport.com)

Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request.
Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.

Technical Specifications

The sensor is designed with contactless Hall effect technology.

Mechanical Data

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Weight35 g

Protection class

IP68 & IP69K

Mounting

2 x M4

Shaft bearing life

25 million cycles

Housing

Aluminum sulphur anodised

Shaft

Stainless steel 303

Electrical Data

The sensor is also ferromagnetic sensitive. Please make sure themounting material is not ferromagnetism. This can lead to inaccurate
measurement.

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information

Power supply US

5 V ± 0.25 V

Current IS, during power on settlement< 100 mA

Current IS, normal operation< 45 mA

Resolution

0.025 % of measurement range

Linear Position Sensor LP 100-H
Order number F 02U V02 061-01

240 | 06 Sensors | Linear Position Sensors

Dimensions

6

06 Sensors | Linear Position Sensors | 241

Linear Position Sensor LP 150

Featuresu

Measurement range: 0 to 150 mmuAluminum housingu

Low power consumption

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom
ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

F 02U 000 226-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 25 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request.
Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

The LP 150 is a linear potentiometer which is designed
to measure the relative position of two points, e.g. thegear position, throttle position or suspension movement.
Its operating mode is based on the linear tape potentiometer principle where the distance travelled between
the moving end to the wiper is proportional to the resistance between them.
The advantage of this LP is its precise and compact design with an anodized aluminum cylindrical housing, lowpower consumption and infinite resolution

Application
Application

0 to 150 mm

Temperature range-40 to 85°C

Installation Notes
The LP 150 can be connected directly to most electronic control units
and data logging systems.
Ball joints at shaft end and case.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information

Technical Specifications

Linear Position Sensor LP 150
Order number B 261 209 534-01

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

118 gMin. length

282 mmMounting

2 x M5Tightening torque

10 Nm

Protection

IP65

Max. shaft velocity

1 m/sec

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

130 V

Nominal resistance

6 kOhmResistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.15 %

6

242 | 06 Sensors | Linear Position Sensors

Dimensions

6

06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air | 243

Pressure Sensors Air Overview
Pressure Sensor Air PSA-N

Pressure Sensor Air PSB-4

Pressure Sensor Air PSP

Application (bar)

0.1 to 1.15

0.5 to 4.0

0.2 to 3.0

Response time (ms)

0.1

0.2

0.2

Pressure reference type

Absolute

Absolute

Absolute

Temperature range (°C)

-40 to 130-40 to 130-40 to 125

Power supply (V)

11 to 145

56

244 | 06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air

Pressure Sensor Air PSA-N

Electrical Data
Power supply US

11 to 16 V

Full scale output UA

0.3 to 4.7 V

Typical current IS

9 mA

Characteristic

6

Response time T10/90

1.0 msCompensated range

10 to 85°C

Tolerance (FS)± 0.016 bar

Tolerance (FS)± 1.52 %Sensitivity

4,041.62 mV/bar

Offset-4.16 mV

Tolerance

Featuresu

Absolute air pressure measurementsu

Measurement range 0.1 to 1.15 baruAnalog output

uVery short response time

This sensor is designed to measure absolute air-pressure, especially the air box pressure of gasoline or Diesel engines.
An integrated circuit combines a piezo-resistive sensor
element and electronics for signal-amplification andtemperature compensation. The output of the sensor isanalog.

Application
Application

0.1 to 1.15 bar

Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

5 barOperating temp. range-40 to 125°C

Media temp. range-40 to 125°C

Storage temp. range-40 to 130°C

Max. vibration

0.19 mm at 100 to 200 Hz
250 m/s2 at 200 to 500 Hz

Expansion of Tolerance

Technical Specifications

Connectors and Wires

Mechanical Data

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

F 02U 000 228-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

Mounting

2 x #4-40 screws

Fitting

Flat O-ring boss

Weight w/o wire

21 g

SealingO-ring 4.5 x 1.5 mm

06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air | 245

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

64.5 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The PSA-N is designed for engines using ROZ95, ROZ98, M15, E22
and Diesel.
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RC-low pass filter (tau = 2ms) is recommended.
Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone based grease).
Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes at I = 0.3 A).
Surface finish of the mounting surface should not exceed 0.8 micro
meters RMS.
Surface flatness tolerance at sensor mount interface must not exceed+/- 0.025 mm after sensor is torqued in place.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Air PSA-N
Order number F 02U V0U 197-02

Dimensions

6246 | 06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air

Pressure Sensor Air PSB-4

Weight w/o wire

20 g

SealingO-ring 7.59 x 2.62 mm

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.5 to 5.5 V

Max power supply US max.

16 V

Full scale output UA at 5 V

0.3 to 4.8 V

Current IS

9 mA

Characteristic

6
Featuresu

Absolute air pressure measurementuMeasurement range 0.5 to 4.0 baruAnalog output

uVery short response time

Response time T10/90

0.2 msCompensated range

0 to 80°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.056 bar

Tolerance (FS)± 1.4 %

Sensitivity

1,143 mV/bar(an individual calibration sheet
will be delivered)

Offset-71 mV(an individual calibration sheet
will be delivered)

Tolerance

This sensor is designed to measure absolute air pressure, especially the air box and boost pressure of gasoline or Diesel engines over a wide range.
An integrated circuit combines a piezo-resistive sensor
element, electronics for signal-amplification and temperature-compensation. The output of the sensor is an analog, ratio metric signal.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of the high quality of the production part and an
individual calibration. Each sensor is delivered with acalibration sheet to enable very small measurement tolerances. Furthermore the sensor has a very short response time.

Application

Expansion of Tolerance

Application

0.5 to 4 bar (a)Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

6 barOperating temp. range-40 to 130°C

Media temp. range-40 to 130°C

Storage temp. range-40 to 130°C

Max. vibration

20 m/s2 at 10 to 1,000 Hz

Technical Specifications
Connectors and Wires

Mechanical Data
Mounting

M6

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Fitting

12.05 mmMating connector
ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

F 02U 000 228-01

06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air | 247

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The PSB-4 is designed for engines using ROZ95, ROZ98, M15, E22
and Diesel.
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone based grease).
Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes at I = 0.3 A).
Please note that the 6mm tube connector has no function.
To optimize the accuracy of this sensor, an individual calibration sheet
is delivered with each sensor.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing. www.boschmotorsport.com
Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch
Data Logging System www.bosch-motorsport.com
To avoid damage caused by condensate the maximum mounting position from vertical is +-60°.

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Air PSB-4
Order number B 261 209 348-01

6

248 | 06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air

Dimensions

6

06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air | 249

Pressure Sensor Air PSP

Weight w/o wire

17 g

SealingO-ring 7.59 x 2.62 mm

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.5 to 5.5 V

Max power supply US max

16 V

Full scale output UA at 5 V

0.3 to 4.8 V

Current IS

9 mA

Characteristic

Featuresu

Absolute air pressure measurementuMeasurement range 0.2 to 3.0 baruAnalog output

uVery short response time

Response time T10/90

0.2 msCompensated range

10 to 85°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.042 bar

Tolerance (FS)± 1.4 %

Sensitivity

1,518 mV/bar

Offset96 mVTolerance

This sensor is designed to measure absolute air-pressure, especially the air box pressure of gasoline or Diesel engines.
An integrated circuit combines a piezo-resistive sensor
element and an electronic for signal-amplification andtemperature compensation. The output of the sensor isan analog, ratio metric signal.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of both high quality production part and motorsport connector.

Expansion of Tolerance

Application
Application

0.2 to 3 bar (a)Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

5 barOperating temp. range-40 to 125°C

Media temp. range-40 to 125°C

Storage temp. range-40 to 130°C

Max. vibration

0.19 mm at 100 to 200 Hz
250 m/s2 at 200 to 500 Hz

Technical Specifications

Connectors and Wires

Mechanical Data

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

F 02U 000 228-01

Pin 1

-

Mounting

M6

Fitting

12.05 mm6

250 | 06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

US

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes

6

The PSP is designed for engines using ROZ95, ROZ98, M15, E22 andDiesel.
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RC-low pass filter (tau = 2ms) is recommended.
Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone based grease).
Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes at I = 0.3 A).
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.
To avoid damage caused by condensate the maximum mounting position from vertical is +-60°.

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Air PSP
Order number B 261 209 690-01

06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air | 251

Dimensions

6252 | 06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Pressure Sensors Fluid Overview

6

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-260

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10R

Application (bar)0 to 100 to 260

Variations
0 to 3.5.
.
0 to 700

0.5 to 11

0 to 10

Response time
TI10/90

1.5 ms (5 V variation) or 1 ms (12 V
variation)

2 ms

1 ms

1.5 ms

1.5 msPressure reference
type

Absolute

Absolute

Absolute

Absolute

Relative

Temperature range(°C)-40 to 125-40 to 130-40 to 150-40 to 125-40 to 125

Power supply (V)5 or 125

8 to 30

5

5

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-100R

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-250R

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-260

Application (bar)0 to 100

0 to 250

0 to 260

Response time
TI10/90

1.5 ms (5 V variation) or 1 ms (12 V
variation)

1.5 ms (5 V variation) or 1 ms (12 V
variation)

2 ms

Pressure reference
type

Relative

Relative

Absolute

Temperature range(°C)-40 to 125-40 to 125-40 to 130

Power supply (V)5 or 125 or 125

06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 253

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10

Response timeT10/901.5 ms

1.0 msSensitivity

400 mV/bar at US =5V

500 mV/bar

Offset

500 mV at US = 5 V

0 mV

Pin 1

-

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Sig

Pin 4

US

-

Pin 5

-

-

Mechanical Data

Featuresu

Absolute fluid pressure measurementuMeasurement range 0 to 10 baruAnalog output

Male thread

M10x1

Wrench size

17 mmInstallation torque

15 Nm

Weight w/o wire

45 g

SealingO-ring 8.1 x 1.6 mm

Electrical Data

This sensor is designed to measure absolute pressure ofvarious kinds of media e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water, engine oil, transmission oil or air. The sensor is available
for two different supply voltage ranges.
The sensor uses stainless steel measuring cells with piezo-resistive measuring bridges in thin layer technique,which are hermetically welded together with stainlesssteel pressure ports. This guarantees a complete media
compatibility.
The main benefit of this sensor is the high quality of a
production part at a low price.

Application
Application

0 to 10 bar (a)Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

20 barOperating temp. range-40 to 125°C

Media temp. range-40 to 125°C

Storage temp. range-20 to 50°C

Bio fuel compatibility
Max. vibration

Power supply US

Please see variations

Max power supply US max± 30 V

Full scale output UA

Please see variations

Current IS

8 mA

Characteristic
Response time T10/90

Please see variations

Compensated range

0 to 90°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.1 barTolerance (FS)±1%

Sensitivity

Please see variations

OffsetPlease see variations

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

E 85 / M 100

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

F 02U 000 228-01

100 m/s2 rms at 10 to 2,000 Hz

SleeveDR-25

Technical Specifications

Wire size

AWG 24

Variations

Wire length L

13 to 95 cm

PSC-10 (5 V)

PSC-10 (12 V)

Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

9 to 30 V

Full scale output UA

10 to 90 % US ratiometric

0 to 5 V non-ratiometric

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

6

254 | 06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Installation Notes
The PSC-10 can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor has a protection for over voltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired strong vibrations.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10
4.75 to 5.25 V
Order number F 02U V01 268-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10
9 to 30 V
Order number F 02U V01 295-01

Dimensions

M10x1

6

9.5
12

11
12

06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 255

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-260

Installation torque22 Nm in steel
32.5 Nm in aluminum

Weight w/o wire

35.2 g

Sealingsealed cone

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max

16 V

Full scale output UA

10 to 90 % US ratio metric

Current IS

12 mA

Characteristic
Features

Load capacity

10 nF

Output resistance

10 OhmTolerance (FS)

+ 1 % (0 to 100°C)+ 1.5 % (-40 to 0°C and 100 to
130°C)uAbsolute fluid pressure measurementuMeasurement range 0 to 260 baru

For gasoline, Diesel, oil or brake fluid

Sensitivity

15.38 mV/bar at US = 5 VuRobust and compact design

Offset

500 mV at US = 5 VuHigh robustness against vibrations

The PSC-260 is specially designed to measure absolutepressure in gasoline direct injection applications. Thissensor is also compatible with other kind of fluids e.g.
Diesel, engine oil, transmission oil or brake fluid.
The sensor uses a thin layer technique to achieve highaccuracy pressure measurements. The stainless steel
measuring cells with piezoresistive bridges are hermetically welded with stainless steel pressure ports. The internal reference ensures ambient pressure independentmeasurements.
The main benefits of this sensor are its high accuracy,
its wide measurement range and its robust and compact
design.

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

F 02U 000 228-01

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

US

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Application
Application

0 to 260 bar (a)Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

320 barOperating temp. range-40 to 130°C (140°C)

Media temp. range-40 to 130°C (140°C)

Storage temp. range-30 to 60°C

Max. vibration

560 m/s2 at 800 to 900 Hz
350 m/s2 at 1.000 to 2.500 Hz

Technical Specifications

Please specify the required wire length with your order.
SleeveDR-25

Wire length L

13 to 95 cm

Installation Notes
The PSC-260 can be connected directly to most control units. Pleaseconsider the TCI for the electrical connection of the sensor.
The sensor has a protection for overvoltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired strong vibrations.

Mechanical Data
Male thread

M10 x 1

Wrench size

27 mm

Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please consider using the adapter F 02U 002 711-01.

6256 | 06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-260
Order number F 02U V00 990-03
Accessories

6

Adapter
Order number F 02U 002 711-01

Dimensions

Sensor

Adapter

06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 257

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA

SealingO-ring 6.35 x 1.6 VITON

Ingress Protection

IP66

Electrical Data

Features

Supply voltage

8 to 32 V DC

Max current< 8 mA

Non-Repeatability± 0.05 % FSO typ.

CNL & H± 0.25 % FSO

Bandwidth (-3 dB)

400 HzOutput “FSO”

0.5 to 4.5 V = 4 V ± 50 mV

CharacteristicuAbsolute fluid or air pressure measurement

Compensated range

20 to 120°Cu

Measurement range versions 3.5 to 700 bar

Long term stabilityuHigh robustness against vibrations

Offset = 0.1 % span/year;
Span = 0.1 %/yearuCompact design

Zero offset at 23°C

0.5 V ± 50 mV (0.5 ± 100 mV
for ranges ≤ 10 bar or 150 psi)u

Analog output

Sensitivity/Offset(an individual calibration sheet
will be delivered)

Thermal zero shift “TZS”± 1 % FSO/100°C (± 2 % FSO/
100°C for ranges ≤ 10 bar or
150 psi)

Thermal sensitivity shift “TSS”± 1 %/100°C (± 1.5 %/100°C for
ranges ≤ 10 bar or 150 psi)

This sensor is designed to measure absolute pressure ofvarious kinds of media e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water, engine oil, transmission oil or air.
The sensor utilizes a flush metal diaphragm as a force
collector. The force is transferred to a solid state piezoresistive sensing element via a thin intervening film of
noncompressible silicone oil. The housing is welded hermetically. An individual calibration sheet will be delivered with each sensor.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is a good
protection against vibrations.

Application
Pressure measurement range
versions

3.5 to 700 bar

Pressure reference typeabsolute

Operating temp. range-40 to 150°C

Vibration

2 g (10 Hz to 60 Hz) and 20 g
(60 Hz to 1 KHz)

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASU 6-03-05PC-HE

Mating connector
ASU 0-03-05SC-HE

F 02U 000 208-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

Scr

Shock (1/2 sine)

50 g (11 ms) and 200 g (6 ms)

SleeveViton

Bio fuel compatibility

E85/M100

Wire size

AWG 24

Technical Specifications

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Mechanical Data

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Housing

Stainless steel

Male thread

M8x1

Wrench size

11 mm

Installation torque

2.5 Nm max.

The PSM-SA can be connected directly to most control units.

Weight13 g + 20 g per meter of cable

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes

6258 | 06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired strong vibrations.
100 % relative humidity is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information

6

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA
0 to 3.5 bar
Order number F 02U V01 946-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA
0 to 6 bar
Order number F 02U V01 947-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA
0 to 10 bar
Order number F 02U V01 948-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA
0 to 20 bar
Order number F 02U V01 949-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA
0 to 35 bar
Order number F 02U V01 950-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA
0 to 60 bar
Order number F 02U V01 951-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA
0 to 70 bar
Order number F 02U V01 724-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA
0 to 100 bar
Order number F 02U V01 952-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA
0 to 200 bar
Order number F 02U V01 953-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA
0 to 350 bar
Order number F 02U V01 954-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA
0 to 700 bar
Order number F 02U V02 064-01

06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 259

Dimensions

6260 | 06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10

Weight w/o wire

45 g

SealingO-ring 7.65 x 1.63 mm

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max± 30 V

Full scale output UA

10 to 90 % US ratiometric

Current IS

8 mA

Characteristic

6

FeaturesResponse time T10/90

1.5 msCompensated range

0 to 90°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.1 barTolerance (FS)±1%uAbsolute fluid pressure measurements

Sensitivity

400 mV/bar at US=5 V

uMeasurement range 0.5 to 11.0 bar

Offset

100 mV at US=5 VuAnalog output

uIntegrated series connector

Connectors and Wires

This sensor is designed to measure absolute pressure ofvarious kinds of media e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water, engine oil, transmission oil or air.
The sensor uses stainless steel measuring cells with piezo-resistive measuring bridges in thin layer technique.
These are hermetically welded together with stainlesssteel pressure ports. This guarantees a complete media
compatibility.
The main benefit of this sensor is the high quality of a
production part at a low price.

Application

Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector

3-pole Compact
D 261 205 339-01

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

Sig

Pin 3

US

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

Installation Notes

Application

0.5 to 11 bar (a)Pressure reference typeabsolute

The PSS-10 can be connected directly to most control units.

Max. pressure

20 barOperating temp. range-40 to 125°C (140°C)

The sensor has a protection for over voltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.

Media temp. range-40 to 125°C (140°C)

Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired strong vibrations.

Storage temp. range-20 to 50°C

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Bio fuel compatibility

E 85 / M 100

The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

Max. vibration

100 m/s2 rms at 10 to 2,000 Hz

Technical Specifications

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Mechanical Data

Safety Note

Male thread

M10x1

Wrench size

17 mmInstallation torque

15 Nm

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 261

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10
Order number B 261 209 341-01

Dimensions

6262 | 06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10R

Weight w/o wire

45 g

SealingO-ring 7.65 x 1.63 mm

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max± 30 V

Full scale output UA

10 to 90 % US ratiometric

Current IS

8 mA

Characteristic

6
Featuresu

Relative fluid pressure measurementsu

Measurement range 0 to 10 baruAnalog output

uIntegrated series connector

This sensor is designed to measure the pressure of media in relation to the ambient pressure (e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water, engine oil, transmission oil, air).
The sensor uses stainless steel measuring cells with piezo-resistive measuring bridges in thin layer technique,which are hermetically welded together with stainlesssteel pressure ports. This guarantees a complete media
compatibility.
The main benefit of this sensor is the high quality of a
production part at a low price.

Response time T10/90

1.5 msCompensated range

0 to 90°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.1 barTolerance (FS)±1%

Sensitivity

400 mV/bar at US=5 V

Offset

500 mV at US=5 V

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector

3-pole Compact
D 261 205 339-01

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

Sig

Pin 3

US

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

Installation Notes

Application
Application

0 to 10 bar (r)The PSS-10R can be connected directly to most control units.

Pressure reference typerelative

Max. pressure

20 bar

The sensor has a protection for over voltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.

Operating temp. range-40 to 125°C (140°C)

Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired strong vibrations.

Media temp. range-40 to 125°C (140°C)

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Storage temp. range-20 to 50°C

The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

Bio fuel compatibility

E 85 / M 100

Max. vibration

100 m/s rms at 10 to 2,000 Hz

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

2

Technical Specifications

Safety Note

Mechanical Data
Male thread

M10x1

Wrench size

17 mmInstallation torque

15 Nm

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 263

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10R
Order number F 01T A21 312-01

Dimensions

6264 | 06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Pressure Sensor Fluid
PSS-100R

6
Features

Technical Specifications
Variations
PSS-100R (5 V)

PSS-100R (12 V)

Operating temp.
range-40 to 125°C(140°C)-40 to 125°C

Media temp. range-40 to 125°C(140°C)-40 to 125°C

Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

8 to 26 V

Full scale output UA

10 to 90 % US ratiometric

0.5 to 4.5 V non-ratiometricResponse timeT10/901.5 ms

1.0 msSensitivity

40 mV/bar at US = 5V

40 mV/bar

Offset

500 mV at US = 5 V

500 mV

Mating connector

3-pole Compact
D 261 205 339-01

3-pole Compact
D 261 205 339-01

uRelative fluid pressure measurements

Mechanical Datau

Measurement range 0 to 100 bar

Male thread

M10x1

u

Analog output

Wrench size

17 mm

u

Integrated series connector

Installation torque

15 Nm

Weight w/o wire

45 g

SealingO-ring 7.65 x 1.63 mm

This sensor is designed to measure the pressure of media in relation to the ambient pressure (e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water, engine oil, transmission oil or air). The sensor is available for two different supply voltage ranges.
The sensor uses stainless steel measuring cells with piezo-resistive measuring bridges in thin layer technique,which are hermetically welded together with stainlesssteel pressure ports. This guarantees a complete media
compatibility.
The main feature of this sensor is the high quality of a
production part at a low price.

Application
Application

0 to 100 bar (r)Pressure reference typerelative

Max. pressure

200 barOperating temp. range

Please see Variations

Media temp. range

Please see Variations

Storage temp. range-20 to 50°C

Bio fuel compatibility

E 85 / M 100

Max. vibration

100 m/s2 rms at 10 to 2,000 Hz

Electrical Data
Power supply US

Please see Variations

Max power supply± 30 V

Full scale output UA

Please see Variations

Current IS

8 mA

Characteristic
Response time T10/90

Please see Variations

Compensated range

0 to 90°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 1 barTolerance (FS)±1%

Sensitivity

Please see Variations

OffsetPlease see Variations

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector

3-pole Compact
D 261 205 339-01

Pin 1

Gnd

06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 265

Pin 2

Sig

Pin 3

US

Installation Notes
The PSS-100R can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor has a protection for over voltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired strong vibrations.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-100R
4.75 to 5.25 V
Order number B 261 209 347-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-100R
8 to 26 V
Order number F 01T A21 310-01

Dimensions

6266 | 06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Pressure Sensor Fluid
PSS-250R

Media temp. range-40 to 125°C(140°C)-40 to 125°C

Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

8 to 26 V

Full scale output UA

10 to 90 % US ratiometric

0.5 to 4.5 V non-ratiometricResponse timeT10/901.5 ms

1.0 msSensitivity

16 mV/bar at US = 5V

16 mV/bar

Offset

500 mV at US = 5 V

500 mV

Mating connector

3-pole Compact
D 261 205 339-01

3-pole Compact
D 261 205 334-01

Mechanical Data

6
Featuresu

Relative fluid pressure measurementsu

Measurement range 0 to 250 baruAnalog output

uIntegrated series connector

Male thread

M10x1

Wrench size

17 mmInstallation torque

15 Nm

Weight w/o wire

45 g

SealingO-ring 7.65 x 1.63 mm

Electrical Data

This sensor is designed to measure the pressure of media in relation to the ambient pressure (e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water, engine oil, transmission oil or air). The sensor is available for two different supply voltage ranges.
The sensor uses stainless steel measuring cells with piezo-resistive measuring bridges in thin layer technique,which are hermetically welded together with stainlesssteel pressure ports. This guarantees a complete media
compatibility.
The main benefit of this sensor is the high quality of a
production part at a low priceApplication

Power supply US

Please see variations

Max power supply US max± 30 V

Full scale output UA

Please see variations

Current IS

8 mA

Characteristic
Response time T10/90

Please see variations

Compensated range

0 to 90°C

Tolerance (FS)± 2.5 barApplication

0 to 250 bar (r)Tolerance (FS)±1%

Pressure reference typerelative

Sensitivity

Please see variations

Max. pressure

500 barOffsetPlease see variations

Operating temp. range

Please see variations

Media temp. range

Please see variations

Storage temp. range-20 to 50°C

Bio fuel compatibility

E 85 / M 100

Max. vibration

100 m/s2 rms at 10 to 2,000 Hz

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector

Please see variations

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

Sig

Technical Specifications

Pin 3

US

Variations

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

Operating temp.
range

PSS-250R (5 V)

PSS-250R (12 V)-40 to 125°C(140°C)-40 to 125°C

06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 267

Installation Notes
The PSS-250R can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor has a protection for over voltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired strong vibrations.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-250R
4.75 to 5.25 V
Order number B 261 209 965-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-250R
8 to 26 V
Order number B 261 209 067-01

Dimensions

6268 | 06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-260

Weight w/o wire

35.2 g

Sealingsealed cone

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max

16 V

Full scale output UA

10 to 90 % US ratiometric

Current IS

12 mA

Characteristic

6

Featuresu

Absolute fluid pressure measurementuMeasurement range 0 to 260 baru

For gasoline, Diesel, oil or brake fluiduRobust and compact design

The PSS-260 is specially designed to measure absolutepressure in gasoline direct injection applications. Thissensor is also compatible with other kind of fluids e.g.
Diesel, engine oil, transmission oil or brake fluid.
The sensor uses a thin layer technique to achieve highaccuracy pressure measurements. The stainless steel
measuring cells with piezoresistive bridges are hermetically welded with stainless steel pressure ports. The internal reference ensures ambient pressure independentmeasurements.
The main benefits of this sensor are its high accuracy,
its wide measurement range and its robust and compact
design.

Application
Application

0 to 260 bar (a)Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

320 barOperating temp. range-40 to 130°C (140°C)

Media temp. range-40 to 130°C (140°C)

Storage temp. range-30 to 60°C

Max. vibration

127 m/s2 RMS at 800 to 2,500
Hz

Load capacity

10 nF

Output resistance

10 OhmTolerance (FS)

+ 1 % (0 to 100°C)+ 1.5 % (-40 to 0°C and 100 to
130°C)

Sensitivity

15.38 mV/bar at US = 5 V

Offset

500 mV at US = 5 V

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector

3-pole Compact
D 261 205 366-01

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

Sig

Pin 3

US

Installation Notes
The PSS-260 can be connected directly to most control units. Pleaseconsider the TCI for the electrical connection of the sensor.
The sensor has a protection for overvoltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired strong vibrations.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please consider using the adapter F 02U 002 711-01.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Technical Specifications

Safety Note

Mechanical Data

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Male thread

M10 x 1

Wrench size

27 mm

Installation torque22 Nm in steel
32.5 Nm in aluminum06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 269

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-260
Order number 0 261 545 030
Accessories
Adapter
Order number F 02U 002 711-01

Dimensions

6

Sensor

Adapter

270 | 06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Combined

Pressure Sensors Combined Overview

6

Pressure Sensor Combined PSM-SAT

Pressure Sensor Combined PST-F 1

Application 1 (bar)

Variations
0 to 3.5.
.
0 to 700

0 to 10.0

Response time Application 1

1 ms (TI10/90)<5 ms (TI10/90)

Application 2 (°C)

-40 to 150-40 to 140

Response time Application 2

Max. 3 s (63 %)9 s (response time of temperature signal in oil
dip bath 20 to 100°C)

MediumFluid / air

Fluid

Pressure reference type

Absolute

Ambient

Operating temperature range (°C)

-40 to 150-40 to 130

Power supply (V)

8 to 32

5

06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Combined | 271

Pressure Sensor Combined
PSM-SAT

Weight15 g + 20 g per meter of cable

SealingO-ring 6.35 x 1.6 VITON

Ingress Protection

IP66

Electrical Data

FeaturesuSupply voltage

8 to 32 V DC

Max current< 8 mA

Non-Repeatability± 0.05 % FSO typ.

CNL & H± 0.25 % FSO

Bandwidth (-3 dB)

400 HzOutput “FSO”

0.5 to 4.5 V = 4 V ± 50 mV

Characteristic

Absolute fluid or air pressure plus temperature
measurementuMeasurement range versions 3.5 to 700 baruTemperature measurement: PT1000

uHigh robustness against vibrationsuAnalog output

Compensated range

20 to 120°C

Long term stability

Offset = 0.1 % span/year;
Span = 0.1 %/year

Zero offset at 23°C

0.5 V ± 50 mV (0.5 ± 100 mV
for ranges ≤ 10 bar or 150 psi)

Sensitivity/Offset(an individual calibration sheet
will be delivered)

Thermal zero shift “TZS”± 1 % FSO/100°C (± 2 % FSO/
100°C for ranges ≤ 10 bar or
150 psi)

Thermal sensitivity shift “TSS”± 1 %/100°C (± 1.5 %/100°C for
ranges ≤ 10 bar or 150 psi)

Temperature sensor RTD

1,000 Ohms Platinum DIN EN
60751
63 % response time: 3 s max.

This sensor is designed to measure absolute pressure ofvarious kinds of media e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water, engine oil, transmission oil or air plus temperature.
The sensor utilizes a flush metal diaphragm as a force
collector. The force is transferred to a solid state piezoresistive sensing element via a thin intervening film of
noncompressible silicone oil. The housing is welded hermetically. An individual calibration sheet will be delivered with each sensor.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is a good
protection against vibrations.

Connectors and Wires

Application

Connector

ASU 6-03-05PC-HE

Pressure measurement range
versions

3.5 to 700 bar

Mating connector
ASU 0-03-05SC-HE

F 02U 000 208-01

Pressure reference typeabsolute

Pin 1

US

Operating temp. range-40 to 150°C

Pin 2

Gnd

Vibration

2 g (10 Hz to 60 Hz) and 20 g
(60 Hz to 1 KHz)

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

Temp. +

Shock (1/2 sine)

50 g (11 ms) and 200 g (6 ms)

Pin 5

Temp. -

Bio fuel compatibility

E85/M100

SleeveViton

Technical Specifications

Wire size

AWG 24

Mechanical Data

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Housing

Stainless steel

Male thread

M8x1

Wrench size

12 mm

Installation torque

2.5 Nm max.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

6

272 | 06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Combined

Installation Notes
The PSM-SAT can be connected directly to most control units.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired strong vibrations.
100 % relative humidity is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Safety Note

6

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT
0 to 3.5 bar
Order number F 02U V01 955-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT
0 to 6 bar
Order number F 02U V01 956-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT
0 to 10 bar
Order number F 02U V01 980-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT
0 to 20 bar
Order number F 02U V01 957-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT
0 to 35 bar
Order number F 02U V01 958-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT
0 to 60 bar
Order number F 02U V01 962-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT
0 to 100 bar
Order number F 02U V01 964-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT
0 to 200 bar
Order number F 02U V01 965-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT
0 to 350 bar
Order number F 02U V01 966-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT
0 to 700 bar
Order number F 02U V02 065-01

06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Combined | 273

Dimensions

6274 | 06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Combined

Pressure Sensor Combined
PST-F 1

Installation torque

40 Nm

Sealing

Sealed cone

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max

16 V

Full scale output UA

0.5 to 4.5 V US ratiometric

Current IS

10 mA

Characteristic 1

6

Featuresu

Relative fluid pressure and temperature measurementsuPressure measurement range 0 to 10 baruTemperature measurement range -40 to 140°C

This sensor is designed to measure relative gasoline
pressure and gasoline temperature in port injection systems.
The pressure measurement of the sensor is by means ofa piezoresistive element which is acted on by a silicondiaphragm in contact with the fluid being measured. The
reference (relative) pressure is provided via an opening
in the sensor housing and acts on the active upper sideof the silicon diaphragm.

Application

Response time T10/90

Pressure: <5 ms
Temperature: 9 s (response timeof temperature signal in oil dip
bath 20 to 100°C)

Compensated range-40 to 130°C

Tolerance (FS) at US+/-2 % at 25 to 85°C

Sensitivity

400 mV/bar at US = 5 V

Offset

500 mV at US = 5 V

Characteristic 2
T [°C]R [Ohm]-40

44,864-30

25,524-20

15,067

-10

9,195

0

5,784

Application 1

0 to 10 bar (a)

10

3,740

Application 2-40 to 140°C

20

2,480

Reference

Relative

30

1,683

Max. pressure

20 bar40

1,167

Operating temp. range-40 to 140°C (140°C)

50

824

Media temp. range-40 to 140°C (140°C)

60

594

Storage temp. range-30 to 80°C

70

434.9

Fuel compatibility

Engine oils, most gasoline andDiesel fuels

80

323.4

90

244

Max. vibration

80 m/s at 20 to 260 Hz
60 m/s2 at 260 to 520 Hz

100

186.6

110

144.5

120

113.3

130

89.9

140

71.9

2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M10x1

Weight without wire

36 g

Wrench size

27 mm

06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Combined | 275

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Combined PST-F 1
Order number F 02U V0U 194-01

6

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Trapezoid

Mating connector

F 02U B00 751-01

Pin 2

Sig

Pin 3

US

Pin 4

Gnd

Pin 5

NTC

Installation Notes
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
For temperature measurement please use a pull-up resistor with an
optimal value of 4.6 kOhm.
Please note that using the adapter F 02U 002 956-01 in connection
with the PST-F 1 the ambient conditions could be changed (e.g. medium temperature dissipation or undesired vibrations).
The sensor has a protection for overvoltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

276 | 06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Combined

Dimensions

6

06 Sensors | Rotary Position Sensors | 277

Rotary Position Sensors Overview
Rotary Position Sensor RP 40-H red

Rotary Position Sensor Mini-RP 100-M

Rotary Position Sensor RP 100/130/308

Rotary Position Sensor RP 100-H red

Rotary Position Sensor RP 100 twin

Application

0 to 40°

0 to 100°

0 to 100° or
0 to 130° or
0 to 308°

0 to 360°

0 to 100°

Redundant

Yes

No

No

Yes

Yes

Housing

Synthetic

Aluminum

Synthetic

Aluminum

Synthetic

Weight w/o wire (g)

50

32

32

50

32

Technology

Hall contactless

Linear tapeLinear tapeHall contactless

Linear tape

Temperature range(°C)-40 to 125-55 to 125-40 to 150-40 to 125-40 to 150

Rotating direction

Clockwise

Anticlockwise

Anticlockwise

Clockwise

Clockwise

Output signal I (V)

4.5 to 0.5

0.05 to 4.95

0 to 54.75 to 0.25

0 to 5

Output signal II (V)

2.25 to 0.25--

0.25 to 4.75

0 to 2.5

Rotary Position Sensor RP 360-H

Application

0 to 360°

Redundant

No

Housing

Synthetic

Weight w/o wire (g)35Technology

Hall contactless

Temperature range(°C)-40 to 140

Rotating direction

Anticlockwise

Output signal I (V)

0.5 to 4.5

Output signal II (V)-6278 | 06 Sensors | Rotary Position Sensors

Rotary Position Sensor RP 40H red

Electrical Data
Power supply US

5 V ± 0.5 V

Current IS< 40 mA

Characteristic
Max. rotation speed

120 min-1

Accuracy< ± 0.5 % FS

Direction of rotation

Clockwise

6
Featuresu

Rotational position measurementuMeasurement range 40° full redundancy

Signal 1 / Signal 2uOperating temperature -40 to 125°C

Connectors and Wiresu

Accuracy <±0.5 % FS

Connector
AS 6-07-35PN

F 02U 000 424-01

Mating connector
AS 0-07-35SN

F 02U 000 238-01

Pin 1

Power 5 V Sensor 1

Pin 2

Ground Sensor 1

Pin 3

Signal Sensor 1

Pin 4

Power 5 V Sensor 2

Pin 5

Ground Sensor 2

Pin 6

Signal Sensor 2

SleeveFDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

150 to 1,000 ± 5 mm

This sensor is designed to measure the rotational position of the acceleration pedal.
The electronic is designed with a magnetic rotary sensor
with Hall elements and digital signal processing. The angular position is provided by a two pole magnet integrated in the sensor shaft. A Hall effect sensor is disposed
between two magnets in association with a movablespecially formed ferromagnetic part. This is used to control flux in the sensor in order to produce a linearly varying output voltage dependent on the position.
The main benefit of this sensor is its contactless Hall effect technology and its robust design for motorsport applications.

Application
Application

40° full redundancy

Operating temperature range-40 to 125°C

Max. Vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Installation Notes
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.

Technical Specifications

The sensor is designed with contactless Hall effect technology.

Mechanical Data

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Weight w/o wire

50 g

Protection class

IP67

Mounting

2 x M4

Lifetime

500 x 106 rotations

Housing

Temperature resistant plastic

Sensor is at mid point of electrical angle when shaft and wire exit arealigned as shown in the offer drawing.

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

06 Sensors | Rotary Position Sensors | 279

Ordering Information
Rotary Position Sensor RP 40-H red
Order number F 02U V01 997-01

Dimensions

6280 | 06 Sensors | Rotary Position Sensors

Rotary Position Sensor MiniRP 100-M

Lifetime

50 x 106 rotations

Housing

Aluminum alloy

Electrical Data
Power supply US

5V

Max. power supply<15 VTotal resistance

1.5 kOhm ± 20%

Current Is

1 μA

Max. allowable contact current

1 mA

Characteristic

6

Max. rotation speed

120 min-1

Temp. coefficient

5 ppm/°K

Direction of rotation

Anti-clockwise

Both rotation directions are available on request.

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HEu

Rotational movement measurement

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SA-HEu

Measurement range: 0 to 100°

Pin 1 (A)USuCompact design

Pin 2 (B)GnduRobust housing

Pin 3 (C)Sig

Pin 4 (D)-Pin 5 (E)-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

16 to 30 cm

This sensor is designed to measure rotational movement, e.g. throttle angle or spring travel.
A throttle rotation moves an internal slider (wiper) on a
resistive element which is supplied with voltage. Thus
voltage proportional to the angle can be measured. The
housing and the bearings are made of high temperature
resistant plastic. The mounting plate is protected with ametal cover to ensure a good fixation. The sensor is fitted in a shrink down boot for additional protection.
The main benefit of this sensor is the combination ofhigh accuracy, motorsport spec connection and a verysmall and robust aluminum housing.

Application

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes

Application

0 to 100°

Operating temperature range-55 to 125°C

The products of the RP series can be connected directly to most control units.

Storage temperature range

0 to 100°C

The sensor has no internal mechanical stops.

Max. vibration

200 m/s at 5 to 2,000 Hz

Each mounting orientation is possible.

2

Technical Specifications

The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

Mechanical Data

Both rotation directions and other rotation angles available on request.

Weight w/o wire

32 g

Protection class

IP65

Mounting

2 x M4

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

06 Sensors | Rotary Position Sensors | 281

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Rotary Position Sensor Mini-RP 100-M
Order number B 261 209 587-01

Dimensions

6282 | 06 Sensors | Rotary Position Sensors

Mechanical Data

Rotary Position Sensor
RP 100/130/308

Weight w/o wire

32 g

Protection class

IP65

Mounting

2 x M4

Lifetime

50 x 106 rotations

Housing

Synthetic material

Electrical Data

6

Power supply US

5V

Max. power supply

42 V

Total resistance

Please see variations

Current Is

1 µA

Max. allowable contact current

10 mA

Characteristic

FeaturesMax. rotation speed

120 min-1

Temp. coefficient

5 ppm/°K
Anti-clockwiseuRotational movement measurement

Direction of rotationu

Measurement range: 0 to 100°, 0 to 130° or 0 to
308°

Both rotation directions are available on requestu

Wide operating temperature range

This sensor is designed to measure rotational movement, e.g. throttle angle, spring travel, gearbox position
or steering angle.
A throttle rotation moves an internal slider (wiper) on a
resistive element which is supplied with voltage. Thus
voltage proportional to the angle can be measured. The
housing and the bearings are made of high temperature
resistant plastic. The mounting plate is protected with ametal cover to ensure a good fixation. The sensor is fitted in a shrink down boot for additional protection.
The main benefit of this sensor is the combination ofboth high accuracy and motorsport spec connection.

Application
Application

Please see variations

Operating temperature range-40 to 150°C

Max. vibration

200 m/s2 at 5 to 2,000 Hz

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom
ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

F 02U 000 226-01

Pin 1 (A)US

Pin 2 (B)Gnd

Pin 3 (C)Sig

Pin 4 (D)-Pin 5 (E)-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

16 to 30 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Technical Specifications

Installation Notes

Variations
RP 100RP 130RP 308

Application

0 to 100°

0 to 130°

0 to 308°

Total resistance

3 kOhm ± 20%

3 kOhm ± 20%

5 kOhm ±20 %The products of the RP series can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor has no internal mechanical stops.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

06 Sensors | Rotary Position Sensors | 283

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing. www.boschmotorsport.com
Both rotation directions and other rotation angles available on request.
Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch
Data Logging System at our homepage.

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Rotary Position Sensor RP 100
Order number B 261 209 127-01
Rotary Position Sensor RP 130
Order number B 261 209 128-02
Rotary Position Sensor RP 308
Order number B 261 209 570-01

Dimensions

6284 | 06 Sensors | Rotary Position Sensors

Rotary Position Sensor RP
100-H red

Lifetime

50 x 106 rotations

Housing

Aluminum alloy

Electrical Data
Power supply US

5 V ± 0.5 V

Current IS< 40 mA

Characteristic
Max. rotation speed

120 min-1

Accuracy< ± 0.5 % FS

Direction of rotation

Clockwise

6

Featuresu

Rotational position measurementuMeasurement range 100° full redundancyuOperating temperature -40 to 125°C

u

Accuracy <±0.5 % FS

Connectors and Wires

This sensor is designed to measure the rotational position of the acceleration pedal.
The electronic is designed with a magnetic rotary sensor
with Hall elements and digital signal processing. The angular position is provided by a two pole magnet integrated in the sensor shaft. A Hall effect sensor is disposed
between two magnets in association with a movablespecially formed ferromagnetic part. This is used to control flux in the sensor in order to produce a linearly varying output voltage dependent on the position.
The main benefit of this sensor is its contactless Hall effect technology and its robust design for motorsport applications.

Application

Connector
AS 6-07-35PN

F 02U 000 424-01

Mating connector
AS 0-07-35SN

F 02U 000 238-01

Pin 1

Power 5 V Sensor 1

Pin 2

Ground Sensor 1

Pin 3

Signal Sensor 1

Pin 4

Power 5 V Sensor 2

Pin 5

Ground Sensor 2

Pin 6

Signal Sensor 2

Application

100° full redundancy

SleeveDR-25

Operating temperature range-40 to 125°C

Wire size

AWG 24Max. Vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Wire length L

150 to 750 ± 5 mm

Installation Notes

Technical Specifications

The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.

Mechanical Data

The sensor is designed with contactless Hall effect technology.

Weight w/o wire

50 g

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Protection class

IP67

Mounting

2 x M4

Sensor is at mid point of electrical angle when shaft and wire exit arealigned as shown in the offer drawing.

06 Sensors | Rotary Position Sensors | 285

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Rotary Position Sensor RP 100-H red
Order number F 02U V02 196-01

Dimensions

6286 | 06 Sensors | Rotary Position Sensors

Rotary Position Sensor RP 100
twin

Electrical Data
Power supply US

5V

Max. power supply

42 V

Total resistance

3 kOhm ±20 %Current IS

1 µA

Max. allowable contact current

10 mA

Characteristic
Max. rotation speed

120 min-1

Temp. coefficient

5 ppm/°K

Direction of rotation

Clockwise

Both rotation directions are available on request

6

Redundancy

5

Featuresu

Rotational movement measurementu

Dual output

uMeasurement range: 0 to 100°uWide operating temperature range

Voltage [V]

4

3

2

1
SIG 1

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

60

65

70

75

80

85

90

95 100

60

65

70

75

80

85

90

95 100

60

65

70

75

80

85

90

95 100

Angle [°]

Signal 1 without Connector
54Voltage [V]This sensor is designed to measure rotational movement, e.g. gearbox position or throttle angle.
A throttle rotation moves an internal slider (wiper) on a
resistive element which is supplied with voltage. Thus
voltage proportional to the angle can be measured. The
housing and the bearings are made of high temperature
resistant plastic. The mounting plate is protected with ametal cover to ensure a good fixation. The sensor is fitted in a shrink down boot for additional protection.
The main benefit of this sensor is the extremely high reliability through the redundant sensor design.

0

3

2

1

Application

SIG 2
0

Application

0 to 100°

Operating temperature range-40 to 150°C

Max. vibration

200 m/s at 5 to 2,000 Hz

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

Angle [°]

Signal 2 without Connector

25Technical Specifications

Weight w/o wire and w/o connector

32 gProtection class

IP65

Voltage [V]4

Mechanical Data

3

2
SIG 2

Mounting

2 x M4

Lifetime

50 x 106 rotations

Housing

Synthetic material

1
SIG 1
0
0
0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

Angle [°]

Signal 1 and Signal 2 with AS Connector

06 Sensors | Rotary Position Sensors | 287

Reduction of Signal 2 caused by voltage divider inside AS Connector.

Ordering Information

Connectors and Wires

Rotary Position Sensor RP 100 twin
Sensor without Connector
Order number B 261 209 591-90

Sensor without Connector
Black wire

USRed wire

Gnd

White wire

Sig1

Black wire

USRed wire

Gnd

White wire

Sig2

Wire size

6 x AWG22

Sensor with AS Connector
Connector

AS 6-07-35PN

Mating connector
AS 0-07-35SN

F 02U 000 238-01

PIN 1

US

PIN 2

Gnd

PIN 3

Sig1

PIN 4

US

PIN 5

Gnd

PIN 6

Sig2

In general
SleeveDR-25

Wire length L

16 to 30 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request.
Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The products of the RP series can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor has no internal mechanical stops.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (www.boschmotorsport.com).
Both rotation directions and other rotation angles available on request.
Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch
Data Logging System at our homepage.

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Rotary Position Sensor RP 100 twin
Sensor with AS Connector
Order number B 261 209 591-02

6

288 | 06 Sensors | Rotary Position Sensors

Dimensions

6

Sensor without Connector

Sensor with AS Connector

06 Sensors | Rotary Position Sensors | 289

Rotary Position Sensor
RP 360-H

Lifetime

20 x 106 operations of ±75°

Housing

Synthetic material

Electrical Data
Power supply US

5 ± 0.5 V regulated
9 V to 30 V unregulated

Max. power supply

30 V

Total resistance

10 kOhm

Current Is< 12.5 mA

Resolution

0.025 % of measurement range

Output voltage range

0.5 to 4.5 V

Output load

10 kV

Characteristic

Featuresu

Rotational movement measurementuHall effect technologyuMeasurement range: 0 to 360°u

Analogue output 0.5 to 4.5 V

Max. rotation speed

600 min-1

Temp. coefficient< 30 ppm/°K in 5 V supply mode

< 90 ppm/°K in 9 V to 30 V supply mode

< 90 ppm/°K in 9 V to 30 V supply mode

Direction of rotation

Anti-clockwise

Both rotation directions are available on request.
Redundancy

This sensor is designed to measure rotational movement, e.g. throttle angle, spring travel, gearbox position
or steering angle.
The electronic is designed with a magnetic rotary sensor
with Hall elements and digital signal processing. The angular position is provided by a two pole magnet integrated in the sensor shaft. A Hall effect sensor is disposed
between two magnets in association with a movablespecially formed ferromagnetic part. This is used to control flux in the sensor in order to produce a linearly varying output voltage dependent on the position.
The main benefit of this sensor is its contactless Hall effect technology and its robust design for motorsport applications. Other measurement ranges are available on
request.

Application

No

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

0 to 360°

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

F 02U 000 226-01

Application
Operating temperature range-40 to 140°C (5 V supply)

Pin 1 (A)US

Storage temperature range-55 to 140°C

Pin 2 (B)

GndMax. vibration

200 m/s at 5 to 2,000 Hz

Pin 3 (C)Sig

Technical Specifications

Pin 4 (D)-Mechanical Data

Pin 5 (E)-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

16 to 45 cm

2

Weight w/o wire

< 35 gProtection class

IP68

Mounting

2 x M46

290 | 06 Sensors | Rotary Position Sensors

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The products of the RP series can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor is designed with contactless Hall effect technology.
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Sensor is at mid point of electrical angle when shaft and wire exit arealigned as shown in the offer drawing.

6

Operating temperature range for unregulated supply: -40 to 135.7°C(9 V supply). Derate upper temperature limit by 1.7°C for every 1 V
increase in supply, e.g. -40 to 100°C at 30 V.
Both rotation directions and other measurement ranges are available
on request.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Rotary Position Sensor RP 360-H
Order number F 02U V00 641-02

06 Sensors | Rotary Position Sensors | 291

Dimensions

6292 | 06 Sensors | Speed Sensors

Hall-Effect Speed Sensors Overview

6Hall-Effect Speed
Sensor HA-D 90

Hall-Effect Speed
Sensor HA-Di

Hall-Effect Speed
Sensor HA-M

Hall-Effect Speed
Sensor HA-N

Hall-Effect Speed
Sensor HA-P

Max. frequency (kHz)

≤ 10

≤ 10

≤ 10

≤ 4.2

≤ 10

Temperature range(°C)-40 to 150-40 to 150-40 to 160-40 to 160-40 to 150

Target wheel air gap
AG (mm)

0.4 to 1.0

0.4 to 1.0

0.5 to 1.0

0.5 to 1.5

0.5 to 1.0

Bore diameter (mm)11.8

12+0.2

11.8

10

18

Max. vibration

1,200 m/s² at 10 Hz
to 2 kHz

1,200 m/s² at 10 Hz
to 2 kHz

1,200 m/s² at 10 Hz
to 2 kHz

1,200 m/s² at 10 Hz
to 2 kHz

1,000 m/s² at 10 Hz
to 2 kHzDefined mounting position++, rotating direction
detection---Hall-Effect Speed
Sensor HA-P2

Hall-Effect Speed
Sensor Mini-HA-P

Hall-Effect Speed
Sensor Mini-HA-P
sealedMax. frequency (kHz)

≤ 10

≤ 10

≤ 10

Temperature range(°C)-40 to 160-40 to 150-40 to 150

Target wheel air gap
AG (mm)

0.5 to 1.0

0.2 to 1.0

0.2 to 1.0

Bore diameter (mm)

15

11.5

16

Max. vibration

400 m/s² at 10 Hz to
2 kHz

1,200 m/s² at 10 Hz
to 2 kHz

1,200 m/s² at 10 Hz
to 2 kHzDefined mounting position

-

-

-

06 Sensors | Speed Sensors | 293

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HAD 90

Installation depth L2

30 mm

Tightening torque

6 Nm

Electrical Data
Power supply

5 to 18 V

Current IS

20 mA

Characteristic

FeaturesAccuracy repeatability of the falling edge of tooth< 1.0 % (≤ 6 kHz)< 1.5 % (≤ 10 kHz)

Signal output

0.52 V to < US

EnvironmentuCamshaft/crankshaft/wheel speed

Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mmuAlso available with 0°, 180° and 270° mounting position

Thickness t

12.5 mmWidth of teeth b1

3.8 mmuVery high precision measurement

Width of gap b2

4.7 mmu

Self-learning

Width of sync. gap b3

20.79 mmu

Measuring of differences with 2 Hall sensors

Depth of teeth h

3.4 mmNumber of teeth

60-2This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. camshaft*, crankshaft or wheel
speed), but it is not a “true power-on” sensor.
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel infront of the HA-D 90, the magnetic field is modulated at
the place of the Hall probe.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is a very
good detection of the falling edge, due to a differential
measuring method. This sensor is a combination of ahigh quality production part and robust design with asmall housing.
*: see Installation Notes

Application
Application

Speed

Max. frequency≤ 10 kHz

Target wheel air gap AG

0.4 to 1.0 mm

Temperature range-40 to 150°C

Output circuit

Open collector for 1 kOhm

Output type

Active highExternal magnetic fields≤ 50 mTMax. vibration

1,200 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

F 02U 000 228-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

Nc

Pin 5

Nc

Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The HA-D 90 is no true-power-on sensor. It needs the falling edge of
two teeth for correct working. After a time of 0.68 s without rotationof the detected wheel it needs again the falling edge of two teeth.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

12 g

Mounting

Screw 1 x M6

Bore diameter

11.8 mm

The HA-D 90 can be connected directly to most control units and data
logging systems
Please specify the angle between the mounting and the target wheel.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated plug.

6

294 | 06 Sensors | Speed Sensors

If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-D 90
Order number F 02U V00 334-01

6

Dimensions

06 Sensors | Speed Sensors | 295

660-2 Teeth

296 | 06 Sensors | Speed Sensors

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HADi

Installation depth L2

30 mm

Tightening torque

6 Nm

Electrical Data
Power supply

5 to 16 V (24 V for max. 5 min.)Current IS<20 mA

Power-on time

1 ms

Characteristic

6

Signal output width forward

37 to 53 μs (45)Signal output width backward

75 to 105 μs (90)

Accuracy (tolerance)±1.5° (for forward direction)

Signal output

0.52 V to < US

Featuresu

Crankshaft or wheel speedu

Available with 0°, 90°, 180° and 270° mounting positionu

Detecting the rotational directionuSelf-learningu

Measuring of differences with 3 Hall sensors

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. crankshaft or wheel speed).
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel infront of the HA-Di, the magnetic field of the built-in magnet is modulated at the place of the sensors diff.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the detection of the rotational direction.

Application

Signal output width (forward: green, backward: red)
Environment
Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mm

Thickness t

12.5 mmWidth of teeth b1

3.8 mmWidth of gap b2

4.7 mmWidth of sync. gap b3

20.79 mmDepth of teeth h

3.4 mmNumber of teeth

60-2

Application

Speed

Max. frequency≤ 10 kHz forward≤ 6 kHz backward

Target wheel air gap AG

0.4 to 1.2 mm

Alternative Target Wheel

Temperature range-40 to 150°C

Target wheel diameter

118 to 370 mm

Output circuit

Open collector for 1 kOhm

Width of teeth b1

2.2 to 3.8 mm

External magnetic fields≤ 100 mT

Width of gap b2≥4 mm

Max. vibration

1,200 m/s at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Depth of teeth h≥4 mm

Technical Specifications

Target wheel width≥5 mm

Mechanical Data

Relative magnetic permeability

μ (r) ≥1000

2

Weight w/o wire

12 g

Connectors and Wires

Mounting

Screw 1 x M5

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Bore diameter

12 + 0.2 mm

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

F 02U 000 228-01

Pin 1

US

06 Sensors | Speed Sensors | 297

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

Nc

Pin 5

Nc

Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The HA-Di is no true-power-on sensor. It needs the falling edge of trigger wheel teeth for correct working. After a time of 0.68 s without rotation of the detected wheel it needs again the falling edge of twoteeth.
Please specify the angle between the mounting and the target wheel.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated plug.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-Di 0
Order number F 02U V01 802-01
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-Di 90
Order number F 02U V01 803-01
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-Di 180
Order number F 02U V01 804-01
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-Di 270
Order number F 02U V01 805-01

6

298 | 06 Sensors | Speed Sensors

Dimensions

6

Direction of rotation of the target wheel, View A

06 Sensors | Speed Sensors | 299

660-2 Teeth

300 | 06 Sensors | Speed Sensors

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-M

Pin 3

Sig

Active high, without connector
Red

US

Black

Gnd

Green

Sig

Mechanical Data

Features6

Weight w/o wire

12 g

Mounting

1 x M6

Bore diameter

11.8 mmuCamshaft/crankshaft/wheel speed

Installation depth L2

30 mm

u

Max. frequency 10 kHz

Tightening torque

6 Nm

u

Self-learning

Electrical Datau

Active high/low programmable

Power supply

5 to 18 V

Current IS

5.6 to 18 mA

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. camshaft, crankshaft or wheel
speed).
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel infront of the HA-M, the magnetic field is modulated at theplace of the Hall probe. A Hall-effect sensor elementwith integrated signal conditioning circuit detects thischange and generates a digital output signal. We offer
this sensor with two different types of output: Active
high and Active low.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of a high quality production part and robust design with metal housing and motorsport connectors.

Application

Characteristic
Accuracy repeatability of the falling edge of tooth< 4 % (≤ 6 kHz)
< 8 % (≤ 10 kHz)

Signal output

0.52 V to < Us

Environment
Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mm

Thickness t

12.5 mmWidth of teeth b1

3.8 mmApplication

Speed

Width of gap b2

4.7 mmMax. frequency≤10 kHz

Width of sync. gap b3

20.79 mm

Target wheel air gap

0.5 to 1.5 mm

Depth of teeth h

3.4 mmTemperature range- 40 to 160°C

Number of teeth

60-2

Output circuit

Open collector for 1 kOhm

Connectors and Wires

Output type

Please see Ordering Information

Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.

External magnetic fields< 1 mT

Pin layout

Please see Variations

Max. vibration

1,200 m/s at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

SleeveDR-25

Technical Specifications

Wire size

AWG 24

Variations

Wire length L

10 to 100 cm

2

Active low with connector / active high with connector

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Connector

ASU 6-03-03PN-HE

Installation Notes

Mating connector
ASU 0-03-03SN-HE

F 02U 000 199-01

The HA-M can be connected directly to most control units and data
logging systems.

Pin 1

US

Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Pin 2

Gnd

For mounting please use only the integrated plug.

06 Sensors | Speed Sensors | 301

If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
HA-M
Active low
Order number B 261 209 283-01
HA-M
Active highOrder number B 261 209 295-01
HA-M
Active high, without connector
Order number F 02U V00 627-01

Dimensions

6302 | 06 Sensors | Speed Sensors

660-2 Teeth

06 Sensors | Speed Sensors | 303

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-N

Electrical Data
Power supply

5 to 18 V

Current IS

5.6 to 18 mA

Characteristic
Accuracy repeatability of the falling edge tooth<4 % (≤ 6 kHz)
<8 % (≤ 10 kHz)

Signal output

0.52 V to VS

Environment

FeaturesuCamshaft/crankshaft/wheel speeduMax. frequency 4.2 kHzuLightweight anodized aluminum housing

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. camshaft, crankshaft or wheel
speed). Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target
wheel in front of the HA-N, the magnetic field is modulated at the place of the Hall probe. A Hall-effect sensor
element with integrated signal conditioning circuit detects this change and generates a digital output signal.
The HA-N combines a robust sensing element with alightweight aluminum housing that is well suited for motorsport use. The sensor element used was specificallyselected for its resistance to demagnetization at hightemperatures and is programmed for an active low output. This sensor element is approved for NASCAR competition as a camshaft speed sensor.

Application
Application

Rotational speed

Max. frequency≤ 4.2 kHz

Target wheel air gap AG

0.5 to 1.5 mm

Temperature range-40 to 160°C

Output circuit

Open collector for 1 kOhm

Output type

Active low

External magnetic fields< 1 mT

Max. vibration

1,200 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/ wire

13 g w/ 254 mm cable lengthand AS connector
28.5 g w/ 1,000 mm cable
length flying lead

Bore diameter

10 mm

Installation depth L2

14 mm

Tightening torque

6 Nm

Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mm

Thickness t

12.5 mmWidth of teeth b1

3.8 mmWidth of gap b2

4.7 mmWidth of sync. gap b3

20.79 mmDepth of teeth h

3.4 mmNumber of teeth

60-2

Connectors and Wires
Sensor AS connector

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

Pin 1

VS

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

SignalPin 4

Not usedPin 5

Not used

Shrink sleeve

DR-25 TW

Wire size

AWG 26

Wire length L

254 mmSensor Flying lead
WHT/ORGVS

WHT/BLU

GND

WHT

SignalShrink sleeve

DR-25 TW

Wire size

AWG 26

Wire length L

1,000 mm

Installation Notes
The HA-N can be directly connected to most control units and data logging systems.
If a trigger wheel with different dimensions is used (see environment),
the technical function must be tested.

6304 | 06 Sensors | Speed Sensors

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-N
Sensor AS connector
Order number F 02U V0U 714-01
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-N
Sensor Flying lead
Order number F 02U V0U 714-90

Dimensions

6

Sensor AS connector

Sensor Flying lead

06 Sensors | Speed Sensors | 305

660-2 Teeth

306 | 06 Sensors | Speed Sensors

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-P

Electrical Data
Power supply

4.5 to 24 V

Current IS

10 mA

Characteristic
Accuracy repeatability of the falling edge of tooth< 1.5 % (≤6 kHz)< 2 % (≤10 kHz)

Signal output

0.4 V to < US

Environment

6
FeaturesuCamshaft or wheel speedu24.0 mm depthuRobust designuActive low

Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mm

Thickness t

12.5 mmWidth of teeth b1

3.8 mmWidth of gap b2

4.7 mmWidth of sync. gap b3

20.79 mmDepth of teeth h

3.4 mmNumber of teeth

60-2

Connectors and Wires

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. camshaft or wheel speed).
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel infront of the HA-P, the magnetic field is modulated at theplace of the Hall probe. A Hall-effect sensor elementwith integrated signal conditioning circuit detects thischange and generates a digital output signal.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of a high quality production part and robust design with metal housing.

Application

Connector

1 928 404 227

Mating connector
3-pole Compact

D 261 205 335-01

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

Sig

Pin 3

US

Installation Notes
The HA-P can be connected directly to most control units and data logging systems.

Application

Speed

Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Max. frequency≤ 10 kHzFor mounting please use only the integrated plug.

Target wheel air gap

0.5 to 1.4 mm

Temperature range-40 to 150°C

If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.

Output type

Active low

Output circuit

Open collector for 1 kOhm

Max. vibration

1,000 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Safety Note

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Weight w/o wire

70 g

Mounting

With screw 1 x M6Ordering Information

Bore diameter

18 mm

Installation depth L2

24 mm

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-P
Order number 0 232 103 037

Tightening torque

8 Nm

06 Sensors | Speed Sensors | 307

Dimensions

660-2 Teeth

308 | 06 Sensors | Speed Sensors

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HAP2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

12 g

Bore diameter

15 mm

Installation depth L2

15 mm

Mounting

With screw 1 x M6Tightening torque

8 Nm

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.75 to 18 V

Current Is

10 mA

Characteristic

6

Accuracy repeatability of the falling edge of toothFeaturesup to 1.5 mm
up to 2.5 mm< 4 % (≤ 10 kHz)
< 8 % (≤ 10 kHz)
0.4 V to < USuCamshaft/crankshaft/wheel speed

Signal output

u

15 mm depth

Connectors and Wiresu

Very small housing

ConnectoruVery light weight

Hirschmann 872-658-501
Cod.A

u

Active low

Mating connector

F 02U B00 520-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Sig

Pin 3

Gnd

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. camshaft, crankshaft or wheelspeed).
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel infront of the HA-P2, the magnetic field is modulated at
the place of the Hall probe. A Hall-effect sensor elementwith integrated signal conditioning circuit detects thischange and generates a digital output signal.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of a high quality production part, robust design,
very small housing and low weight.

Environment
Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mm

Thickness t

12.5 mmWidth of teeth b1

3.8 mmApplication

Width of gap b2

4.7 mmApplication

Width of sync. gap b3

20.79 mm

Application

Speed

Depth of teeth h1

3.4 mmMax. frequency≤10 kHz

Number of teeth

60-2

Target wheel air gap

0.5 to 2.5 mm

Installation Notes

Temperature range-40 to 160°C

Application Notes

Output circuit

Open collector for 1 kOhm

Output type

Active low

The HA-P2 can be connected directly to most control units and data
logging systems.

External magnetic fields< 0.1 mT

Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Max. vibration

400 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

For mounting please use only the integrated plug.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.

06 Sensors | Speed Sensors | 309

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-P2
Order number 0 232 103 111

Dimensions

6310 | 06 Sensors | Speed Sensors

660-2 Teeth

06 Sensors | Speed Sensors | 311

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor MiniHA-P

Pin 1

US

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Sig

Pin 3

Sig

Gnd

Pin 4

Nc

-

Pin 5

Nc

-

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

19.2 gMounting

With screw 1 x M6

Bore diameter

11.5 mm

Installation depth L2

9 mm

Tightening torque

8 Nm

Electrical Data
FeaturesPower supply

5 to 18 V

Current IS

10 mA

u

Camshaft or wheel speed

CharacteristicuMax. frequency ≤10 kHz

uHigh vibration resistanceAccuracy repeatability of the falling edge of tooth< 3 % (≤ 6 kHz)
< 5 % (≤ 10 kHz)u

Low weight

Signal output

0.4 V to < USu

Small housing

Environment

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. camshaft or wheel speed).
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel infront of the Mini-HA-P, the magnetic field is modulated
at the place of the Hall probe. A Hall-effect sensor element with integrated signal conditioning circuit detects
this change and generates a digital output signal.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of a high quality production part and robust design with a very small housing.

Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mm

Thickness t

12.5 mmWidth of teeth b1

3.8 mmWidth of gap b2

4.7 mmWidth of sync. gap b3

20.79 mmDepth of teeth h

3.4 mmApplication

Number of teeth

60-2

Connectors and Wires

Application

Speed

Max. frequency≤ 10 kHz

Target wheel air gap

0.2 to 1.5 mm

Temperature range-40 to 150°C

Output circuit

Open collector for 1 kOhm

Output type

Active low

External magnetic fields≤ 0.3 mTMax. vibration

1,200 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Connector

Please see Variations

Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.
SleeveHT wire ø 5.2 mm

Wire size

AWG 20

Wire length L< 27 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The Mini-HA-P can be connected directly to most control units and data logging systems.

Technical Specifications
Variations
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

1 234 482 092

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

F 02U B00 555-01

Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated plug.

6

312 | 06 Sensors | Speed Sensors

If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information

6

Mini-HA-P
Connector ASL 6-06-05PC-HE
Order number F 02U V00 564-02
Mini-HA-P
Connector 1 234 482 092
Order number F 02U V00 566-02

06 Sensors | Speed Sensors | 313

Dimensions

6314 | 06 Sensors | Speed Sensors

660-2 Teeth

06 Sensors | Speed Sensors | 315

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor MiniHA-P sealed

Technical Specifications
Variations
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Without connector

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE
F 02U 000 228-01

-

Pin 1

US

US (red)

Pin 2

Gnd

Sig (green)

Pin 3

Sig

Gnd (black)

Pin 4

Nc

-

Pin 5

Nc

-

Wire length L

10 – 27 cm

27 cm

Mechanical Data
Features6

Weight w/o wire

19.2 gMounting

With screw 1 x M6uCamshaft/crankshaft/wheel speed

Bore diameter

16 mm

u

Max. frequency ≤10 kHz

Installation depth L2

12 mm

u

High vibration resistance

Tightening torque

8 Nm

u

Very small housing

Electrical DatauO-ring sealing

Power supply

5 to 18 V

Current IS

10 mA

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. camshaft, crankshaft and wheelspeed).
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel infront of the Mini-HA-P sealed, the magnetic field is
modulated at the place of the Hall probe. A Hall-effectsensor element with integrated signal conditioning circuit detects this change and generates a digital output
signal.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of a high quality production part and a robust design with a very small housing.

Application
Application

Speed

Max. frequency≤ 10 kHz

Target wheel air gap

0.2 to 1.5 mm

Temperature range-40 to 150°C

Output circuit

Open collector for 1 kOhm

Output type

Active low

External magnetic fields≤ 0.3 mTMax. vibration

1,200 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Characteristic
Accuracy repeatability of the falling edge of tooth< 3 % (≤6 kHz)
< 5 % (≤10 kHz)

Signal output

0.4 V to < US

Environment
Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mm

Thickness t

12.5 mmWidth of teeth b1

3.8 mmWidth of gap b2

4.7 mmWidth of sync. gap b3

20.79 mmDepth of teeth h

3.4 mmNumber of teeth

60-2

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Please see Variations

SleeveHT wire ø 5.2 mm

Wire size

AWG 20

Wire length L

Please see Variations

316 | 06 Sensors | Speed Sensors

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The Mini-HA-P sealed can be connected directly to most control units
and data logging systems.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated plug.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.

6

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor Mini HA-P sealed
Connector ASL 6-06-05PC-HE
Order number F 02U V00 500-01
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor Mini HA-P sealed
Without connector
Order number F 02U V00 570-01

Dimensions+0.1

06 Sensors | Speed Sensors | 317

660-2 Teeth

318 | 06 Sensors | Speed Sensors

Inductive Speed Sensors Overview

6

Inductive Speed Sensor IA

Inductive Speed Sensor IA-C

Inductive Speed Sensor IS

Max. frequency (kHz)

≤ 15

≤ 15

≤ 15

Temperature range (°C)

-40 to 230-40 to 130-40 to 230

Target wheel air gap AG (mm)0.8±0.3

0.8±0.3

0.8±0.3

Bore diameter (mm)

12.5

18

12.5

Max. vibration

800 m/s² max. 80 h

800 m/s² max. 80 h

800 m/s² max. 80 h

DesignAngled 90°

Angled 90°

Straight

06 Sensors | Speed Sensors | 319

Inductive Speed Sensor IA

Electrical Data
Coil resistance

1,200 Ohm

Inductance max.

400 mH

Output voltage max.

190 VP-P

Environment

Featuresu

Crankshaft or wheel speedu32.2 mm depth/leaduBore diameter 12.5 mm

uMax. operating temperature 230°C

Target wheel diameter D

160.43 mm

Thickness t> 5 mmWidth of teeth b1

4.1 mmWidth of gap b2

4.3 mmDepth of teeth h1

3.5 mmDepth of teeth h2

1.75 mm

Number of teeth

60-2This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. crankshaft or wheel speed).
The inductive sensor consists of a bar magnet with asoft magnetic pole pin supporting an induction coil withtwo connections. Every time a ferromagnetic ring gearturns past this sensor, it generates a voltage in the coilwhich is directly proportional to the periodic variation in
the magnetic flux. The rotational speed is reflected on aperiodic interval between the voltage’s zero transition
points.
The main benefit of this sensor is the combination of ahigh quality production part and robust, high temperature resistance. Additionally the installation depth canbe changed according to the customer request.

Application

Connectors and Wires

Application

Speed

Max. frequency≤ 15 kHz

Target wheel air gap AG

Connector

ASL 6-06-05SN-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05PN-HE

F 02U 000 237-01

0.8 ± 0.3 mm

Operating temp. range (sensinghead)-40 to 230°C

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Gnd

Storage temperature range

0 to 100°C

Pin 3

Sig

Max. vibration

800 m/s2 max. 80 h

Pin 4

-

Technical Specifications

Pin 5

Scr

Mechanical Data

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Magnetic pole

Round

Bore diameter

12.5 mm

Weight w/o wire

30 g

Installation depth L2

32.2 mm

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

10 to 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

6

320 | 06 Sensors | Speed Sensors

Installation Notes
The inductive speed sensor IA is developed for wheels made of ferromagnetic material.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.
The installation depth L2 can be changed individually according tocustomer request.
Please contact our technical consultancy for more information.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Safety Note

6

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Inductive Speed Sensor IA
Order number F 02U V02 586-01
Inductive Speed Sensor IA
Without connector
Order number F 02U V02 586-90

Dimensions

06 Sensors | Speed Sensors | 32160-2 Teeth

6

322 | 06 Sensors | Speed Sensors

Inductive Speed Sensor IA-C

Electrical Data
Coil resistance

860 Ohm ± 10 %Inductance max.

370 mH ± 15 %Output voltage max.

200 VP-P

Environment

Features6uCrankshaft or wheel speedu24.0 mm, 315° depth/leaduBore diameter 18 mm

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. crankshaft or wheelspeed).
The inductive sensor consists of a bar magnet with asoft magnetic pole pin supporting an induction coil withtwo connections. Every time a ferromagnetic ring gearturns past this sensor, it generates a voltage in the coilwhich is directly proportional to the periodic variation in
the magnetic flux. The rotational speed is reflected on aperiodic interval between the voltage’s zero transition
points.
It is available in a DR-25 sleeve with various connector
options.
The main benefit of this sensor is the combination of ahigh quality production part and robust, compact design.

Target wheel diameter D

160.43 mm

Thickness t> 5 mmWidth of teeth b1

4.1 mmWidth of gap b2

4.3 mmDepth of teeth h1

3.5 mmDepth of teeth h2

1.75 mm

Number of teeth

60-2

Connectors and Wires
Connector

1 928 404 227

Mating connector
3-pole Compact

D 261 205 335-01

Pin 1

Sig+

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Scr

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Application
Application

Speed

Max. frequency≤ 15 kHz

Target wheel air gap AG

0.8 ± 0.3 mm

Operating temp. range (sensinghead)-40 to 130°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration

800 m/s2 max. 80 h

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Magnetic pole

Round

Bore diameter

18 mm

Tightening torque

8 Nm

Weight w/o wire

40 g

Installation depth L2

23.7 mm

Installation Notes
The inductive speed sensor IA-C is developed for wheels made of ferromagnetic material.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.
Please contact our technical consultancy for more information.

06 Sensors | Speed Sensors | 323

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
The inductive speed sensor IA-C is developed for wheels made of ferromagnetic material.

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Inductive Speed Sensor IA-C
Order number 0 261 210 136

Dimensions

660-2 Teeth

324 | 06 Sensors | Speed Sensors

Inductive Speed Sensor IS

Weight w/o wire

30 g

Installation depth L2

32.2 mmElectrical Data
Coil resistance

1,200 Ohm

Inductance max.

400 mH

Output voltage max.

190 V P-P

Environment

6

Features

Target wheel diameter D

160.43 mm

Thickness t> 5 mmWidth of teeth b1

4.1 mmWidth of gap b2

4.3 mmDepth of teeth h1

3.5 mmu

Crankshaft or wheel speed

Depth of teeth h2

1.75 mmu32.2 mm depth/lead

Number of teeth

60-2

u

Bore diameter 12.5 mm

Connectors and WiresuMax. operating temperature 230°C

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. crankshaft or wheel speed).
The inductive sensor consists of a bar magnet with asoft magnetic pole pin supporting an induction coil withtwo connections. Every time a ferromagnetic ring gearturns past this sensor, it generates a voltage in the coilwhich is directly proportional to the periodic variation in
the magnetic flux. The rotational speed is reflected on aperiodic interval between the voltage’s zero transition
points.
The main benefit of this sensor is the combination of ahigh quality production part and robust, high temperature resistance. Additionally the installation depth canbe changed according to the customer request.

Application

Connector

ASL 6-06-05SN-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05PN-HE

F 02U 000 237-01

Pin 1

Nc

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Sig+

Pin 4

Nc

Pin 5

Scr

Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 2410 to 100 cm

Application

Speed

Wire length L

Max. frequency≤15 kHz

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Target wheel air gap AG

0.8 ± 0.3 mm

Operating temp. range (sensinghead)-40 to 230°C

Storage temperature range

0 to 100°C

Max. vibration

800 m/s2 max. 80 h

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Magnetic pole

Round

Bore diameter

12.5 mmTightening torque

8 Nm

06 Sensors | Speed Sensors | 325

Installation Notes
The inductive speed sensor IS is developed for wheels made of ferromagnetic material.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.
The installation depth L2 can be changed individually according tocustomer request.
Please contact our technical consultancy for more information.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Inductive Speed Sensor IS
Order number F 02U V02 161-01

Dimensions

6326 | 06 Sensors | Speed Sensors

660-2 Teeth

06 Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 327

Temperature Sensors NTC Overview
Temperature Sensor
NTC M5-HS

Temperature Sensor
NTC M6-HS

Temperature Sensor
NTC M8-HS

Temperature Sensor
NTC M12

Temperature Sensor
NTC M12-H

Application (°C)

-55 to 300-55 to 300-55 to 300-40 to 130-40 to 150

Response time τ63

<4

<4

<4

< 15

< 15

Accuracy at 25°C

± 0.3

± 0.3

± 0.3

± 1.4

± 1.4

Accuracy at 100°C

± 1.3

± 1.3

± 1.3

± 3.4

± 0.8

Male thread

M5 x 1M6 x 1M8 x 1M12 x 1.5

M12 x 1.5

Nominal resistance(kOhm)

10 ± 1 % (at 25°C)

10 ± 1 % (at 25°C)

10 ± 1 % (at 25°C)

2.5 ± 5 % (at 20°C)

2.5 ± 6 % (at 20°C)

Temperature Sensor
NTC M12-L

Application (°C)

-40 to 140

Response time τ63< 10

Accuracy at 25°C

± 1.4

Accuracy at 100°C± 3.4

Male thread

M12 x 1.5

Nominal resistance(kOhm)

2.5 ± 5 % (at 20°C)

6328 | 06 Sensors | Temperature Sensors

Temperature Sensor NTC M5HS

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

Nominal resistance at 25°C

10 kOhm ± 1 %Characteristic
Accuracy at 25°C (homogeneouscond.)± 0.3°C

Accuracy at 100°C (homogeneous cond.)± 1.3°C

Response time tau 63 in still water<4s

Characteristic Application

6
Features

T [°C]R [Ohm]-55

519,910-35

158,090-20

71,668-10

44,087uWide measurement range: -55 to 300°C

027,936uVery short response time10

18,187uStrong protection against ambient temperature20

12,136uCompact and robust design25

10,000

30

8,284

40

5,774

50

4,103

60

2,967

70

2,182

80

1,629

90

1,234

100

946.6

120

578.1

140

368.8

160

244.4

This sensor is designed to measure temperatures up to
300°C of oil, water, fuel or air. This signal is used as acontrol value for engine control units or as a measurement value which is logged in a data acquisition system.
The NTC-sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature the conductivity rises and the resistance decreases.
To improve a good protection against the ambient temperature, the housing is made of stainless steel andpartly filled with an isolation-paste.
The main benefit of the sensor is a very compact design
and its very short response time.

Application
Application-55 to 300°C

Storage temperature range

0 to 100°C

Bio fuel compatibility

-

180

167.6

Technical Specifications

200

118.5

Mechanical Data

220

86.08

Male thread

M5x1

240

64.08

Wrench size

8 mm

260

48.76

Installation torque

8 Nm

280

37.86

Weight w/o wire

6g

300

29.94

Sealing

O-Ring 4 x 1 mm

06 Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 329

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SN-HE

F 02U 000 231-01

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Sig+

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 50 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The NTC M5-HS can be connected directly to most control units using
a pull-up resistance (typically 1 or 3 kOhm) .
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch
Data Logging System at our homepage.

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Temperature Sensor NTC M5-HS
Order number F 02U V00 510-01

6330 | 06 Sensors | Temperature Sensors

Dimensions

6

06 Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 331

Temperature Sensor NTC M6HS

Characteristic
Accuracy at 25 °C (homogeneous cond.)± 0.3 °C

Accuracy at 100 °C (homogeneous cond.)± 1.3 °C

Response time tau 63 in still water<4s

Characteristic Application

Featuresu

Wide measurement range: -55 to 300°C

u

Very short response timeuStrong protection against ambient temperatureu

Robust design

This sensor is designed to measure temperatures up to
300 °C of oil, water, fuel or air. This signal is used as acontrol value for engine control units or as a measurement value which is logged in a data acquisition system.
The NTC-sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature the conductivity rises and the resistance decreases.
To improve a good protection against the ambient temperature, the housing is made of stainless steel andpartly filled with an isolation-paste.
The main benefit of the sensor is a very robust and compact design and its very short response time.

Application

T [°C]R [Ohm]-55

519,910-35

158,090-20

71,668-10

44,087

0

27,936

10

18,18720

12,13625

10,000

30

8,284

40

5,774

50

4,103

60

2,967

70

2,182

80

1,629

90

1,234

100

946.6

110

735.5

120

578.1

Application-55 to 300 °C

130

459.4

Storage temperature range

0 to 100 °C

140

368.8

Bio fuel compatibility

-

150

298.9

Technical Specifications

160

244.4

Mechanical Data

170

201.6

180

167.6

190

140.4

200

118.5

210

100.7

220

86.08

230

74.05

240

64.08

250

55.75

Male thread

M6x1

Wrench size

10 mmInstallation torque

8 Nm

Weight w/o wire

6.5 g

Sealing

O-Ring 4.47 x 1.78 mm

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

Nominal resistance at 25 °C

10 kOhm ± 1 %6

332 | 06 Sensors | Temperature Sensors

260

48.76

270

42.87

280

37.86

290

33.59

300

29.94

6
Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SN-HE

F 02U 000 231-01

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Sig+

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 50 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The NTC M6-HS can be connected directly to most control units using
a pull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kOhm).
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging at our homepage.

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Temperature Sensor NTC M6-HS
Order number F 02U V00 486-01

06 Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 333

Dimensions

6334 | 06 Sensors | Temperature Sensors

Temperature Sensor NTC M8HS

Characteristic
Accuracy at 25°C (homogeneouscond.)± 0.3°C

Accuracy at 100°C (homogeneous cond.)± 1.3°C

Response time tau 63 in still water<4s

Characteristic Application

6

Featuresu

Wide measurement range: -55 to 300°C

u

Very short response timeuStrong protection against ambient temperatureu

Robust design

This sensor is designed to measure temperatures up to
300°C of oil, water, fuel or air. This signal is used as acontrol value for engine control units or as a measurement value which is logged in a data acquisition system.
The NTC-sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature the conductivity rises and the resistance decreases.
To improve a good protection against the ambient temperature, the housing is made of stainless steel andpartly filled with an isolation-paste.
The main benefit of the sensor is a very robust design
and its very short response time.

Application
Application-55 to 300°C

Storage temperature range

0 to 100°C

Bio fuel compatibility-

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M8x1

Wrench size

12 mm

Installation torque

8 Nm

Weight w/o wire

8g

Sealing

O-Ring 6.35 x 1.78 mm

Electrical Data

T [°C]R [Ohm]-55

519,910-35

158,090-20

71,668-10

44,087

0

27,936

10

18,18720

12,13625

10,000

30

8,284

40

5,774

50

4,103

60

2,967

70

2,182

80

1,629

90

1,234

100

946.6

110

735.5

120

578.1

130

459.4

140

368.8

150

298.9

160

244.4

170

201.6

180

167.6

190

140.4

200

118.5

210

100.7

220

86.08

230

74.05

Characteristic

NTC

240

64.08

Nominal resistance at 25°C

10 kOhm ± 1 %

250

55.75

06 Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 335

260

48.76

270

42.87

280

37.86

290

33.59

300

29.94

6
Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SN-HE

F 02U 000 231-01

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Sig+

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 50 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The NTC M8-HS can be connected directly to most control units using
a pull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kOhm).
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Temperature Sensor NTC M8-HS
Order number F 02U V00 509-01

336 | 06 Sensors | Temperature Sensors

Dimensions

6

06 Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 337

Temperature Sensor NTC M12

Characteristic
Accuracy at 25°C

± 1.4°C

Accuracy at 100°C± 3.4°C

Response time tau 63 in still water< 15 sCharacteristic Application

Features

T [°C]R [Ohm]-40

45,313-30

26,114-20

15,462

-10

9,397

0

5,896

10

3,792

u

Measurement range: -40 to 130°C

20

2,500

u

Robust design

30

1,707

40

1,175

50

834

60

596

70

436

80

323

90

243

100

187

110

144

120

113

130

89

This sensor is designed to measure fluid temperaturese.g. oil, water or fuel. This signal may be used as a control value for engine control units or as a measurement
value which is logged in a data acquisition system.
The NTC sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature the conductivity rises. The sensing element of thetemperature sensor is made of semiconducting heavy
metal oxide and oxidized mixed crystals, which areequipped with a protective housing.
The main benefit of the sensor is the combination of ahigh quality production part and a robust compact design.

Application
Application-40 to 130°C

Storage temp. range

0 to 100°C

Bio fuel compatibility

E85/M22Max. vibration

600 m/s2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M12x1.5

Wrench size

19 mm

Installation torque

25 Nm

Connectors and Wires

Weight w/o wire

29 gConnector

Bosch Jetronic

Sealing

Not included

Mating connector
2-pole Jetronic

D 261 205 288-01

Pin 1

SIG+

Pin 2

SIG-

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

Nominal resistance at 20°C

2.5 kOhm ± 5 %6

338 | 06 Sensors | Temperature Sensors

Installation Notes
The NTC M12 can be connected directly to most control units using apull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kOhm).
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing. www.boschmotorsport.com
Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch
Data Logging at our homepage.

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

6

Ordering Information
Temperature Sensor NTC M12
Order number 0 280 130 026

Dimensions

06 Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 339

Temperature Sensor NTC M12H

Characteristic
Accuracy at 25°C

± 1.4°C

Accuracy at 100°C± 0.8°C

Response time tau 63 in still water< 15 sCharacteristic Application

Featuresu

Measurement range: -40 to 150°C

u

Robust design

This sensor is designed to measure fluid temperaturese.g. oil, water or fuel. This signal may be used as a control value for engine control units or as a measurement
value which is logged in a data acquisition system.
The NTC sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature the conductivity rises. The sensing element of thetemperature sensor is made of semiconducting heavy
metal oxide and oxidized mixed crystals, which areequipped with a protective housing.
The main benefit of the sensor is the combination of ahigh quality production part and a robust compact design.

Application
Application-40 to 150°C

Storage temperature range-30 to 60°C

Bio fuel compatibility

E85/M22Max. vibration

300 m/s2

T [°C]R [Ohm]-40

45,313-30

26,114-20

15,462

-10

9,397

0

5,896

10

3,792

20

2,500

30

1,707

40

1,175

50

834

60

596

70

436

80

323

90

243

100

187

110

144

120

113

130

89

140

71

150

57

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M12x1.5

Wrench size

19 mm

Installation torque

18 Nm

Weight w/o wire

28.3 g

Sealing

Al-washer

Connectors and Wires

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

Nominal resistance at 20°C

2.5 kOhm ± 6 %Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector
2-pole Compact

D 261 205 337-01

6

340 | 06 Sensors | Temperature Sensors

Pin 1

SIG+

Pin 2

SIG-

Installation Notes
The NTC M12-H can be connected directly to most control units using
a pull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kOhm).
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Safety Note

6

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Temperature Sensor NTC M12-H
Order number 0 281 002 170

Dimensions

06 Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 341

Temperature Sensor NTC M12L

Characteristic
Accuracy at 25°C

± 1.4°C

Accuracy at 100°C± 3.4°C

Response time tau 63 in still water< 10 sCharacteristic Application

Features

T [°C]R [Ohm]-40

45,313-30

26,114-20

15,462

-10

9,397

0

5,896

u

Measurement range: -40 to 140°C

10

3,792

u

Air temperature measurement

20

2,500

u

Robust design

30

1,707

40

1,175

50

834

60

596

70

436

80

323

90

243

100

187

110

144

120

113

130

89

140

71

This sensor is designed to measure air temperature e.g.
in the air box or ambient temperature. The signal may
be used as a control value for engine control units or asa measurement value which is logged in a data acquisition system.
The NTC sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature the conductivity rises. The sensing element of thetemperature sensor is made of semiconducting heavy
metal oxide and oxidized mixed crystals, which areequipped with a protective housing.
The main benefit of the sensor is the combination of ahigh quality production part and a robust and compact
design.

Application
Application-40 to 140°C

Storage temp. range-30 to 60°C

Bio fuel compatibility

E85/M22Max. vibration

300 m/s2 at 50 to 250 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M12x1.5

Wrench size

19 mm

Installation torque

15 Nm

Weight w/o wire

24.6 g

Sealing

Not included

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

Nominal resistance at 20°C

2.5 kOhm ± 5%

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector
2-pole Jetronic

D 261 205 288-01

Pin 1

SIG+

Pin 2

SIG-

6

342 | 06 Sensors | Temperature Sensors

Installation Notes
The NTC M12-L can be connected directly to most control units using
a pull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kOhm).
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information

6

Temperature Sensor NTC M12-L
Order number 0 280 130 039

Dimensions

06 Sensors | Thermocouple Probes | 343

Thermocouple Probes Overview
Thermocouple Probe TCP
K

Thermocouple Probe TCPKA

Thermocouple Probe TCPKC

Thermocouple Probe TCP
KN 2

Typ

K

K

K

K

Application (°C)-200 to 1,000

0 to 1,250

0 to 1,250

0 to 1,250

Output signal (mV)

-5.9 to 52.4

0 to 5,000

0 to 5,000

0 to 5,000

Integrated amplifier

-

+

+

+

ThreadM8 x 1 (optional)

M12 x 1M8 x 1

M14 x 1.5

DesignStraight

Angled 90°

Straight

Straight

Mounting depth (mm)Ca. 250

38

38.5

50

Temp. range external electronics (°C)

On request

0 to 120

0 to 120

0 to 1256

344 | 06 Sensors | Thermocouple Probes

Thermocouple Probe TCP K

Features

6u

Thermocouple Type Ku

Thermo material: NiCr-Niu

Measurement range: -200 to 1,000°C (1,300°C)u

Flexible mounting depthuAnalog output (Thermo voltage)

This sensor is designed to measure exhaust gas temperatures up to 1,300°C.
Thermocouples are temperature sensors that supply atemperature corresponding voltage without any additional external energy source.
The thermocouple has a metal mantle that includes two
isolated inner wires made of thermo material NiCr-Ni
Type K.
The benefits of this sensor are the combination of highquality production part, robust design with metal housing and motorsport connector and a very quick response
time.

Characteristic Application
Accuracy (max. value)± 1.5 °C or 0.004 * t
T [°C]-200

U [mV]-5.891-100-3.554

0

0.000

100

4.096

200

8.138

300

12.209400

16.397500

20.644600

24.905700

29.129800

33.275900

37.3261,000

41.2761,100

45.1191,200

48.8381,300

52.410Application
Application-200 to 1,000°C (1,300)°C

Max. vibration

800 m/s2 at 5 to 500 Hz

Connectors and Wires

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PD-HE

Male thread

See adapter

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SD-HE

F 02U 000 229-01

Wrench size

See adapter

Pin 1

-

Installation torqueSee adapter

Pin 2

Sig-

Weight with wire

47 g

Pin 3

Sig+

Sensor tip bend radius

R 20

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

Src

Electrical Data
Voltage supply

NiCr/Ni Typ K

SleeveDR-25

Full scale output

DIN IEC 584-1

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 75 cm

06 Sensors | Thermocouple Probes | 345

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The TCP K can be connected to Bosch Motorsport ECUs with thermocouple inputs (w/o pull-up resistant) or to external devices, which amplify the sensor voltage.
Recommended max. continuous utilization temperature 1,000°C,
short-term utilization temperature 1,300°C.
The sensor can be mounted individually according to the customer request.
The sensor tip is flexible/ bendable and can be fixed by a special
adapter (B 261 209 159-01).
The length of the sensor tip can be modified on request.
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing andfree download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System at our homepage.

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Thermocouple Probe TCP K
Order number B 261 209 385-01
Accessories
Thermocouple Probe TCP K Adapter
Order number B 261 209 159-01

Dimensions

Sensor6

346 | 06 Sensors | Thermocouple Probes

Adapter6

06 Sensors | Thermocouple Probes | 347

Thermocouple Probe TCP KA

Featuresu

Thermocouple Type Ku

Thermo material: NiCr-Niu

Measurement range: 0 to 1,250°C

u

Analog output (0 to 5 V) or CAN

Analog Variant
Full scale output

0 to 5 V

T [°C]

U [mV]

0

0

50

197

100

399

200

793

300

1,190

400

1,598

500

2,012

600

2,427

700

2,839

800

3,243

900

3,638

1,000

4,022

1,100

4,396

1,200

4,759

1,250

5,000

This sensor is designed to measure exhaust gas temperatures up to 1,250°C.
Thermocouples are temperature sensors that supply atemperature corresponding voltage without any additional external energy source. The thermocouple has ametal mantle that includes two isolated inner wires
made of thermo material NiCr-Ni Type K. The voltage isamplified by an electronic circuit powered by 12 V.
Please note that the operating temperature of the external electronics is from 0 to120°C.
The benefits of this sensor are the combination of highquality production part, robust design and its integrated
amplifier.
CAN Variant

Application

CAN Message
Application

0 to 1,250°C

Operating temp. range (ext.
electronics)

0 to 120°C

Technical Specifications

Byte

Value

0

Thermocouple Temperature

1

Mechanical Data
Male thread

M12x1

Wrench size

17 mmInstallation torque

15 Nm

Weight with wire

85 g

Electrical Data
Voltage supply

CAN ID 0x3F0 (default)

12 V

2

Ambient Temperature

3
CAN Signals
Length16 BitByte order

Motorola (Big Endian)

Bit mask

SignedFactor

0.1°C/Bit

6

348 | 06 Sensors | Thermocouple Probes

Safety NoteCAN Variant
Offset0.0

CAN Parameter
CAN speed

1 Mbaud/s or 500 kbaud/s (default 1 Mbaud)

Ordering Information

CAN frequency

100 Hz Thermocouple Temp.
1 Hz Ambient Temp.

Thermocouple Probe TCP KA
Analog Variant
Order number F 02U V01 664-01

Phys. unit

Degrees Celsius (default) or Degrees Fahrenheit

CAN Frame ID

0x1 to 0x7F0 (default 0x3F0)

Please specify the requested CAN parameters with your order in thecalibration sheet.

6

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Connectors and Wires
SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 75 cm

Analog Variant
Connector

F 02U B00 292-01

Mating connector

D 261 205 357-01

Pin 1

Sig

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

US

CAN Variant
Connector

ASU 6-03-05PB-HE

Mating connector
ASU 0-03-05SB-HE

F 02U 000 207-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

CAN High

Pin 4

CAN Low

Installation Notes
The sensor can be mounted individually according to the customer’s
request.
Please note that the operating temperature range of the external electronics is from 0 to 120°C.
Recommended bending radius of the wire of the sensor element isminimum 20 mm to ensure the sensor works properly and for a longer
lifespan of the sensor.
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing andfree download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Thermocouple Probe TCP KA
CAN Variant
Order number F 02U V02 422-01
Accessories
Thermocouple Probe TCP KA Adapter
Order number F 02U V01 185-01

06 Sensors | Thermocouple Probes | 349

Dimensions

6

CAN Variant (Analog Variant: see website)

Adapter

350 | 06 Sensors | Thermocouple Probes

Thermocouple Probe TCP KC

Features

6u

Thermocouple Type Ku

Thermo material: NiCr-Niu

Measurement range: 0 to 1,250°C

u

Analog output (0 to 5 V) or CAN

This sensor is designed to measure exhaust gas temperatures up to 1,250°C.
Thermocouples are temperature sensors that supply atemperature corresponding voltage without any additional external energy source. The thermocouple has ametal mantle that includes two isolated inner wires
made of thermo material NiCr-Ni Type K.
The voltage is amplified by an electronic circuit poweredby 12 V. Please note that the operating temperature of
the external electronics is from 0 to 120°C.
The sensing element is protected by a single-walledhousing made of Nimonic 75 to enable its placement before turbo chargers.
The benefits of this sensor are the combination of highquality production part, robust design and its integrated
amplifier at more attractive price.

Analog Variant
Full scale output

0 to 5 V

T [°C]

U [mV]

0

0

50

197

100

399

200

793

300

1,190

400

1,598

500

2,012

600

2,427

700

2,839

800

3,243

900

3,638

1,000

4,022

1,100

4,396

1,200

4,759

1,250

5,000

Application
Application

0 to 1,250°C

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (seewww.bosch-motorsport.com)

Operating temp. range (ext.
electronics)

0 to 120°C

CAN Variant
CAN Message
CAN ID 0x3F0 (default)
Byte

Value

Technical Specifications

0

Thermocouple Temperature

Mechanical Data

1

Male thread

M8x1

2

Wrench size

11 mm

3

Installation torque

12 Nm

CAN Signals

Weight w/o wire

Ca. 18 g

Length16 BitByte order

Motorola (Big Endian)

Bit mask

SignedFactor

0.1°C/Bit

Electrical Data
Voltage supply

12 V

Ambient Temperature

06 Sensors | Thermocouple Probes | 351

CAN Variant
Offset0.0

CAN Parameter

Recommended bending radius of the wire of the sensor element isminimum 20 mm to ensure the sensor works properly and for a longer
lifespan of the sensor.
Any mounting orientation is possible.

CAN speed

1 Mbaud/s or 500 kbaud/s (default 1 Mbaud)

Safety Note

CAN frequency

100 Hz Thermocouple Temp.
1 Hz Ambient Temp.

Phys. unit

Degrees Celsius (default) or Degrees Fahrenheit

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

CAN Frame ID

0x1 to 0x7F0 (default 0x3F0)

Please specify the requested CAN parameters with your order in thecalibration sheet.

Connectors and Wires
SleeveDR-15

Sleeve from amplifier to connector

DR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

20 to 92 cm

Analog Variant
Connector

ASU 6-03-03PD-HE

Mating connector

ASU 0-03-03SD-HE

Pin 1

Power supply 5 to 16 V

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Signal 0 to 5 V

CAN Variant
Connector

ASU 6-03-05PB-HE

Mating connector
ASU 0-03-05SB-HE

F 02U 000 207-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

CAN High

Pin 4

CAN Low

Pin 5

Not connected

Installation Notes
The TCP KC can be connected to Bosch Motorsport ECUs with a 0 to 5
V analog signal input (w/o pull-up resistor) or to external data logging
devices.
The sensor can be mounted individually according to the customer’s
request.
Please note that the operating temperature range of the external electronics is from 0 to 120°C.

Ordering Information
Thermocouple Probe TCP KC
Analog Variant
Order number F 02U V02 041-01
Thermocouple Probe TCP KCCAN Variant
Order number F 02U V02 423-01

6

352 | 06 Sensors | Thermocouple Probes

Dimensions

6

CAN Variant (Analog Variant: see website)

06 Sensors | Thermocouple Probes | 353

Thermocouple Probe TCP KN 2

Electrical Data
Voltage supply

12 V

Analog Variant

Featuresu

Thermocouple Type Ku

Thermo material: NiCr-Niu

Measurement range: 0 to 1,250°C

u

Analog output (0 to 5 V) or CAN

This sensor is designed to measure exhaust gas temperatures up to 1,250°C.
Thermocouples are temperature sensors that supply atemperature corresponding voltage without any additional external energy source. The thermocouple has ametal mantle that includes two isolated wires made ofthermo material NiCr-Ni Type K.
The voltage is amplified by an electronic circuit poweredby 12 V. Please note that the operating temperature of
the external electronics is from 0 to 125°C.
The sensing element is protected by a double-walledhousing made of Nimonic 75 to enable its placement before turbo chargers.
The benefits of this sensor are the combination of highquality production part, robust design and its integrated
amplifier

Full scale output

0 to 5 V

T [°C]

U [mV]

0

0

50

197

100

399

200

793

300

1,190

400

1,598

500

2,012

600

2,427

700

2,839

800

3,243

900

3,638

1,000

4,022

1,100

4,396

1,200

4,759

1,250

5,000

Application
Application

0 to 1,250°C

Operating temp. range (ext.
electronics)

0 to 125°C

CAN Variant
CAN Message
CAN ID 0x3F0 (default)

Technical Specifications

Byte

Value

Mechanical Data0

Thermocouple Temperature

Male thread

M14x1.5

1

Wrench size

17 mm

2

Installation torque

15 Nm

3

Weight with wire

85 g

CAN Signals

Ambient Temperature

Length16 BitByte order

Motorola (Big Endian)6354 | 06 Sensors | Thermocouple Probes

CAN Variant
Bit mask

SignedFactor

0.1°C/Bit

Offset0.0

CAN Parameter

6

CAN speed

1 Mbaud/s or 500 kbaud/s (default 1 Mbaud)

CAN frequency

100 Hz Thermocouple Temp.
1 Hz Ambient Temp.

Phys. unit

Degrees Celsius (default) or Degrees Fahrenheit

CAN Frame ID

0x1 to 0x7F0 (default 0x3F0)

Please specify the requested CAN parameters with your order in thecalibration sheet.

Connectors and Wires
SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 75 cm

Analog Variant
Connector

ASU 6-03-03PD-HE

Mating connector

ASU 0-03-03SD-HE

Pin 1

Power supply 5 to 16 V

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Signal 0 to 5 V

CAN Variant
Connector

ASU 6-03-05PB-HE

Mating connector
ASU 0-03-05SB-HE

F 02U 000 207-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

CAN High

Pin 4

CAN Low

Pin 5

Not connected

Installation Notes
The TCP KN2 can be connected to Bosch Motorsport ECUs with a 0 to
5 V analog signal input (w/o pull-up resistor) or to external data logging devices.
The sensor can be mounted individually according to the customer’s
request.
Please note that the operating temperature range of the external electronics is from 0 to 125°C.

Recommended bending radius of the wire of the sensor element isminimum 20 mm to ensure the sensor works properly and for a longer
lifespan of the sensor.
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for Bosch Data Logging System at our homepage.

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Thermocouple Probe TCP KN 2
Analog Variant
Order number F 02U V01 863-01
Thermocouple Probe TCP KN 2
CAN Variant
Order number F 02U V02 425-01

06 Sensors | Thermocouple Probes | 355

Dimensions

6

CAN Variant (Analog Variant: see website)356 | 06 Sensors | Vehicle Dynamics Sensors

Acceleration Sensor MM5.10

Electrical Data
Power supply

7 to 18 V

Max input current

90 mA

CAN speed

1 Mbaud/s or 500 kbaud/s

CAN Message
CAN ID 01 0x174
Byte

Value

0

Yaw rate

1
2

Reserved

3

6

4

Acc Y-axis

5

Features6

Reserved
Unusedu2-axis rotation rate (yaw rate, roll rate)7u3-axis accelerometer (X, Y, Z)

CAN ID 02 0x178u

1 Mbaud or 500 kbaud CAN-output

Byte

Value

u

15 Hz low-pass filtered0

Roll rateuMeasurement ranges: ±4.2 g; ±163°/s

1

The MM5.10 was designed to measure the physical effects of rotational and linear acceleration. In order toachieve this, the sensor includes MEMS measuring elements connected to an appropriate integrated circuit.
A rotational acceleration around the integrated sensing
elements generates a Coriolis force which changes theinternal capacity of the micro machined sensing parts.
Furthermore, a pure surface micro machined element isused to measure the vehicle linear acceleration in all 3
axis. This combination of rotational and lineal acceleration sensors enables a precise measurement of the vehicle dynamics.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of 3 linear and 2 rotational accelerometers andits high speed 1 Mbaud/s CAN-signal output.

2

Application

1

Application I±163°/s (roll rate/yaw rate)

Application II±4.2 g (X, Y and Z acceleration)

Operating temperature range-20 to 85°C

Reserved

3
4

Acc X-axis

5
6

Reserved

7

UnusedCAN ID 02 0x17C
Byte

Value

0

Reserved

2

Reserved

3
4

Acc Z-axis

5Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

35 g

Size

80 x 56 x 21 mm

6Reserved

7

UnusedCharacteristic
Characteristic Application I
Measuring range± 160°/s

Over range limit± 1,000°/s

06 Sensors | Vehicle Dynamics Sensors | 357

Absolute physical resolution

0.1°/sFor mounting please use only the integrated fixing holes.

Cut-off frequency (-3 dB)

15 Hz; 30 Hz; 60 Hz

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.

Characteristic Application II
Measuring range±4.2 gPlease find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage and calibration sheet.

Over range limit±10 g

Please deliver the calibration sheet with your order placement.

Absolute physical resolution

0.01 gCut-off frequency (-3 dB)

15 Hz; 30 Hz; 60 Hz

Connectors and Wires
Connector (1)AMP 114-18063-076

Mating connector (1)F 02U B00 435-01

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

CANL

Pin 3

CANH

Pin 4

UBat

Connector (3)ASL-6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector (3)ASL-0-06-05SC-HE

Pin 1

UBat

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

CANH

Pin 4

CANL

Pin 5

Not connected

SleeveDR-25

Wire size with open end (2)4 x AWG24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

CAN Parameters
Byte order

LSB (Intel)

CAN speed

1 Mbaud/s or 500 kbaud/s

Bit mask

unsigned

Offset (all signals)

0x8000 hex

Quantization Yaw Rate

0.005 [°/s/digit]

Quantization Roll Rate

0.005 [°/s/digit]

Quantization Acc X-axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Quantization Acc Y-axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Quantization Acc Z-axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Installation Notes
The MM5.10 can be connected directly to most control units and data
logging systems.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Acceleration Sensor MM5.10
Without wire (1)Order number F 02U V01 511-02
Acceleration Sensor MM5.10
Wire with open end (2)Order number F 02U V01 511-91
Acceleration Sensor MM5.10
Wire with motorsport connector (3)Order number F 02U V01 512-02

6

358 | 06 Sensors | Vehicle Dynamics Sensors

Dimensions

6

Axis Scheme

06 Sensors | Vehicle Dynamics Sensors | 359

Acceleration Sensor MM5.10-R

Electrical Data
Power supply

7 to 18 V

Max input current

90 mA

CAN speed

1 Mbaud/s or 500 kbaud/s

CAN Message
CAN ID 01 0x174
Byte

Value

0

Yaw rate

1
2

Reserved

3
4

Acc Y-axis

5

Featuresu2-axis rotation rate (yaw rate, roll rate)u

3-axis accelerometer (X, Y, Z)u

1 Mbaud or 500 kbaud CAN-outputuAluminum housinguIntegrated motorsport connector

6

Reserved

7

UnusedCAN ID 02 0x178
Byte

Value

0

Roll rate

1

The MM5.10-R was designed to measure the physical effects of rotational and linear acceleration. In order toachieve this, the sensor includes MEMS measuring elements connected to an appropriate integrated circuit.
A rotational acceleration around the integrated sensing
elements generates a Coriolis force which changes theinternal capacity of the micro machined sensing parts.
Furthermore, a pure surface micro machined element isused to measure the vehicle lineal acceleration in all 3
axes. This combination of rotational and linear acceleration sensors enables a precise measurement of the vehicle dynamics.
The main features and benefits of this sensor are thealuminum compact housing, the combination of 3 linear
and 2 rotational accelerometers and its high speed 1
Mbaud/s CAN-signal output.

2

Application

2

Application I±163°/s (roll rate/yaw rate)

Application II±4.2 g (X, Y and Z acceleration)

Operating temperature range-20 to 85°C

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

28 g

Size

34 x 34 x 16.5 mm

Reserved

3
4

Acc X-axis

5
6

Reserved

7

UnusedCAN ID 02 0x17C
Byte

Value

0

Reserved

1
Reserved

3
4

Acc Z-axis

5
6

Reserved

7

UnusedCharacteristic
Characteristic Application I
Measuring range± 160°/s

Over range limit± 1,000°/s

6360 | 06 Sensors | Vehicle Dynamics Sensors

Absolute physical resolution

0.1°/sOrdering Information

Cut-off frequency (-3 dB)

15 Hz; 30 Hz; 60 Hz

Acceleration Sensor MM5.10-R
Order number F 02U V02 007-01

Characteristic Application II
Measuring range±4.2 gOver range limit±10 g

Absolute physical resolution

0.01 gCut-off frequency (-3 dB)

15 Hz; 30 Hz; 60 Hz

Connectors and Wires

6

Connector

ASX 0-02-05PA-HE

Mating connector

ASX 6-02-05SA-HE

Pin 1

UBat

Pin 2

CANH

Pin 3

Not connected

Pin 4

CANL

Pin 5

Gnd

SleeveDR-25

CAN Parameters
Byte order

LSB (Intel)

CAN speed

1 Mbaud/s or 500 kbaud/s

Bit mask

unsigned

Offset (all signals)

0x8000 hex

Quantization Yaw Rate

0.005 [°/s/digit]

Quantization Roll Rate

0.005 [°/s/digit]

Quantization Acc X-axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Quantization Acc Y-axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Quantization Acc Z-axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Installation Notes
The MM5.10-R can be connected directly to most control units anddata logging systems.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated fixing holes.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage and calibration sheet.
Please deliver the calibration sheet with your order placement.

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

06 Sensors | Vehicle Dynamics Sensors | 361

Dimensions

6362 | 06 Sensors | Vehicle Dynamics Sensors

6

07 Brake Control

7

ABS

364

364 | 07 Brake Control | ABS

ABS Overview
ABS M4 Kit Porsche
996/997 Cup

ABS M4 Kit Porsche
991 Cup

ABS M5 Kit 1

ABS M5 Kit 2

ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

Type

997

991

Kit 1

Kit 2

1 MBaud, DF11i

Wiring harness

SpecificSpecificSpecificSpecific

Generic

4 wheel speed sensors DF11S

Included, Porsche
specific DF11S

Not included, series
sensors fit

Included, with standard connectors

Included, with motorsport connectors

Not included

Wheel speed signal
splitter

Included, Porsche
specific

Included, new DF11i
designOptional*/***

Optional*/***

Optional***

Fuses

Not included

Included

Not included

Not included

Not included

Brake pipe fittings

Not included

Included

Not included

Not included

Not included

ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

Type

500 kBaud, DF11i

1 MBaud, DF11S

500 kBaud, DF11S

Wiring harness

Generic

Generic

Generic

4 wheel speed sensors DF11S

Not included

Included, with standard connectors

Included, with standard connectors

Wheel speed signal
splitter

Optional***Optional***Optional***

Fuses

Not included

Not included

Not included

Brake pipe fittings

Not included

Not included

Not included

7*Purchasable as part of the kit (extra charge)**Purchasable as spare part, not as part of the kit***Purchasable if DF11 signal is required for Engine Control Unit

07 Brake Control | ABS | 365

ABS M4 Kit Porsche Cup

Mechanical Data
Hydraulic unit with attached ECU
Vibration damped circuit board
38 pin connector
2 hydraulic valves per wheel
2 brake circuits (front and rear)
2 hydraulic accumulators 3 cm3/each

Picture shows 991 Cup Kit
Features

Standard fittings

2 x master cylinders M12 x 1
4 x brake cylinders M10 x 1

Size

125 x 80.3 x 129.6 mm

Weight1,850 gOperating temperature-30 to 130°C

Max. shock

50 g less than 6 ms

Electrical Datau

Plug & Play ABS M4 Kit for Porsche 997 Cup and991 Cupu

Tested and developed on racetracks like Spa andNordschleifeu

Detailed installation instruction available at our
websiteInputsu

1 MBaud CAN

4 wheel speeds

The ABS M4 Kit Porsche Cup is a derivative of the successful ABS M4 kit and specifically designed for Porsche
997 Cup and 991 Cup. A vehicle specific wiring harness
is included in the kit. Individual car parameters like e.g.
vehicle weight, vehicle track, wheel weights, wheel circumferences, wheel base or number of increments canbe calibrated with software free of charge. Please contact your Bosch Motorsport dealer for further information.

Technical Specifications

Supply voltage

8 to 16 V, max. 26 V for 5 min

Max. peak voltage

35 V for 200 ms

Power consumption

8 W stand-by, 230 W in operation

Brake pressure (front brake circuit)Longitudinal acceleration
Lateral acceleration
Yaw rate
Brake light switch
12 position function
switch:Variations
997 Cup (System
DF11S)

991 Cup (System
DF11i)

4 wheel speed sensors

Included, Porsche
specific DF11S

Not included, series
sensors fit

Wheel speed signal
splitter

Included, Porsche
specific

Included, new
DF11i design

ABS warning light(MIL)

Included

Included (LED type)

Brake pipe fittings

Not included

Included

Fuses

Not included

Included

Holder for Hydraulicunit

Included, standard

Included, Porsche
specific• 9 switch positions preconfigured• 2 switch positions programmable• 1 switch position for ABS function OFF

OuputsABS warning light (MIL)
Wheel speed on CAN etc.: see manual

Optional Accessories
Data logger C 70

F 02U V02 302-01

Display DDU 9

F 02U V02 300-02

Communication
K-Line via MSA Box II7366 | 07 Brake Control | ABS

Content of Kit
Hydraulic unit with attached ECU
Holder for Hydraulic unit
4 Wheel speed sensors: Please see Variations
Wheel speed signal splitter: Please see Variations
Pressure sensor
Yaw/acceleration sensor
12 position function switch
ABS warning light (MIL)
Vehicle specific wiring harness
Vibrations damping board yaw/acceleration sensor
Brake pipe fittings: Please see Variations
Fuses: Please see Variations

7

Brake pipes not included, available at Bosch Motorsport dealer

Ordering Information
ABS M4 Kit Porsche 996/997 Cup
Order number F 02U V00 289-98
ABS M4 Kit Porsche 991 Cup Gen 1
2015 Model Year
Order number F 02U V00 543-11
ABS M4 Kit Porsche 991 Cup Gen 2
2017 Model Year
Order number F 02U V00 543-17

07 Brake Control | ABS | 367

Electrical Data

ABS M5 Kit

Supply voltage

10 to 16 V, max. 24 V for 5 min

Max. peak voltage

35 V for 200 ms

Power consumption Pump

230 W (preliminary)Power consumption Relay

170 W (preliminary)Power consumption Electronics

8W

Inputs4 active wheel speed DF11
Brake pressure (front brake circuit / rear brake circuit)Longitudinal acceleration, lateral acceleration, yaw rate (MM5.10 sensor)

Featuresu

Suitable for front-wheel, rear-wheel and fourwheel drive vehicles

We developed ABS M5 for the operation in front-, rearor 4-wheel drive vehicles. A vehicle specific wiring harness is included in the Kit.
The ABS M5 is specifically adapted for motorsport use.
Individual car parameters like e.g. vehicle weight, vehicle track, wheel weights, wheel circumferences, wheelbase or number of increments can be calibrated with
software free of charge. Please contact your Bosch Motorsport dealer for further information.

11 adjustment settings applicable for OEMs
ABS function can be deactivated (Pos. 1 or Pos. 12)
Outputs

7

ABS warning light (MIL)
EBD warning light (MIL) if needed
TTL wheel speed signal FL / FR / RL / RR
Communication

Technical Specifications

ABS and Yaw Rate Sensor

CAN1

Variations

Diagnostics

MSA Box II

ABS M5 Kit 1

ABS M5 Kit 2

Content of Kit and Weights

Customer specific wiring harness with motorsport connectors, wheel speed sensors withproduction-type connectors

Customer specific wiring harness with motorsport connectors, wheel speed sensors withmotorsport connectors

Hydraulic unit with attached ECU

About 1,910 g

2 pressure sensors

About 40 g/each

Yaw/acceleration sensor

About 60 g

Mechanical Data

12 position function switch

About 50 g

Hydraulic unit with attached ECU

4 wheel speed sensors DF11
standard

About 50 g/each

ABS warning light (MIL)

About 50 g

Vehicle specific wiring harness
with motorsport connectors

Depends on version

Mounting and vibration-damping
boardsAbout 80 g

Mounting board for hydraulic
unit

212 g

Serial housing, dust- and dampproof
Vibration damped circuit board
38 pin connector
2 hydraulic valves per wheel
2 brake circuits (front and rear)
2 hydraulic high pressures pumps

Optional Accessories

2 hydraulic accumulators 5 cm3/eachStandard fittings

2 x master cylinders M12 x 1
4 x brake cylinders M10 x 1

Size

122 x 110 x 122 mm

Weightabout 1,910 g

Operating temperature-30 to 130°C

Max. shock

50 g less than 6 ms

Data logger C 70

F 02U V02 302-01

Display DDU 9

F 02U V02 300-02

Communication interface
MSA Box II

F 02U V00 327-02

Wheel speed signal splitter with
1 motorsport connector

F 02U V01 928-01

368 | 07 Brake Control | ABS

Ordering Information
ABS M5 Kit 1
Order number F 02U V05 289-01
ABS M5 Kit 2
Order number F 02U V05 290-01

7

07 Brake Control | ABS | 369

ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

10 to 16 V, max. 24 V for 5 min

Max. peak voltage

35 V for 200 ms

Power consumption Pump

230 W (preliminary)Power consumption Relay

170 W (preliminary)Power consumption Electronics

8W

Inputs4 active wheel speed DF11
Brake pressure (front brake circuit / rear brake circuit)Longitudinal acceleration, lateral acceleration, yaw rate (MM5.10 sensor)

Featuresu

Suitable for front-wheel, rear-wheel and fourwheel drive vehicles

11 adjustment settings applicable for OEMsu

Generic wiring harness to fit all engine bay andfront foot well locations for the hydraulic module

Outputsu

Same ABS hardware as standard ABS M5 Kit

The ABS M5 Kit Clubsport is developed for the operation in front-, rear- or 4-wheel drive vehicles. A genericwiring harness is included in the kit. This enables us toprovide the kit with a significantly reduced price in comparison to the standard ABS M5 Kit with individualloom.
The ABS M5 Kit Clubsport is specifically adapted for motorsport use. Individual car parameters like e.g. vehicle
weight, vehicle track, wheel weights, wheel circumferences, wheel base or number of increments can be calibrated with software free of charge. Please contact yourBosch Motorsport dealer for further information.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Hydraulic unit with attached ECU
Serial housing, dust- and dampproof
Vibration damped circuit board
38 pin connector
2 hydraulic valves per wheel
2 brake circuits (front and rear)
2 hydraulic high pressures pumps
2 hydraulic accumulators 5 cm3/each

ABS function can be deactivated (Pos. 1 or Pos. 12)

7

ABS warning light (MIL)
EBD warning light (MIL) if needed
TTL wheel speed signal FL / FR / RL / RR
Communication
ABS and Yaw Rate Sensor

CAN1

Diagnostics

MSA Box II

Content of Kit and Weights
Hydraulic unit with attached ECU

About 1,910 g

2 pressure sensors

About 40 g/each

Yaw/acceleration sensor

About 60 g

12 position function switch

About 50 g

4 wheel speed sensors DF11
standard

About 50 g/each

ABS warning light (MIL)

About 50 g

Vehicle specific wiring harness
with motorsport connectors

Depends on version

Mounting and vibration-damping
boardsAbout 80 g

Mounting board for hydraulic
unit

212 g

Optional Accessories

Standard fittings

2 x master cylinders M12 x 1
4 x brake cylinders M10 x 1

Data logger C 70

F 02U V02 302-01

Size

122 x 110 x 122 mm

Display DDU 9

F 02U V02 300-02

Weightabout 1,910 g

F 02U V00 327-02

Operating temperature-30 to 130°C

Communication interface
MSA Box II

Max. shock

50 g less than 6 ms

Wheel speed signal splitter with
1 motorsport connector

F 02U V01 928-01

370 | 07 Brake Control | ABS

Ordering Information
ABS M5 Kit Clubsport
DF11i, 500 KBaud
Order number F 02U V05 291-01
ABS M5 Kit Clubsport
DF11i, 1 KBaud
Order number F 02U V05 292-01
ABS M5 Kit Clubsport
DF11S, 500 KBaud
Order number F 02U V05 293-01
ABS M5 Kit Clubsport
DF11S, 1 KBaud
Order number F 02U V05 294-01

7

08 Software

8

Calibration

372

Simulation

374

Analysis

376

Customer Code Area378

372 | 08 Software | Calibration

Modas Sport

Technical Specifications
Function requirements
PC
IBM PC compatible, min. 1.6 GHz
Approx. 512 MB RAM
Approx. 100 MB free hard disc space
VGA monitor (min. 1,024 x 768)
Operating systems
Windows XP 32 Bit, Vista 32/64 Bit, Windows 7 32/64 Bit

Optional Accessories

Featuresu8

Calibration software tool for Bosch ECUs

Modas Sport is the calibration tool for Bosch Motorsport ECUs. It integrates a lot of meaningful features tomanage our engine control units at the dyno and theracetrack.

Functions
Calibration tool for MS 3, MS 4.x, MS 5.x, MS 15, MS 3 Sport, MS 4
Sport, MS 15 Sport
Visualization, processing and management of calibration, measurement and documentation data
Measuring system
Numeric data visualization
Bitwise, decimal, hexadecimal data visualization
Recording of measurement data (needs WinDarab to analyze)
Oscilloscope (graphic data visualization)
Calibration system
Visualization and manipulation of parameters (calibration data)
Parameter file manager
Data file manager (copy & compare)
Macro manager
Potiboard support integrated
Administration
Work base management
Integrated K-Line flashing tool
Intuitive design, easy to use, based on latest technology

MSA-Box II

F 02U V00 327-02

WinDarab Free data analysis
Software

On request

Communication
CAN (CCP), K-Line (KWP2000)

Ordering Information
Modas Sport
Order number Free download at our homepage

08 Software | Calibration | 373

RaceConTechnical Specifications
EnvironmentPC
IBM PC Pentium/AMD Athlon compatible, min. 1.6 GHz
Min. 2 GB RAM
Min. 1 GB free hard disc space
VGA/WGA monitor (min. 1,024 x 768)
Windows XP 32 Bit, Vista 32/64 Bit, Windows 7 32/64 Bit

Optional Accessories
MSA-Box II

F 02U V00 327-02

Ordering Information
Featuresu

RaceCon
Order number Free download at our homepage

An all integrated software tool for configurationand calibration

RaceCon is an all integrated software tool for configuration and calibration of Bosch Motorsport hardware
products, such as ECUs, displays, loggers. The communication is based on Bosch Motorsport MSA-Box interface.
For better understanding, Bosch Motorsport offers avideo tutorial that explains many functions of RaceCon.
The video tutorial is available in the ‘Software Download’ section of www.bosch-motorsport.com.

Functions
Calibration of ECU maps and curves
ECU data file up- and download
Parameter file up- and download
Diagnostic functionality for Bosch Motorsport ECUs
Data file / Work base management
Integrated flash functionality
Integrated Bosch sensor database
Configuration of Bosch Motorsport displays
Configuration of Bosch Motorsport data loggers
Configuration of Bosch Motorsport DLS system
Configuration of Bosch Motorsport CAN modules
Communication via K-Line/CAN/Ethernet (KWP/CCP/XCP)CAN communication log functionality (Baud rate changeable)
Quick data access over Race Mode
Intuitive design, easy to use

8374 | 08 Software | Simulation

LapSimBy comparing recorded data with simulation data a validation possibility of vehicle parameters and vehicle functioning is made.
LapSim software adds all vehicle parameters to WinDarab Files andcreates automatic database.

Chassis Simulation model
Practical Pacejka like tire model. Tire parameters can easily be determined out of on-car recorded data. No tire data required.
Full vehicle model including limited slip (or visco-) differential
3D aero maps
Ride height dependent suspension kinematics
Calculation time 3-4 times faster than real car(PVI - 3 GHz)

Features8uProfessional Simulation Toolu

Basic / Chassis / Engine Versions available

LapSim Chassis

Automatic set-up optimization

Engine Simulation modelEngine model generates torque/power curve as well as ignition angle
Normally aspirated engines, with or without restrictor

is both an analysis tool as well as a vehicle simulation
program. By further processing the on-car recorded data, using parts of the simulation models, a much more
profound analysis of the vehicle behavior can be gained.
Due to the direct link with the simulation model, vehicle
parameters can be validated like aerodynamics, tire behavior, engine power, as well as driver performance. The
visualization of the vehicle behavior creates a much easier and better understanding of the influence of several
vehicle parameters on the performance independent of
the technical background of the user.

2,3,4 and 5 valve cylinder heads

LapSim Engine

10 seconds calculation time for 0 to 10,000 rpm range

supplies an easy to use engine simulation package capable of generating a torque/power and a corresponding
ignition curves out of the main parameters of an engine.
The model is able to simulate any 4-stroke spark ignition(SI) race engine currently seen on the market, with orwithout air restrictor(s). To summarize, the engine software is aiming for 95% accuracy but 5% the effort ofcomplex engine software packages. The engine software
avoids a vast number of variables in order to define every engine detail, in order to improve usability as well as
computational performance. The engine package is integrated in the lap simulation.

Functions

2-zone burn model in order to cope with all possible compression ratios and chamber geometries
Ignition point is determined by adjustable maximum pressure in cylinder
Fully adjustable camshaft profile
Engine model generates pressure curve over 720˚ crankshaft, whichis integrated to calculate engine torque/power

Ordering Information
LapSim Chassis Basic Version
Order number Free download at our homepage
LapSim Chassis License
Order number B 261 206 432-01
LapSim Engine License
Order number F 01T A20 056-01
LapSim Chassis and Engine License
Order number F 01T A20 057-01

Data Analysis

Upgrade LapSim Engine License
Order number F 01T A20 058-01

Post processing of the on-car recorded data with simulation models.
Calculating vehicle handling state, aerodynamics, differential function, etc.

Upgrade LapSim Chassis License
Order number F 01T A20 059-01

Determination of tire parameters out of on-car recorded data. Possibility to analyze tire performance over the laps.

Update LapSim Chassis or Engine
Order number F 02U V00 287-01

Direct comparison between several outings and/or simulation model.

Update LapSim Chassis and Engine
Order number F 02U V00 288-01

3D Animation of vehicle behavior for a better and more thorough understanding.

08 Software | Simulation | 375

Dimensions

8

A few Screenshots

376 | 08 Software | Analysis

WinDarab V7

Advanced Analysis
User defined math channels
User defined conditions to filter data
FFT analysis
Racetracks
Racetrack creation based on v/acc or GPS data
Racetrack segmentation
Telemetry
Replay online data in realtime
Gauges for realtime visualization

Features8

User InterfaceuState of the art user interface

Flexible display setup and arrangementuVersatile diagrams

Storable display setup and arrangementuNumerous analysis functions

Lap browseruCustomizable mathematical channels and filters

Data TransmissionuSoftware based license without dongle

Direct data input without intermediate hardware
Protection/encryption of logged data files

WinDarab V7 is an evaluation tool for monitoring and analyzing of logged data and is specially designed for motorsport use. Monitor vehicle data using online telemetry and compare logged data by reading out your datalogger. WinDarab V7 features a state of the art user interface and reads out both engine and chassis data.
The follower of WinDarab V6 offers simplified and ergonomic handling as well as new features and a revised license system to work without a dongle.
Choose between the Free and the Expert version depending on your purpose.
The enormous bandwidth of features makes WinDarab
V7 a perfect evaluation tool for motorsport engineers.

PC

Functions

IBM PC Pentium/AMD Athlon compatible, min. 1.6 GHz

Diagrams

Min. 1 GB RAM

Oscilloscope

Min. 1 GB free HD space

X-/Y-plot to create scatterbands

VGA / WGA monitor (min. 1,024 x 768)

Histogram

Operating systems

3D-diagram

Windows XP 32 Bit, Vista 32/64 Bit, Windows 7 32/64 Bit

Analysis

Technical Specifications

Overlay of different laps

Variations

ASCII import and export
License System
Dongle-free working in all WinDarab V7 variations
Activation/update via internet
Annual maintenance for up-to-date versions

Environment

Time or distance based analysis

Free

ExpertAbsolute and relative values

Max. open files

4

unlimited

One-touch channel statistics (min./max., avg., etc.)

Max. measuring data windows2

unlimited

Regression lines, user defined lines

Max. areas in measuring data
windows

4

unlimited

Histogram++

x/y-plot++Lap reports and lap based comparisonsReplay offline data in realtime

08 Software | Analysis | 377

Distribution++

min/max-tables++

Fourier-transformation++

Outing report++

Lap analysis-+

Flowcharts-+

Instrument panel++

User defined physical units++

Racetrack generation via
speed/lateral G or GPS++

ASCII export++

Available operators for mathchannels.

+, -, *, /, ^,sqr (x), sqrt (x)All

Extras settings/comments-+

Desktop load/save++Telemetry++

Programming interface (API)

-

Opt.

Ordering Information
WinDarab Free
Order number Free download
WinDarab Expert
Order number F 02U V01 308-01
Software Options
Software licence API for WinDarab Expert
Order number F 02U V01 682-01

8

378 | 08 Software | Customer Code Area

Customer Code Area CCA

Required and not included Software
MathWorks Requirements
MATLAB R2013b
Simulink
Real-Time Workshop
Real-Time Workshop Embedded Coder
Fixed-Point Toolbox
Simulink Fixed-Point
Stateflow
Stateflow Coder
Vehicle Network Toolbox
CompilerWind River

Features8

Operating SystemsuCalculation directly in Bosch main ECU possible

Windows 7, 64 Bit SP1u

Communication binding via Software free cuts

Development Hintsu

Unlimited bandwidth interfacesu

One Box Design (compact solution, no extra
weight)Depending on your experiences with SW-Development of Bosch Motorsport ECUs we recommend SW-Development support from Bosch
Motorsport.

Bosch provides the option to run software code on
Bosch ECUs that has been developed by our customers.
This code is run in the customer code area (CCA) and isprotected against access of anyone else. Within the engine ECU families MS 6 and MS 7 this feature can be run
in parallel to all engine ECU functionality.
We deliver it with a full environment for Matlab/Simulink, a compiled Bosch Motorsport model as library anda package of Matlab/Simulink interfaces to all I/Os.

Technical Specifications
General Functions
Support for generating executables that include algorithm, devicedriver and real-time operating system
Multitasking scheduling using time synchronous (and asynchronous)
tasks, task pre-emption and temporary task overruns
Environment for Matlab/Simulink
Full I/O access with Bosch-Motorsport device drivers
Full read access to all Bosch signals
Development environment with reduced Bosch “unit_blockset”
Real time calibration
Calibration and measurement interface CCP via CAN or XCP via Ethernet
SW-Download via Bosch Motorsport calibration tool RaceCon
Software option for all MS 6.x, MS 7.x

Ordering Information
Customer Code Area CCA
Onetime payment for development environment andfirst .pst will be offered on request.
Order number on request
Accessories
Hardware upgrade for CCA per device for MS 6.x, MS
7.x
Order number F 02U V02 137-01

09 Accessories

9

Breakout Boxes

380

Communication Interface

385

Connector Opening Tool

386

Connectors

387

Switches

388

Wiring Harnesses389

380 | 09 Accessories | Breakout Boxes

Breakout Box BOB 66-pole

F 02U V02 298-01 code yellow
Connector on housing

AS 0-18-35PA

Connector on wire

AS 6-18-35SA

F 02U V02 299-01 code violet(universal)
Connector on housing

AS 0-18-35PU

Connector on wire

AS 6-18-35SU

Wire length L (all)Ca. 50 cm

Ordering Information
Features9uCompact, lightweight housing in low-profile design
with high-density packaging

uRobust 4 mm standard jacks for measuring leadsu

Signal integrity of high-speed data links ensured
by product-specific versionuStandard configurations and fully customized versions availableuNo more lost jumpers due to patented 90° rotatable connectors

The Breakout Box BOB enables the operator to performmeasurements and modify connections during operation. The jumpers allow to individually open or closeeach single connection without removing the jumper.
Jacks provide access to all signals for measurement purposes. The box is essential for development and test environments in the lab and vehicle.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical DataSize

225 x 130 x 35 mm

Weight1,100 g

4 mm standard jacks for measuring leads

66

Connectors and Wires
F 02U V02 295-01 code blue
Connector on housing

AS 0-18-35PB

Connector on wire

AS 6-18-35SB

F 02U V02 296-01 code orange
Connector on housing

AS 0-18-35PC

Connector on wire

AS 6-18-35SC

F 02U V02 297-01 code red
Connector on housing

AS 0-18-35PN

Connector on wire

AS 6-18-35SN

Breakout Box BOB 66-pole
Connector code: blue
Order number F 02U V02 295-01
Breakout Box BOB 66-pole
Connector code: orange
Order number F 02U V02 296-01
Breakout Box BOB 66-pole
Connector code: red
Order number F 02U V02 297-01
Breakout Box BOB 66-pole
Connector code: yellow
Order number F 02U V02 298-01
Breakout Box BOB 66-pole
Connector code: violet (universal use)
Order number F 02U V02 299-01

09 Accessories | Breakout Boxes | 381

Breakout Box BOB MS 6

FeaturesuCompact, lightweight housing in low-profile design
with high-density packaging

uRobust 4 mm standard jacks for measuring leadsu

Signal integrity of high-speed data links ensured
by product-specific versionuStandard configurations and fully customized versions availableuNo more lost jumpers due to patented 90° rotatable connectors

The Breakout Box BOB enables the operator to performmeasurements and modify connections during operation. The jumpers allow to individually open or closeeach single connection without removing the jumper.
Jacks provide access to all signals for measurement purposes. The box is essential for development and test environments in the lab and vehicle.
This version was especially developed for use with Engine Control Units MS 6.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Size

355 x 270 x 50 mm

Weight4,100 g

4 mm standard jacks for measuring leads

176

Ethernet connectors

4

Ethernet wire

2 x inclusive

USB connectors

2

USB jumper

inclusive

Connectors and Wires
Wire length L

2 x 60 cm

Ordering Information
Breakout Box BOB MS 6
Order number F 02U V02 294-01

9382 | 09 Accessories | Breakout Boxes

Breakout Box BOB MS 7

Features9uCompact, lightweight housing in low-profile design
with high-density packaging

uRobust 4 mm standard jacks for measuring leadsu

Signal integrity of high-speed data links ensured
by product-specific versionuStandard configurations and fully customized versions availableuNo more lost jumpers due to patented 90° rotatable connectors

The Breakout Box BOB enables the operator to performmeasurements and modify connections during operation. The jumpers allow to individually open or closeeach single connection without removing the jumper.
Jacks provide access to all signals for measurement purposes. The box is essential for development and test environments in the lab and vehicle.
This version was especially developed for use with thelife connector of Engine Control Units MS 7.

Ordering Information
Breakout Box BOB MS 7
Order number F 02U V02 293-01

09 Accessories | Breakout Boxes | 383

Breakout Box BOB PBX 90

FeaturesuCompact, lightweight housing in low-profile design
with high-density packaging

uRobust 4 mm standard jacks for measuring leadsu

Signal integrity of high-speed data links ensured
by product-specific versionuStandard configurations and fully customized versions availableuNo more lost jumpers due to patented 90° rotatable connectors

The Breakout Box BOB enables the operator to performmeasurements and modify connections during operation. The jumpers allow to individually open or closeeach single connection without removing the jumper.
Jacks provide access to all signals for measurement purposes. The box is essential for development and test environments in the lab and vehicle.
This version was especially developed for use with PowerBox PBX 90.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical DataSize

255 x 220 x 45 mm

Weight2,400 g

4 mm standard jacks for measuring leads

68

Ethernet connectors

4

Ethernet wire

2 x inclusive

Connectors and Wires
Wire length L

2 x 60 cm

Ordering Information
Breakout Box BOB PBX 90
Order number F 02U V02 292-01

9384 | 09 Accessories | Breakout Boxes

Breakout Box BOB PBX 190

Features9uCompact, lightweight housing in low-profile design
with high-density packaging

uRobust 4 mm standard jacks for measuring leadsu

Signal integrity of high-speed data links ensured
by product-specific versionu

No more lost jumpers due to patented 90° rotatable connectors

The Breakout Box BOB enables the operator to performmeasurements and modify connections during operation. The jumpers allow to individually open or closeeach single connection without removing the jumper.
Jacks provide access to all signals for measurement purposes. The box is essential for development and test environments in the lab and vehicle.
This version was especially developed for use with PowerBox PBX 190.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Size

355 x 265 x 50 mm

Weight5,800 g

4 mm standard jacks for measuring leads

112

Ethernet connectors

8

Ethernet wire

4 x inclusive

Connectors and Wires
Wire length L

2 x 4 x 55 cm

Ordering Information
Breakout Box BOB PBX 190
Order number F 02U V02 523-01

09 Accessories | Communication Interface | 385

MSA-Box II

FeaturesuCommunication interface for PC-supported calibration on K-line, CAN or Ethernet interface

The MSA-Box II is the low cost unit for PC-supported
calibration and configuration on Ethernet, K-Line or CAN
interface of an ECU.
The MSA-Box II is coupled to the PC via the USB interface. This ensures a powerful and universal link to allcommon PCs. The coupling to the ECU is effected via
Ethernet, K-Line or CAN-interface of the diagnosis interface.

Technical Specifications

Terminal 15 (switch pos)

Pin 3

GND

Pin 4

CAN_High

Pin 10K-Line

Pin 8

RxD+

Pin 9

RxD-

Pin 11

TxD+

Pin 12

TxD-

Pin 16

CAN_LowPin 22

SCR

Diagnosis wire length2m

USB wire length

0.5 m

Ordering Information
MSA-Box II
Order number F 02U V00 327-03

9

Mechanical Data
Size

84 x 38 x 25 mm

Temperature range

0 to 70°C

Compact design
Fully suitable for motor vehicle use
All inputs and outputs to the PC with galvanic separation

Electrical Data
Input voltage (vehicle side)Pin 2

8 to 32 V

Power supply through the connection to the ECU from board mains
with galvanic separation
Power consumption (poweredby USB)Typ. 0.5 W

USB

USB 2.0, high speed (480 MBit/
sec)

Ethernet

100 MBit/sec

K-Line300 Bd up to 320 kBd

CAN

10 kBit/s up to 1 MBit/s

Operating Systems

Windows XP 32 Bit, Vista 32 Bit

Connectors and Wires
Connector
AS 6-12-35PN

F 02U 000 441-01

Mating connector
AS 0-12-35SN

F 02U 000 258-01

Pin 1

Terminal 30 (permanent pos)386 | 09 Accessories | Connector Opening Tool

Connector Opening Tool for
AS series

Featuresu

9

Quick and easy opening of ECU connectors

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Material

Stainless steel

Ordering Information
Opening tool for shellsize 16
Order number F 02U V01 393-01
Opening tool for shellsize 18
Order number F 02U V01 394-01

09 Accessories | Connectors | 387

Connectors

FeaturesuBosch Jetronic and Compact connectors inclusive
contacts and sealingsuAutosport connectors from Deutsch, Tyco, etc.

uConnectors with 3 to 128 pins

Convenient to the Wiring Harnesses, we have a wide
range of connectors on offer.
From single pin and Bosch series connectors above TEconnectors to Deutsch-motorsport connectors, you canchoose from a big variation.
You can get from us different Deutsch-motorsport connectors of the series AS, ASL, ASU, ASX and ASDD. According to the series, these are 3 to 128-pin connectors.
At Bosch connectors you can choose from connectors of
the Jetronic or Compact series. Furthermore you receive
convenient contacts and sealings to our Bosch-connectors.
If you are interested, give us a call!

9388 | 09 Accessories | Switches

Switches

12 steps angled 90°
Angled 90°, KPTA 6E6-4P-C-DN
Order number B 261 209 658-01
12 steps straight
Straight, ASL 6-06-05PN-HE
Order number B 261 209 643-01
12 steps for MS 3 Sport Traction Control
Order number F 02U V01 921-01

We offer a wide range of switches for the special demands of motorsport.
You can combine all types with every design and every
connector wire equivalent to your individual requirement.

Functions
For MAP function
For display toggle function
3 steps for MAP function

9

4 steps
4 steps for MAP function
6 steps for display switch-over
12 steps

Technical Specifications
DesignStraight
Angled 90°

Options
With integrated resistor network
Lockable
Variable number of steps
Variable form of rotary waver switch
Without end stop

Connectors and Wires
Please specify the required cable length with your order.

Ordering Information
For MAP function
Straight, ASL 6-06-05PN-HE
Order number B 261 209 644-01
6 steps for display switch-over
Straight, ASL 6-06-05PN-HE
Order number B 261 209 659-01

09 Accessories | Wiring Harnesses | 389

Customized Wiring Harnesses

FeaturesuOne-stop-shop for consulting, manufacturing, development and serviceu

Manufacture of individual pieces and mall batchesu

Use of the highest quality materialsuFull test coverage based on the latest testing
equipment for all productsu

The complete package, from a single pin to a complete wiring harness

Our expertise

Bosch Motorsport specialists have decades of experience in design and manufacture of customized wiring
solutions for race cars and prototypes.
Increasing complexity in race cars necessitates a highdegree of understanding in the electrical architecture of
the project. We provide to you the extensive systemknow-how and the expertise of our specialists.
As a system supplier, we are familiar with the full spectrum of electronic requirements of the components in arace car – from high current and high voltage applications to high-speed data networks.

Our offer

Whether it is complete vehicle wiring, test equipment ora simple adapter – we design, plan, construct and test
according to your individual requirements and requests.
If you want to build your wiring yourself, we also offer
consulting and development support independently
from our manufacturing services.
Give us al call!

9390 | 09 Accessories | Wiring Harnesses

910 Appendix

10

General Information

392

Vibration Profiles393

392 | 10 Appendix | General Information

General Information
ESD, Handling and Transport

Please be mindful of the specifications concerning ESD.
Never grab into the connectors. Please follow the regulations when transporting devices (e.g. ESD packaging
materials).

Service

To ensure full functionality every time, Bosch Motorsport recommends annual functional testing of all equipment.

Battery

Some of the devices use Lithium-Ion batteries. Please
use extra caution to be certain that the correct removal
procedure is followed. Abide by the maintenance cycle
schedule to ensure correct operation. Bosch Motorsport
recommends maintenance once a year.

Installation

The correct installation extends reliability and durability.
Please follow the specifications regarding temperature,humidity, vibration and liquid compatibility.

1010 Appendix | Vibration Profiles | 393

Vibration Profile 1
Broadband noise: 8h/direction
Frequency (Hz)

Acceleration density (m/s2)2/Hz

20

50.4

55

26.0

180

1.0

300

1.0

360

0.56

1,000

0.6

2,000

0.6

Effective value aEff

55.4 m/s2

Sine: 8h/direction
Frequency (Hz)

Acceleration peak (m/s2)

100

50

180

200

250

200

350

60

2,000

60

10

394 | 10 Appendix | Vibration Profiles

Vibration Profile 2
Broadband noise: 8h/direction

10

Frequency (Hz)

Acceleration density (m/s2)2/Hz

10

10

50

10

66.7

1

100

1

1,000

0.1

Effective value aEff

26.9 m/s2

10 Appendix | Vibration Profiles | 395

Vibration Profile 3
Broadband noise
Frequency (Hz)

Acceleration density (m/s2)2/Hz

10

14.0

50

7.0

60

3.5

300

0.51

500

45.6

1,500

15.26

Effective value aEff

168 m/s2

Sine
Alteration rate of frequency: 1 oct./min
Frequency (Hz)Amplitude of acceleration (m/s2)

20

50

85

50

Amplitude of oscillation lane (μm)

85

175

200

175

200

280

220

280

300

125

440

125

10

396 | 10 Appendix | Vibration Profiles

10Index | 397

SymbolsHµLC Test System ...........................................................98

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-D 90 ...............................293
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-Di ...................................296
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-M ...................................300
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-N ....................................303
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-P ....................................306
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-P2 ..................................308
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor Mini-HA-P ............................311
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor Mini-HA-P sealed .................315
HP Fuel Pump HDP 5 ...................................................121
HP Fuel Pump HDP 5-LW .............................................123
HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2 LC ..................................111
HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2 ........................................109
HPI 5 .............................................................................61
HPI 5-M 4C ....................................................................62
HPI 5-M 8C ....................................................................64

A
ABS M4 Kit Porsche Cup .............................................365
ABS M5 Kit ..................................................................367
ABS M5 Kit Clubsport .................................................369
Acceleration Sensor MM5.10 .......................................356
Acceleration Sensor MM5.10-R ...................................359
Alternator B3 ...............................................................184
Alternator B3 LIN ........................................................187
Alternator GCM1 .........................................................190

B
Breakout Box BOB 66-pole ..........................................380
Breakout Box BOB MS 6 .............................................381
Breakout Box BOB MS 7 .............................................382
Breakout Box BOB PBX 190 ........................................384
Breakout Box BOB PBX 90 ..........................................383

C
Collision Avoidance System CAS-M 3 ............................48
Collision Avoidance System CAS-M light .......................46
Connector Opening Tool for AS series ........................386
Connectors .................................................................387
Customer Code Area CCA ...........................................378
Customized Wiring Harnesses .....................................389

D
Data Logger C 60 ..........................................................54
Data Logger C 70 ..........................................................56
Diesel System Components ........................................102
Display DDU 10 .............................................................41
Display DDU 9 ...............................................................37

E
Electric Coolant Pump ECP 160 ..................................194
Electronic Throttle Body .............................................198
Engine Control Unit MS 25 Sport ..................................33
Engine Control Unit MS 3 Sport GT3 Cup .....................11
Engine Control Unit MS 6.1 ...........................................13
Engine Control Unit MS 6.2 ...........................................16
Engine Control Unit MS 6.3 ...........................................19
Engine Control Unit MS 6.4 ...........................................22
Engine Control Unit MS 7.4 ...........................................25
Engine Control Unit MS 15.1 .........................................29
Engine Control Unit MS 15.2 .........................................31FFPR Adaptor light ........................................................133
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 2 ....................................126
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 5 ....................................128
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini A ...................................131
Fuel Pump FP 165 .......................................................114
Fuel Pump FP 200 .......................................................116
Fuel Pump LPx-F1 .......................................................118

G
Gear Shift Sensor GSS-2 .............................................208
General Information ....................................................392

I
Ignition Coil C75 .........................................................136
Ignition Coil C75-E8 ....................................................139
Ignition Coil C90i-E10 .................................................145
Ignition Coil C90i-E8 ...................................................142
Ignition Coil C90i-pro ..................................................148
Ignition Coil C90i-pro evo ............................................151
Ignition Coil C90i-WG ..................................................154
Ignition Coil P50/P50-M ..............................................157
Ignition Coil P65 ..........................................................160
Ignition Coil P65-T .......................................................162
Ignition Coil P65-TWG .................................................165
Ignition Coil P65-WG ...................................................168
Ignition Coil P65-WS ...................................................171
Ignition Coil PS-T ........................................................174
Ignition Module IM 3.2 ................................................178
Ignition Module IM 4 ...................................................180
Inductive Speed Sensor IA ..........................................319
Inductive Speed Sensor IA-C .......................................322
Inductive Speed Sensor IS ..........................................324
Injection Valve EV 14 ...................................................104

K
Knock Sensor KS4-P ....................................................212
Knock Sensor KS4-R ....................................................214
Knock Sensor KS4-R2 ..................................................216

L
Lambda Sensor LSU ADV/ADV pre Turbo ....................225
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.2 ..............................................219
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9 ..............................................222
Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9 ......................................229
Lambdatronic LT4 .........................................................80
Lambdatronic LT4 ADV ..................................................83
Lap Trigger HF 58 Receiver ...........................................67
Lap Trigger HF 58 Transmitter ......................................69
Lap Trigger IR-02 Receiver ............................................70
Lap Trigger IR-02 Transmitter ........................................71
LapSim ........................................................................374
Linear Position Sensor LP 100 ....................................237
Linear Position Sensor LP 100-H .................................239
Linear Position Sensor LP 25-H ...................................233
Linear Position Sensor LP 75 ......................................235
Linear Position Sensor LP 150 ....................................241398 | Index

M

W

Modas Sport ...............................................................372
Modular Sensor Interface M 60 .....................................86
Modular Sensor Interface MSI 60 ..................................88
MSA-Box II ...................................................................385

Wheel Speed Signal Splitter ..........................................90
WinDarab V7 ...............................................................376
Wiper Direct Actuator WDA .........................................203

O
Online Telemetry System Overview ...............................93P
Pit Receiver Box ............................................................96
Pit Receiver Package .....................................................97
PowerBox PBX 190 .......................................................76
PowerBox PBX 90 .........................................................73
Pressure Sensor Air PSA-N ..........................................244
Pressure Sensor Air PSB-4 ..........................................246
Pressure Sensor Air PSP .............................................249
Pressure Sensor Combined PSM-SAT ..........................271
Pressure Sensor Combined PST-F 1 ............................274
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10 .....................................253
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-260 ...................................255
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA ....................................257
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10 .....................................260
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-100R .................................264
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10R ...................................262
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-250R .................................266
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-260 ...................................268

R
RaceCon ......................................................................373
Rotary Position Sensor Mini-RP 100-M ........................280
Rotary Position Sensor RP 100 twin ............................286
Rotary Position Sensor RP 100-H red ..........................284
Rotary Position Sensor RP 40-H red ............................278
Rotary Position Sensor RP 100/130/308 .....................282
Rotary Position Sensor RP 360-H ................................289

S
Starter 1.7 kW .............................................................201
Switches .....................................................................388

T
Telemetry Unit FM 40 ....................................................95
Temperature Sensor NTC M12 ....................................337
Temperature Sensor NTC M12-H .................................339
Temperature Sensor NTC M12-L .................................341
Temperature Sensor NTC M5-HS .................................328
Temperature Sensor NTC M6-HS .................................331
Temperature Sensor NTC M8-HS .................................334
Thermocouple Probe TCP K ........................................344
Thermocouple Probe TCP KA ......................................347
Thermocouple Probe TCP KC ......................................350
Thermocouple Probe TCP KN 2 ...................................353

U
USB Upgrade Kit ...........................................................59

V
Vibration Profile 1 .......................................................393
Vibration Profile 2 .......................................................394
Vibration Profile 3 .......................................................395